#and this depends entirely on how far Infinite's powers are interpreted
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Note
Well now you got me wondering if Infinite ever made a fake Cream
It's definitely an interesting avenue to consider: how many of Sonic's friends did Infinite know about? 🤔
#not comic#and this depends entirely on how far Infinite's powers are interpreted#if we go as far as to imagine Infinite having access via the phantom ruby to literally any memory in Sonic's brain... the world's our oyste#but otherwise he'd need to know about the people sonic spends time with#WHICH could probably be easily accessible via whatever internet system Mobius has. so maybe the world's still our oyster#That phrase is so funny to me. What does it even mean. What do oysters have to do with it /lh
24 notes
·
View notes
Note
“WE LOVE YOU JURICEL” we all say in unison as I jumps for joy.
I was then dragged off to the asylum.
- I apologize for your writer’s block, I understand how arduous it is to deal with it— especially if you have more works to work on. I wish you the best, as your content has become some of my favorites, as I have fallen in love with your interpretation of Shadow Milk Cookie! I do not understand how you manage to make him so accurately delineated, and your writing is beautifully articulated! <33
And no, this isn’t just idle prattle nor some faux flattery- I’ve been meaning to say this for quite some time, but just haven’t found the proper time to tell you of this. And I believe now is a good time!
Now, I don’t plan request for this to end in pure compliments— but this entire thread of words is to remind you of how you’re a virtuoso! At least, to me. Your work stands out to me, and I’m glad I had found your account!!
Now, moving on: If you wish to put this aside, trash it— I completely understand. But, this idea has been stuck in my head for quite a bit. Yandere (or normal, depending on you) with a reader who is quite a lot like Circe.
A short summary: Circe is an immortal goddess who seeks to prevent Odysseus from returning home, where she is most prominently found in stories such as “The Odyssey” by Homer. Circe is described as “lustrous” and “the nymph with the lovely braids,” and is first seen weaving at her loom. Circe has magic powers, which she uses to turn some of Odysseus's men into pigs. She inhabits the island of Aeaea with the local nymphs, using her magic to protect their home from intruders. She has a very soft side, whom she shows only to her nymphs and others who live on her island (that she trusts), while she’s rather deceitful and harsh with outsiders.
I have a thing for Greek myths and such… AHEM
I’d love to see your writing of a character like this, who’s vastly powerful magical with someone like him.
- Amphora Anon 🏺
amphora anon… oh, amphora anon… I was planning to write this request, but I couldn’t quite put my ideas together. If you don’t mind, I’d like to instead give my thoughts instead!
I feel like this prompt would be work if they were enemies in general with shadow milk cookie pinning over you.
if you're not getting idea, think about this scenario...
while searching for entertainment, he stumbled upon your little island, drawn in by the thought it looked strangely peaceful, you welcomed him with a smile, offering honeyed wine and a place to rest. but it was all a trick—just as he grew comfortable, you revealed your true intentions, laughing as you cast him out, warning that if he returned, you’d turn him into a pig. grumbling, he left—but he wasn’t one to give up so easily because he would NOT let that slide, how dare /you/ lie to him, the embodiment of deceit? some time later, he tried again, this time slipping past your defenses, even daring to shapeshift into one of your nymphs. but no matter how clever he thought he was, you saw through it instantly. he was not one of yours. he never would be.
yet he refused to accept that. what started as amusement twisted into obsession. he returned again and again, determined to outwit you, to get closer—to make you acknowledge him. and when trickery wasn’t enough, he turned to your own nymphs, whispering into their ears, luring them with honeyed words, turning them against you. after all, if he could not have a place on your island, then he would make one himself.
what started as mere amusement became something far more dangerous. each failure only sharpened his obsession, each rejection only made him more determined. he told himself it was just a challenge, a game of wits—but somewhere along the way, he fell for you. but love, for him, was not something soft. it was control, a need to twist and claim. he was the beast of deceit—his tricks were endless, his patience infinite. no matter how many times you cast him away, no matter how many illusions you shattered, it was only a matter of time before one finally worked. and when it did, it would not be your island you’d awaken to. the nymphs would be gone, your sanctuary ruined, left to wither in your absence. you would be in his spire instead, trapped within the endless maze of his illusions, where the world you once ruled was nothing more than a distant memory.
he's a fucking menace and I fear if you're a ruler of a kingdom of anything else, you are not getting back there, you have to stay with him... only exception would be if you're one of the beasts!
#i was smacked and kicked at for ideas on what to do with this request (exaggerating) - second owner#juricel replies#anyway ty!! its been a wbile since i last wrote a reader insert#i have turned into poetry ever since n i was a bit scared writing#amphora anon#juris anons
13 notes
·
View notes
Text
The Aura
Walter Benjamin’s theory of the “aura”, articulated in his essay The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction, addresses how the mechanical reproduction of art transforms its cultural and practical value. Benjamin defined the “aura” as the unique presence, authenticity, and authority of a work of art in its original context, what he called “its presence in time and space, its unique existence at the place where it happens to be” (Benjamin, 2008). For Benjamin, technological reproduction, particularly photography and film, dismantled this aura by detaching the artwork from its original setting and making it accessible to the masses. This democratization of art altered how people engage with and interpret artworks, prompting a reevaluation of their cultural and aesthetic worth.
Benjamin’s concern was not merely nostalgic - he was critically analyzing how shifts in technology restructured the social function of art. The aura, for Benjamin, was bound to ritual and tradition, and the loss of aura corresponded with art’s movement into the political sphere. In his words, “that which withers in the age of mechanical reproduction is the aura of the work of art” (Benjamin, 2008). In place of ritual, Benjamin argued, came exhibition value - the idea that artworks are now created and reproduced for mass viewing, thereby losing the magic and reverence once embedded in original works. In contemporary society, Benjamin’s observations still hold significant relevance, though not without challenge. The digital age has enhanced the reproduction of images far beyond Benjamin’s time. Works of art can now be infinitely replicated and distributed online, often stripped of context, artist intention, and physical scale. For example, Van Gogh’s Starry Night exists as everything from phone wallpaper to coffee mug art, diluting its aura for those who only encounter it through these reproductions. As art historian John Berger later emphasized, “the meaning of a work of art changes depending on how it is seen” (Berger, 1972), underscoring Benjamin’s concern about dislocated art.
Nevertheless, the concept of the aura may not be entirely lost. In fact, it has taken new forms. Digital art forms such as NFTs (non-fungible tokens) have revived questions of originality and authenticity. An NFT is a unique digital certificate attached to a piece of art, making that version “authentic” despite the medium’s reproducibility. This paradox reflects how society still values uniqueness, even in the most mass-reproducible formats. As art theorist Noah Charney notes, the NFT boom is proof that the art world still craves aura, it just seeks it in new, digital forms (Charney, 2021).
While reproduction dilutes aura, it also enhances accessibility and participation. Projects like Google Arts & Culture allow users to explore high-resolution reproductions of famous works, increasing educational reach and sparking new kinds of engagement. In this way, the reproduced image gives more access to art, allowing people without nearby museums or private collections to engage with cultural history. However, this also raises concerns about superficial engagement of culture, which Benjamin feared.
Walter Benjamin’s theory of the aura remains a powerful framework for analyzing the transformation of art in the modern era. While his prediction about the withering of aura rings true in many ways, especially in the age of memes, digital reproduction, and imagery, contemporary developments show that aura does not disappear but only transforms. The desire for authenticity, presence, and uniqueness persists, even in digital landscapes. As we navigate the ongoing growth of how art is consumed, Benjamin’s theory invites us to think critically about what we lose, and what we gain, when art becomes reproducible.

References
Benjamin, W. (2008). The work of art in the age of mechanical reproduction (H. Zohn, Trans.). Penguin Books. (Original work published 1935)
Berger, J. (1972). Ways of seeing. Penguin Books.
Charney, N. (2021). The art of forgery: The minds, motives and methods of master forgers. Phaidon Press.
0 notes
Text
Gravity: A Summary of the Development of Jeong TaeEul’s Feelings for Lee Gon in “The King: Eternal Monarch (Part 2 of 3)
EPISODE 5
Once she lands on the Kingdom of Corea and he gives her his name, Lee Gon, all bets were off. All protests she had in her head had been silenced at the face of this new reality. She now has to deal with this strange pull that she feels towards him.
It had been easy in the beginning to say she was doing it out of duty. And when it became more than that, she could say it was pity because of what little she knows of his family history. But now, she was there in Corea with him without any excuse. She was there for herself, she wanted to know this man. And in this episode, she got to know him without even spending much time with him. He wooed her, and won her over, with almost no effort on his part.
Now, let’s talk about the kiss. Because this episode will definitely be remembered as the one where Lee Gon kissed her. Kisses are important, yes. It’s a sign of a more visceral nature, something material that can affirm the physical attraction that had always been there. And she is aware that he’s attractive. It’s been overtly said numerous times in the first few episodes. And Jeong Tae-uel is very much aware of it. however, what is important to note though is what she told him before the kiss, when he rested his head on her shoulder in a seemingly romantic gesture.
“YOU’VE NEVER DATED BEFORE, RIGHT?
“YES, I HAVE.”
“SHOULD I GUESS WHEN?”
“GUESS.”
“NOW.”
I like how this works two ways and they reveal two layers of Jeong Tae-eul. This can first be understood as a challenge to Lee Gon, which is what he understood it as. It is a direct challenge to his experience in dating. She’s basically saying he’s absolutely clueless, an amateur to wooing girls. She is not impressed. And that’s standard Jeong Tae-eul behavior—shooting down Lee Gon. However, underneath this bravado is a softer side of Jeong Tae-eul. This is the slightly insecure woman who has now seen how far away she is as a commoner from the other world to the king of this world. So with this line, she’s also actually asking how many women he has been with, how many women has he treated this way, is she special enough, how might she fare against the ghost of those other women?
And the two-fold meaning of this line is what makes this scene so delicious, especially as Lee Gon took this moment to purposefully interpret her question in another way. After taking it as a challenge, he kisses her in order to prove to her that yes, he does know what to do on a date, he knows how to kiss, has kissed before, but he actually evades her question by saying that he kissed her to declare to her that they are now dating. And yet, neither of them have ever clearly stated how one felt for the other. But with this kiss, and her being there voluntarily, they are both sure that something is there between them, something worth exploring and deepening -- otherwise, he wouldn’t have persisted in reaching through her emotional wall, and she wouldn’t be there in his kingdom, letting him in slowly.
Also, I would like to point out how much I like that she didn’t recoil from a kiss, which can sometimes be the norm in most k-dramas. Those surprise kisses can sometimes be cringey, even if it’s meant to portray the innocence of the female character and the passion of the male character. Jeong Tae-eul here is not a wilting little flower who can be shocked by a kiss and I am here for it. Now, while she didn’t recoil, she also didn’t kiss back either. And I am fine with that because she’s not exactly someone who is easily overcome with passion.
You will see her reaction though, in a flashback of this moment in the next episode. And it’s only revealed much later how she reacted after that kiss. You see, he gave out telltale signs that he was going to kiss her by moving his hands up and around her face and angling his head towards her. He moved unhurriedly, not slow, not fast, unhurriedly. And because it was a gentler kind of surprise kiss, you can see how she had time to prepare for it. Her eyebrows moved up like she was confused that this was happening. And then you see her eyes focus on his lips. When their lips touched, you can see from her profile that her eyes had opened wide. She did not look in pain. She did not look like a kiss was forced upon her. She looked like a woman who was kissed by someone she would accept a kiss from, but had no idea how badly he had wanted to kiss her just then. And when Lee Gon moved back to declare that they are now dating, Jeong Tae-eul’s face was the softest it could look while simultaneously being amazed at his audacity. And then she quickly changes the subject. I love Kim Goeun. That is all.
Okay, now that they’ve established that there’s a physical attraction there, it was time to put a little bit more substance into their relationship. Kisses don’t make relationships after all. In the following morning , JTE accompanied Lee Gon to some of his royal engagements, dressed as one of his security guards.
Seeing Lee Gon open a basketball tournament and give a lecture on math in a university made her realize how adored he was not just for his looks, but for the way he interacted with his people, and his intellect. He wasn’t some crazed maniac prattling on about parallel universe. She got to see him as the King he said he was and he was loved, he was magnetic.
She walked around a country that looked beautiful, prosperous, peaceful and most of it was because of his leadership. His country showed him to be a capable, powerful, and yet graceful man. And for a strong, no nonsense woman like Jeong Tae-eul, all those traits were very attractive. Strength respects strength after all. But for her, who had to grow up fast because of an almost incapable father who would accept eggs as tuition fee, those traits would also mean that she can actually depend on Lee Gon.
Jeong Tae-eul is characterized as someone who is a very capable detective and skilled martial artist. Lee Gon often says what an amazing woman she is while watching her work a case. He looks at her almost like a savior. In the next episode, we will see more of her history with Kang Sin-jae. And he also looks at her like she was his savior. And she is. She did rescue him from living a thug life. At one point, she even held things together at her father’s taekwondo studio. Being a strong, independent woman is definitely a point of pride for her but at times, it can also be very exhausting. And if she deems herself as strong, she needs someone equally as strong, if not stronger than her, before even considering to hold on to that person’s hand when she needs help. Lee Gon was exactly that kind of person.
Another thing that possibly won her over was the fact that he didn’t drag her all over the place while he had to fulfill his duties. He gave her space, as strong people often need it. He let her go and explore on her own, but not without keeping her protected through Jo Yeong.
And in perhaps, one of the sweetest gestures in the series, Lee Gon personally picked her up when she was stranded without a ride back to the Busan palace. It was a gesture that was perfectly timed. For Lee Gon, he had just finished all his duties for the day so it wasn’t much of a problem. But for Jeong Tae-eul who had spent the entire day exploring his kingdom and being reminded at every turn how much he had accomplished, how great a king he is right down to a building sized poster of him. All this greatness is bound to make her feel a little small, no matter how confident Jeong Tae-eul. And so when he picked her up in such a grand fashion, as what a king does of course, ignoring protocol or risking being photographed together, it reminds her that Lee Gon will always be ready to shorten any kind of distance between them – whether it was king and commoner, or the infinite space between their two worlds.
EPISODE 6
Lee Gon at this point is full on boyfriend mode, even without the labels. He is openly declaring his feelings to those near him, even his enemies. He let PM Koo see how he laughs in the presence of Jeong Tae-eul, which he has never done with her nor with anyone else in public. And in his private plane, with two of his staff looking at them, he plays with her hands under the pretense of having a secret conversation, and also affirms to his secretary that Jeong Tae-eul is the woman he had been talking to her about. Now while Lee Gon is there, enjoying the fact that he finally has Jeong Tae-eul by his side, she is on a different page even though she’s letting him get away with all is public displays of affection.
“I WAS TRAVELLING AROUND TODAY AND I REALIZED YOU MUST HAVE BEEN LONELY IN MY WORLD”
“WERE YOU LONELY HERE?”
“IT WAS FRUSTRATING TO NOT HAVE SOMETHING THAT COULD PROVE MY IDENTITY. THATYS FOR COMING TO PICK ME UP.”
This scene marks a clear shift in Jeong Tae-eul’s perspective on Lee Gon. And true to her character, she communicates it properly and clearly. Having spent the entire day in an unfamiliar world, she gets to fully put herself in Lee Gon’s shoes when he first arrived in her world and it isn’t lost on her how horrible she was to him. She was the one who had constantly doubted him at every turn when he was trying to prove who he was to her. Once their places were switched, he gave her a wide berth, provided protection from afar, and only swooped in when she called for his help, instinctively knowing that this was what she needed to see things for herself. He was kind to her, gentle, right down to this moment when he’s preparing dinner for her. And instead of giving her a hard time about how mean she had been to him, he instead chose to focus on her loneliness while in his kingdom. Her discomfort overrides any hardship he had experienced in her world.
Although this does reveal a humbled, softened Jeong Tae-eul, it does not necessarily mean that she’s jumping in with both feet into this thing with Lee Gon. This total admission that she had been wrong to treat him so harshly while he was in her world and the thank you that followed almost feels like a goodbye. Now that she has seen the truth, that Lee Gon is the King from the Kingdom of Corea, she’s also very much aware that she’s from the Republic of Korea. While their parallel worlds are real, one rule for parallel lines is that they will never, should never meet.
This is why she didn’t hug Lee Gon after he shared his history of betrayal at the hands of his uncle. This is why she keeps asking for her ID so she can go back to her world, and Lee Gon senses her instinct to pull away before she gets involved further with him. Because that’s what she’s doing. At this point, she knows this won’t end well for both of them.
That’s why she gave a resigned answer when Lee Gon said he was trying to make her jealous over a mystery woman he had prepared a meat dish for.
“I CAN’T BEAT THAT PERSON ANYWAY. WHOEVER IT IS, THAT PERSON MUST BE FROM THIS WORLD.”
She is trying to withdraw further and further away from him by saying this. I am not from your world. I am not fit for you. But then Lee Gon chooses this moment to give her her ID card in order to drive home the fact that he doesn’t care about them belonging to different worlds. Her ID card came to him at the most important part of his life and while it’s still an unsolved mystery for him, he seems to have taken it as fate at work.
“IT SEEMS LIKE A DIFFICULT QUESTION TO SOLVE, BUT THERE MUST BE A SIMPLE AND BEAUTIFUL FORMULA FOR IT. AND YOU ARE THE ANSWER I’VE BEEN LOOKING FOR. FROM NOW ON, I WILL PROVE IT ONE BY ONE. WHOEVER IT IS, AND WHICHEVER WORLD THE PERSON IS FROM, YOU’VE BEAT THAT PERSON.”
And with this, he pulls her right back to him. He is telling her that he refuses to let her go and downplay her importance in his life. She is connected to, if not the reason, why he survived. She is the reason why he is here in the first place and he swears to her that he will prove it and make her see for herself, the way he’s done before when she had doubted him.
“SO DON’T YOU DECIDE ALONE TO LEAVE LIKE THAT.”
When he tells her this, he essentially solidified them as a couple in the most base
sense of the word. Not the lovey-dovey boyfriend/girlfriend let’s go steady now feel. They are together now, a couple, two people taken as one. That’s why important decisions have to be made by the two of them together. Although he knows he has the power to stop her from leaving him with just one command, he won’t do it. Because they’re both adults and not a modern day representation of beauty and the beast. There will also be no silent self sacrifice for the happiness of the other. There will be no fading away into the night, or disappearing forever into the other world. I mean, that’s good if you’re looking for melodrama. But this couple isn’t after that. They are surprisingly just a normal couple, but with unusual circumstances. See, normal couples communicate properly. Whatever happens to them will be decided by them. It is a fitting declaration of war against the laws of parallel universes just before he leads his country to a naval war with Japan.
And in the moments when they are alone in the room before she sets off for her world, she sees him in his navy uniform. A picture of dignity and strength, traits that are attractive to Tae-eul, of course but he is also a picture of heavy responsibility. And behind him looms his imperial robe, a symbol of the country he is responsible for. And for Tae-eul, who had just been pulled back into this thing with Lee Gon, this sight was especially bittersweet. This was the man she was with and he carried with him an entire country, across the universe. He can’t just leave and go live with her in her world.
And yet, he persists to make it work somehow.
“I WILL COME BACK TO YOU. WILL YOU WAIT FOR ME?”
Jeong Tae-eul nods yes. And when Jeong Tae-eul says something, she means it. This time, she’s all in with this relationship. And she’s never been the wishy washy type.
“I WILL SEE YOU AGAIN, LEE GON.”
This was Jeong Tae-eul reaffirming his existence. She believes him now, knows who he is now. And also, by saying his name so boldly like this, she is stepping up and laying her claim on Lee Gon. She was saying, okay, you defied the laws of the universe and crossed over to my world to find me. Now I’m going to defy the laws of your country and call you by your name, because only I can do that, because you’re mine now.
#the king eternal monarch#jung tae eul#jungtaeeul#lee gon#leegon#jeong tae eul#jeongtaeeul#kimgoeun#kim go eun#lee min ho#leeminho#kim eun sook#kdrama
77 notes
·
View notes
Text
Non-creative applications in audio programming and processing.
The success of an audio processing application to be used in a creative success can be argued as subjective. In the world of plug-ins audio application has been programmed to have a purpose, but weather that purpose is successful depends on the individual using it. In some cases, an individual with a non-academic background can use the audio application in a musical sense, apply it to their music while not necessarily being able to describe what it does.
In this blog post, I want to focus on the other side of audio processing; audio applications that have been designed for a non-musical purpose. As well as delve into how we measure their success.
Audio processing for a medical use- Hearing Aids.
Within non-creative, non-musical audio devices, the hearing aid stands out as a simple design to forfill a medical need to help people who have been born with, or have developed hearing loss. Digital hearing aids are designed around and analogue/digital converter, a means to amplfy the signal, and finally a digital to analogue converter directed towards the ear drum.
Schneider. T, Brennan. R, Balsiger. P, Heubi. A (1999) An Ultra Low-power Programmable DSP System for Hearing Aids and Other Audio Applications (Online) ICSPAT’99 Proceedings, November 1-4, 1999, Orlando, FL. Available at
https://www.onsemi.jp/site/pdf/DSP_System.pdf (Accessed 18th Nov 2020)
This is a patent for technology used to describe an application specific signal processor suitable for hearing aids amongst other audio applications. This patent is particularly good at specifying the limitations of DSP in a real-time environment and offers solutions as how to conduct DSP with ultra low power. Section 3 lays out the fundamentals of the programming design. This source is dated and is not relevant to creating audio plug-ins specifically, and, although dated, the information provided is valuable as an insight into the fundamentals of DSP theory in audio as the hearing aid was a breakthrough in ultra low powered DSP.
Digital hearing aids are now the standard QUOTE, so we can see, objectively, that the development of the hearing aid as an audio device was a success.
Audio processing for support evidence -Audio forensics.
Audio forensics is a field where audio is used to obtain evidence through enhancing or processing an audio signal to gather information to support a criminal or civil case. This process is non-creative and non-musical, and should be approached with an objective mindset as the aim is not to make something sound good musically, but use audio as a means to support an investigation.
“Audio forensic evidence may come from a criminal investigation by law enforcement or as part of an official inquiry into an accident, fraud, accusation of slander, or some other civil incident. The primary aspects of audio forensics are establishing the authenticity of audio evidence, performing enhancement of audio recordings to improve speech intelligibility and the audibility of low-level sounds, and interpreting and documenting sonic evidence, such as identifying talkers, transcribing dialog, and reconstructing crime or accident scenes and timelines.” (Audio Forensics Expert, n.d.)
Upon investigating signal processing in audio forensics, I encountered this article, supporting the idea that audio forensics is an entirely different discipline to audio engineering. “Audio engineers can go with whatever feels good, without worrying about documenting their processes, but forensic analysts must only apply what can be referenced and proven to be an accepted technique, and have to write down everything. And with the implementation of the ISO 17025 guidelines making the transition to the audio forensics world infinitely more difficult, anyone who wants to get into the field in the future could find themselves jumping through a whole lot more hoops.“ (Zjalic, 2018)
I feel article relays an important message, especially within my professional practice of audio programming; understanding that audio isn’t just about producing audio for a creative means, and there is another side that requires objectivity and an understanding of the physics and inner workings of sound.
One notable case where audio was used as supporting evidence was the Watergate case, an example that shows not only that audio can be used as evidence, but “doctored” audio can be detected and used as supporting evidence too. Below I have included an extract from an article describing the audio tapes in the Watergate cover-up.
“In 1974, interest turned to a particular recording of a con- versation between President Nixon and his Chief of Staff H. R. Haldeman recorded in 1972 in the EOB. The investigators were suspicious that the recorded conversation included re- marks about the Watergate cover-up, but when the record- ing was examined, the investigators discovered that 181⁄2 minutes of the recording were obliterated by an unexplained gap consisting of audible buzz sounds but no discernable speech. Investigators suspected that someone had deliber- ately erased or recorded over that section of the tape to de- stroy the originally recorded conversation, perhaps with the intention of eliminating incriminating remarks.
John J. Sirica, Chief Judge of the US District Court for the District of Columbia, determined that the potentially altered tape required expert analysis beyond the routine capability of the court (McKnight and Weiss, 1976). He requested that the Watergate Special Prosecutor and the counsel for the president jointly nominate a group of six outside technical experts (including several ASA members) to form a special Advisory Panel on White House Tapes “...to study relevant aspects of the tape and the sounds recorded on it” (Advisory Panel on White House Tapes, 1974).
The Advisory Panel analysed the physical tape itself and the electrical signals observed on playback and, ultimately of greatest importance, performed magnetic development us- ing ferrofluid to reveal latent magnetic domain patterns on the tape and the magnetization signatures of the recording and erase heads installed in the tape recorders known to be present in the White House. The magnetic development of the tape led the Advisory Panel to the conclusion that the 181⁄2-minute gap consisted of several overlapping start-stop erasures performed with a specific tape recorder available in the White House but not the same device that was used to make the original recording (Advisory Panel on White House Tapes, 1974).” (The New York Times, 1974)
A piece of audio should be subjected to critical analysis when being used as evidence, the reliability of the audio can be questionable “Assessing the reliability of audio forensic opinions can be a challenge. Unlike DNA comparisons that can be expressed in a formal statistical sense, a forensic acoustics question such as “Is the utterance present in the evidentiary recording the voice of Suspect A?” (Maher, 2016)Especially if the audio is from a low quality source and noises can be difficult to determine.
Modern audio tools have been programmed to change the audio in order to help determine noise sources and allow for a clearer picture for the listener to make an informed critical analysis of what they are listening to. An example of these are some of the audio tools in Izotope RX. RX allows the user to see a detailed report of the audio, and then deconstruct the audio in order to enhance specific noise sources.
I have created the following example using Izotope RX.
youtube
Audio for speed detection- Speed cameras.
Kubera. E, Wieczorkowski. A, Kuranc. A, Słowik. T (2019) Discovering Speed Changes of Vehicles from Audio Data (Online) Advance in Sensors and Sensing Systems for Driving and Transportation. Available at https://www.mdpi.com/1424-8220/19/14/3067. (Accessed 18 Nov 2020.)
I have found further research into devices and methodology utilising non-musical audio processing. This is a piece of research with the aim of using audio to detect car driving speed. Viewing the research shows that the research was successful in detecting an fairly accurate speed audio data recorded from the vehicle. “The presented results show that even a simple feature vector, representing lines in a spectrogram, yields 90% accuracy, even though tracking these lines is difficult, and errors in these parameters are possible.” While the accuracy is high enough for the general research to be considered a success, using recorded audio to replace speed cameras in the modern world woulf be problematic and inpractical, as it is less accurate, leaving it far more open to legal disputes than speed cameras that have a lower margin of error, that are already often legally disputed for their accuracy. “Speed cameras are officially described as being calibrated to an accuracy of two per cent. However, in recent years some well-publicised court cases have hinged upon alleged inaccuracies in the speed camera evidence.” (nationalprobationservice, 2015)
Although this research at this time is not accurate enough to be used practically, one can question how this research can be expanded on to for the purpose of a practical need. In future, audio speed detectors could be used to detect speed in low visibility conditions.
Exploring these non-musical/creatives avenues has been especially useful for my practice as an audio programmer because they have shown the potential that audio signal processing can have in society, as well as show the benefits of approaching audio programming with an objective mindset. All of the devices I have found have been created for a practical use, and it is interesting to see where societal needs have been filled by audio programming and how this research can be taken further. To become a practitioner in creating audio devices for practical solutions, an understanding of audio from an objective viewpoint is fundamental. Approaching audio in this way is essential to my practice as programming is rooted in having a logical and objective discipline. Even if one is programming a tool for the purpose of creativity, as an audio programmer, one needs to understand exactly what is happening in the program.
References
Audio Forensics Expert. (n.d.). Retrieved 12 2020, from https://www.audioforensicexpert.com/what-is-audio-forensics/
Maher, R. C. (2016). Lending an Ear in the Courtroom: Forensic Acoustics. Retrieved 12 2020, from Acoustics Today: https://acousticstoday.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Lending-an-Ear-in-the-Courtroom-Forensic-Acoustics-Forensic-acoustics-deals-with-acquisition-analysis-and-evaluation-of-audio-recordings-to-be-used-as-evidence-in-an-official-legal-inquiry..pdf
nationalprobationservice. (2015). nationalprobationservice. Retrieved 11 2020, from nationalprobationservice/speedcameras: https://www.nationalprobationservice.co.uk/speedcameras.html
The New York Times. (1974, 1). ext of Advisory Panel's Report to Judge Sirica on Tape Recording. Retrieved 12 2020, from The New York Times: https://www.nytimes.com/1974/01/16/archives/text-of-advisory-panels-report-to-judge-sirica-on-tape-recording.html
2 notes
·
View notes
Text
The Kabbalah of Marriage
The Kabbalah of MarriageOne of the most frequently asked questions today is a personal one: How do I find and maintain a good relationship?
Love remains the most compelling and elusive issues of our time, and perhaps of all time.
How can I find a healthy, meaningful and above all, permanent relationship?
No adequate answer will be found to this question until we first understand what exactly a relationship is.
The word “relationship” means two things relating to one another. But what is the essence of a relationship? What makes a relationship work? What ingredients are necessary?
The secret of a relationship can be found in an unlikely place: The month in which we find ourselves now.
We have just entered the Hebrew month of Elul, the last month of the year. Every month has its own unique energy and power. Elul is the month of love and relationships. The sign of Elul is Virgo, and one of the acronyms of Elul is: Ani l’dodi v’dodi li, meaning “I am to my beloved, and my beloved is to me” (Song of Songs 6:3).
Ani L’dodi V’dodi Li captures the very essence of a relationship: It is mutually symbiotic fusion of two forces – I am to my beloved and my beloved is to me.
First there are two distinct personalities: “I” and “my beloved.” Then the “I” (my personality) takes the initiative and reaches to “my beloved.” In turn, “my beloved” responds “to me.”
Ani l’dodi v’dodi li emphasizes another vital aspect – that a relationship is a reflection: You and your beloved mirror each other. Like the face reflected in water, one heart [is reflected] in another (Proverbs 27:19). Love elicited is in direct proportion to love given. When “I am to my beloved” – “my beloved” will be “to me.” The same way that “I am to my beloved,” so will “my beloved” be “to me.”
Thinking of love as your reflection is quite extraordinary: Look into the eyes of your beloved and you will see yourself.
Finally, Elul’s Ani l’dodi v’dodi li teaches us that love is about initiating. First Ani L’dodi – I am to my beloved, and that is the catalyst for “my beloved to me.” Love is proactive, nor reactive or passive. If you want love in your life do not stand on the sidelines, “protecting” yourself from being hurt and wait for someone to love you. You must learn to give – to initiate, to love. And when you do – love comes back to you.
One powerful question, however, looms: How is it possible that two distinct entities should become one? Can they actually retain their distinct personalities and truly love each other? It’s one thing to say that for love we pay a price. The price is relinquishing independence and compromising your identity for the benefits that love brings. But it’s quite another to claim that love can be had without compromising individuality.
Yet, we are told that true love is unity, and true unity is the fusion of two souls in one seamless union, in which both remain intact while joining as one.
How that paradox is possible requires a journey into the mystery of Divine Unity (Hashem Echod), the theme of this column over the last few weeks.
The quest to discover Divine unity in a pluralistic universe is far thornier than the effort to build unity between finite creatures. After all, as different as two people may be, they still are both human, both mortal and finite, both with more similarities than differences, and both in need of love. G-d and the universe, on the other hand, are infinitely distant entities, that seemingly have nothing in common. Quite the contrary: they are diametric opposites: G-d is infinite, the universe is finite; G-d the invulnerable Creator, we the fragile creatures. Above all, our existential, dependent, existence is absolutely different than the Divine non-existential, independent, existence (metzius bilti metzius nimtza). How then is it possible to unite these opposite realities?
The entire study of Kabbalah and Chassidus – Jewish mysticism – comes to answer this very question; to teach us how humans can develop a relationship with G-d
The mystics lay out an elaborate system which allows us the ability to achieve Divine Unity (Hashem Echod) in the universe: Like “stepping stones” the process of creation, called the “cosmic order,” enables us to climb the ladder that marries heaven and earth, the human and the Divine – the finite and the infinite.
In an article titled The Kabbalah of Duality we discussed the first step in this process – the Tzimtzum concealment. In order for there to be a relationship we first need independence – an “I” who reaches to “my beloved.” In the presence of the Divine omnipresence no independent entity can arise. The Tzimtzum concealment allowed “room” for our independent consciousness to emerge.
However, the Tzimtzum is not “literal,” it is only a state of concealment, and it only affects the outermost layers of consciousness (light), not the higher states, and surely not on the unconscious level. [Yet, even the non-literal Tzitmzum is real, not an illusion, and the independent reality it creates is real, not just in our perception]. Hence, despite the concealment we always have the ability to connect and integrate our lives with the Divine light and the Divine Essence.
But the Tzimtzum only explains the possibility for potential integration, not how to actually achieve it. The non-literal Tzimtzum tells us that within existence we can find the Divine. But does existence itself have Divine properties?
To answer this question we need to dissect existence a bit. What exactly is existence?
Existence as we know it is comprised of various elements, but in its most basic form they break down into two forces: matter and energy. Every part of the universe, from the largest to the smallest, has a “body,” some form (physical or otherwise), and a “soul,” the inner power that defines the energy of the object. Matter is the “outer” layer and energy is its “inner” function and purpose.
Breaking it down further, both matter and energy are also each comprised of these two dimensions: The “body” of matter – its tangible properties, and the “energy” of matter – its shape, form and function: The “body” of energy – its definable personality, and the soul “energy” of energy – its deeper purpose.
Now the question is this: When we connect our lives to the Divine do we do so only on the spiritual (energy) level or also on the material (matter) level?
The argument could be made, as some schools of thought maintain, that the objective of life is to deny the material and transcend to the spiritual. Unity, then, is achieved exclusively on the soul level.
Even if we need to engage somewhat the material world, some suggest that at most we can channel the “function” of matter toward spiritual ends, but not the coarse matter itself.
At the other extreme, one could argue that even the spirit and energy of existence cannot be integrated with the Divine. At most the “energy” of energy can find some commonality with G-dliness, but not the “matter” of energy (its personality and form). A soul can unite with G-d only in a very general sense, but not with its distinct personality. Its must relinquish its individuality in order to become one with the Divine.
[All these viewpoints, mind you, are possible even according to the non-literal interpretation of the Tzimtzum, which only tells us that the Divine is present (albeit concealed) within existence, but does not inform us about the personality of existence, and thus, to what extent we can integrate the universe with the Divine. Let alone according to the literal interpretation of the Tzimtzum, according to which there is no direct relationship between our world and the reality of the Divine].
In the ultimate application of Divine unity, the mystics teach us – as emphasized in the works of the Chassidic masters – that the unity must permeate every fiber of existence, not just its spirit, not just its shape, form and function, not just in general terms. But every dimension of the universe – from energy to matter, from the matter of energy to the matter of matter – contains a Divine dimension that is waiting to be released.
They explain this with the elegant structure of the “cosmic order” comprised of “energies” (lights) and “containers,” which correspond with and are the root of the “energy” and “matter” of our universe.
By understanding the interplay between “light” and “container” and how each of them interact with their respective divine source, we can learn how to marry heaven and earth and integrate every aspect of our beings with higher purpose, ultimately with the Divine itself. The relationship between these forces teach us how to develop the relationship between our material bodies and souls, between our involvements in the physical worlds with our spiritual endeavors; we learn how to develop and expand our own material “containers” and fuse them with the “lights” of spirituality.
Beginning with the human soul shaped in the Divine Image, the mystics explain that the soul manifests and mirrors the Divine energy (light); each person’s soul is a reflection, a microcosm of G-d’s “personality.” And not just in a general sense, but the distinct personality of each soul is rooted in the distinct personality of the “lights,” which have defined properties (there are actually several opinions regarding the extent of these “light” properties, which reflect in different levels of the unity that can be achieved. But the final consensus is that the “lights” have individual properties, which allow our unique personalities to find divine expression).
Similarly, the spiritual forces within the material world can be aligned to their respective Divine roots, in all their glorious detail, rooted in the Divine light, the kav (thin ray of light) that pierced through the Tzimtzum, whose source is the light before the Tzimtzum, the Divine power to create the infinite (koach ha’bli-gvul).
That’s the soul. What about the body and the matter of the universe? The human body too was created in the Divine Image, and every aspect of matter is shaped by the “hand of G-d.” Not only “light” but also the “containers” reflect higher levels of the Divine. Not only the spirit but also the structure of existence is rooted in the Source with G-dlike features, which we have to reveal.
In mystical terms: The “containers” of existence are rooted in the Divine “containers” of Atzilut, which in turn are a reflection of the “containers” of Adam Kadmon, which originate from the (letters of the) reshimu, the residue that remained after but was unaffected by the Tzimtzum, rooted in the Divine power to create the finite (koach ha’gvul).
Now, when you take into account that “light” and “container” join together until they become one, we can begin to understand E=mc2 – how energy and matter are actually one and the same.
This, briefly, is the way the Kabbalists explain how the very fabric of existence (matter and energy) can be integrated with the Divine. It’s not just that the Divine Essence, which transcends all definitions and structures, enables the fusion of matter and spirit. That would imply that the fusion is solely a result of the Essence’s power, despite the limits of existence. The ultimate purpose is that the universe, on its own terms and by the standards of its own parameters, contains the Divine. That is ultimate unity – not simply on G-d’s terms, but also on the terms of existence. Such unity can only be achieved when we recognize that in the personality of existence glimmers of the Divine.
Discovering the Divine within the properties of our universe is the most magnificent effort we can undertake, transforming life into a majestic journey.
The ultimate manifestation of Divine unity is in human relationships – in the ways of love and marriage. The “lights” and “containers” that teach us how we can fuse our lives with the Divine, teach us how we can discover true unity, while maintaining our individuality in our interpersonal relationships.
A good analogy for this is music: The power and beauty of a melody is dependent on each note maintaining its “individuality” and playing its unique sound. Simultaneously, each note is completely fused with all the others, all complementing each other, without in any way compromising each ones’ distinct identity. The same synthesis – harmony out of diversity – can be witnessed in the symmetry of every healthy organism and system, from the human body to the extraordinary design of nature.
A true relationship is total fusion of two – “I am to my beloved and my beloved to me.” Two distinct individuals, with different bodies and different souls, join together, in one seamless union. Neither is compromised or diminished. A transcendent power enables the fusion; but it also manifests in the individual personalities: as they remain intact they also recognize on their own individual terms that love – “I am to my beloved and my beloved to me” – is the ultimate expression of individuality.
In this month of Elul we have the opportunity to create, mend and renew relationships. May we use the month well, and may we all be blessed with experiencing “I am to my beloved and my beloved to me.”
One fundamental question still remains: How can we achieve total fusion of “I am to my beloved and my beloved is to me” when the Divine Essence is a non-existential reality, completely different and beyond our existential existence? Given, we can unite with the Divine as it manifests in existence, but can we actually connect to the ultimate reality – the innermost essence of Divine reality, which we have absolutely no way of relating to?
1 note
·
View note
Text
Clint & Natasha
(Or, the deeper approach into their psyche and love)

Turns out that Endgame hit me harder than I could ever have prepared myself, and I don’t like what I have read from other perspectives about their platonic relationship very much, so I’ve decided to write my own. At this point I don’t even need to fight anyone to prove anything, what they are to one another up until now have already far exceeded any ordinary relationship in the entire cinematic history.
There are some fatal plot holes that are hardly dismissed as a writer myself but I’m going to be a good person to ignore all of them and even pretend to forgive the ridiculous five-year period that made no sense to the character development and motivation.
1. Firstly, let’s talk about Natasha’s roller-coaster emotional ride.
Natasha in the last piece of the Avenger series was, as Scarlett has said herself, ‘hardened’ by all she had lost, and simultaneously softened and vulnerable in a way we had never seen her before.
She loved so hard and so deeply that if before we didn’t dare acknowledge it, now it was pouring all over her facial expression as though she didn’t even bother to hide it anymore.
Okay, please give me a specific number of times you have seen Natasha Romanoff with a breakdown. With tears? Except for the time when she thought Nick Fury was dead. There was only one time under Wanda in AoU that she was off her game, then again we all know who was there in half a second later to look after her.
This time, though, this was different. Nobody knew how to handle her the right way, and nobody was there anymore. The perfect timing of Steve’s appearance was so precious and realistic I can’t appreciate it enough. Steve was not Clint, probably hadn’t seen Nat at her worst the way Clint did, but he was there at that precise moment to stay with her through the misery. What could be more fulfilling in a friendship? Your friend was there, burdened with his own misery and could not ease yours but he was there nonetheless. If we take a careful look at the predicament, we could see that Clint, in this case, was the very source of her distress instead of her comfort. And if you have seen the way she grieved, it’s so blindingly obvious that he was more than just a friend to her. He was family. The one that she had lost.
It wasn’t like Natasha would need Rhodey to give her the precise location of Clint Barton—we have seen the way Clint found her in the most unbelievable circumstance in their own classic way in AoU—she had always known where he was, she must have been keeping track on him, and yet she chose to stay away and pretended she didn’t see what he was doing anyway, because she believed she could not give him hope. The way she went straight to him and took his hand bravely felt like she had always known where he was in all her life and all it took was just a sparkle of hope.
And then there’s the arrow necklace, oh yes, that was fucking thrilling. We grown women do not wear jewelries to honor our siblings or close friends, and let’s not ignore the Godly timing that the necklace first made an appearance was actually right after her breakdown for Clint. Listen, if you have spotted 40+ ester eggs all over the movie, you must have known by now that there was no such thing as a coincidence in every scene, for example her ballet shoes in a corner or the sandwich that was cut diagonally. So if she wore the arrow necklace over a black t-shirt instead of a white one in a dozen of close-up shots with one of the most breaking expressions on her face, there was a reason for it. I suspect it had something to do with her breakdown and the necklace was possibly the symbol of her determination to set things right (to find her partner and to bring him back) now that they had found a way out of their failure.
That didn’t happen just once. She wore the same necklace when they went to Bruce. And what’s more terrifying? She wore it in the same room with Clint in the most comfortable atmosphere between them as though she knew that he knew and they both knew what it meant to them and were completely okay to show it. That could mean she didn’t take it off until Vormir, or not ever. Whether it really had something related to Clint or not, do interpret it in your own way, I don’t care, facts will always remain facts.
And then there’s that mind-blowing moment when Clint was back from the time-travel and she was up there in a second like their life depended on it. There was so much love radiating from her when she went all of her way out to articulate the word ‘family’ when there was not a single one of the team had dare mention before, and so much love for Clint that she didn’t bother to conceal it. Either family or friendship, her love had already gone way beyond those with a simple touch of her hand on his face and that look on her.
Just—that look.
2. And Clint Barton, the most underappreciated character in the MCU history.
One of the things Jeremy has shared about what he enjoyed the most about his character was that Clint Barton was just a normal guy. He has no super power or physical enhancement and yet he chooses to fight alongside the heroes with his partner. He is normal, and despite everything that he has been robbed from the insane story line, he as a character still has grown so much through each movie. He is human, he lost, and he grieved.
I’m not going to pretend the family didn’t exist because they did (and it was a pleasure seeing they got dusted) and their disappearance did pull a string or two on this new side of Clint and his newly introduced skill sets that I super enjoyed. There is absolutely nothing wrong with him going vigilante given his background of a master assassin and the darkness of his personality and PTSD, and the five year time skip that had been done poorly in the movie did nothing to ruin his perfect characterization.
Since a lot of articles have been talking about Thor’s stages of depression that should not be taken lightly as humor device, remember that Thor wasn’t the only one who suffered from mental disorder and please also don’t compare the kind of loss they all had to confront alright? Each person had to go through different kind of manifestation of mental illness, and for a former agent like Clint to go into hiding and killing as coping mechanism was completely acceptable. Don’t give me the morality bullshit, we are talking about fictional characters here, thank you.
Even though the five year excuse was unfair, why should we pay too much attention about it when we could have all we should have and Natasha was still the only one who could come for Clint? You can’t possibly forget the way she held out her hand and he immediately took it without hesitation like five years of distance between them never existed. That display of vulnerability and utter trust that he only showed in the presence of Natasha was pure gold. He knew she would find him as much as he knew once she did, he would be willing to come back with her.
Did he still grieve, though? Intensely. Did he want to die? More than anything else. Did he also have to live? Yes, yes, and yes.
Ever since the beginning to the end, he never stopped grieving. Have you noticed the way he wore his eyes in almost every scene? It’s a tortured look. Clint Barton had come such a long way from the first time he was introduced as a sassy, witty archer to this broken, quiet man with a constantly tortured look. And every step of this journey, Natasha was there with him.
Did he let himself heal? Also yes. In those little moments like when they sat next to one another discussing the plan to get the stones, or when the whole team were getting ready for the mission and he sneaked a glance at Natasha at the other side of the room, or in the spaceship when he initially brought up Budapest with a laughter in contrast to the first time it was mentioned by Natasha in the first Avenger movie. He was allowing himself to heal only because Natasha was there.
Clint and Natasha didn’t act that comfortably around anyone else but each other, and only with one another, they were able to heal themselves gradually.
3. Then Vormir happened. Their journey to the end.
From now on, I am talking about their love and how it was manifested through Endgame.
The parallel cinematic wasn’t just about Natasha finding and bringing Clint home in contrast to how he had made a different call in the past, it was their entire journey with little things, like the hand holding: if Natasha first took Clint’s hand to take him home at the beginning, Clint was the one who took her hand at the end of their conversation.
It was the extended bargain that had started from the first conversation between Natasha and Loki until Red Skull: the world was still on the balance and their bargain was still (forever will be) ultimately for one another.
I see hundreds, hell, thousands of wishful thinking for the Vormir scene to be more than just a forehead touch. Like, you wanted more? Was it even possible to be more? God no. Please look up infinite intensity. Romance didn’t even fit here. It was deep-rooted emotional intimacy, I would call. Like, you want to scale them down to an ordinary couple in a romantic movie who confess their undying love for each other and then kiss and make up and walk towards the horizon holding hands? Look, Disney fairy tales are always available all over the world except here - we are not sugarcoating a single fraction of a second they had here - not that way, never, okay?
What can you ask for more really? The man was fucking married and lost his family, and yet he literally spent almost every second of his scenes putting Natasha ahead of every single other people of his life including himself in all movies (and interview but we are not even talking about that, damn), exactly the way she had done for him. They were each other’s priority without a single discussion. What more could you actually imagine them to be? They didn’t just fight alongside one another. They literally fought against each other while calling each other idiot and a pain in the ass, just to die for one another.
That, was blatantly, blindingly, obviously fucking love.
Since Clint had been grieving and this was not a fairy tale, admittedly, he wanted to die. The way he recklessly threw himself into relentless massacre, as shitty and underdeveloped as it is, the way he volunteered as an object for a possible one way trip (again, shitty choice with the farm as if it was the fucking symbol for a life of a master assassin), it was clear that he had been suicidal. Natasha could be his anchor, but at the first chance he got, he immediately relapsed into his suicidal intention. He chose to die because he wanted to, and he believed it was as best as life could get.
And then something changed. The moment he realized what they would do in this circumstance was manifested in the way they looked at each other, it was heartbreaking and beautiful.
But they knew each other without a word and fought on an equal ground. They knew they were each other’s dearest person, this they knew without a single banter or discussion. That was when the self-loathing was replaced by love - whatever the fuck kind you want to interpret - it was love and not guilt or responsibility or debt anymore. Because guilt could not earn them the soul stone. He wanted to keep her alive even more than he wanted to die. Everything that remained in that moment as the world did cease to exist, was love.
Do you remember how many times Clint had called her Natasha? Each time was different, and yet none was like this one, because he knew this was it, this was the last time, so he said it with a smile so understanding and agonizing and most of all, so damn loving.
With the mere look he gave her when he called her Natasha, let me tell you, even if they gave him 10 more families all over the world with a hundred of children, Clint Barton sure as hell would still put Natasha Romanoff before every single one of them without a second thought and love her enough to die for her as many times as it took.
This. look.
And the look Natasha gave Clint when he ran over the edge and when he held onto her hand, as much as gratitude and fear, the only thing that had been constantly staying there, was love.
4. What’s left
We grieve that she wasn’t among those in the final battle, that was such a sick joke I agree, however come to think of it, Clint wasn’t, either. That went back to the beginning when they were spies, not soldiers. They were the best with their skill sets when sent on specific missions. Taking out all other characters, if you squint, you probably could see that this really was their own journey to go back to the way they used to be in the old days with just the two of them, either fighting alongside one another, or just fighting for the other. Tragically, Natasha did not come back, then again you did not see Clint as a whole person ever again. She wasn’t in the final battle and neither was Clint (except doing his side job for a few minutes), because they were meant to fight together or not fighting at all.
Natasha deserved to live. Of course she did. Do you know who understood it the most and fought for her life harder than anyone else? Clint Barton.
But living isn’t that simple as black and white, and if you turned the ending upside down in which Natasha lived and Clint didn’t, imagine the life she was going to live without her partner, best friend, soulmate. It wasn’t because she had no family that she deserved less to live, no, it was exactly because death was the easier way out than enduring the trauma, which by now Clint was shouldering for her.
Think of it this way: It wasn’t the family reunion we were seeing, it was Clint looking at those loved ones he was supposed to save and only seeing his other half spilling blood and losing life for them to live. Like the way it was supposed to be him. Like the way he kicked off the gauntlet after the reversing snap and treated the stones like ‘a goddamn thing’ instead of feeling thankful for them for bringing his family back. Clint was never going to get over it, to be honest he was never going to truly live anymore.
A life where you constantly grieve and loathe yourself, do you think Natasha would have deserved it? What Clint was shouldering in her place wasn’t a second chance at life nor another debt on his ledger, it was a downright bloody punishment.
So again, hello to Disney fans. If this was one of the fairy tales, if AoU did not happen and the only one they had was each other, there is no doubt that they both would die together. Screw the world, end of story. However, what made their love so intense and so much more painful than that ideal scenario was when Clint realized as much as he wanted to jump after her (oh trust me he longed for it), he wasn’t allowed to let Natasha’s sacrifice go wasted. See, this is the difference between a romance and a bond so deep it overruns everything else - he had to make it worth first, and then he would punish himself later - which already happened immediately, all of his emotional catastrophe and enormous anger. Clint was punishing himself badly and he would not stop. Ever. If losing his family already hit him that much, imagine how quickly he was going to abandon his life without Natasha. Remember how easily he let go of the gauntlet and the stones - the family and the world might be let go in the same way without remorse.
While we are saying a proper funeral was a better display of gratitude that Natasha should have deserved, can we take a look again at how most of Clint and Natasha’s battles were like? Against their inner demons. Behind the scenes. That was how they operated through the years. That was just what they were. And remember, Clint chose to share his lasting grief with Wanda who had lost her other half, not with his family.
As lacking as the ending was, simultaneous it was a given that the two of them were manifested in the right way. Clint and Natasha were spies not soldiers. It was not fair, it was terrible, but when we learn to live with what we got and twist it around to make it work, life becomes acceptable.
5. Last but not least
Clint and Natasha. What these two had for each other was the love so intense and profound it went beyond boundaries of common relationship and left them devastated for the rest of their lives. And that, I tell you, is fucking magnificent.

To wrap it up, do I hate Endgame? Not at all. Simultaneously do I want to rewrite it? No, not in 14,000 possible ways except one in which the farm family somehow would get erased infinitely, accidentally, magically, whatever, and Natasha would live.
Wishful thinking, but why not?
#clint barton#natasha romanoff#clintasha#avengers endgame#marvel#mcu#too late to say this much#but I couldn't sleep well for over a month#needed to let this out once and for all
188 notes
·
View notes
Text
Meditation's Beneficial Magic

Breathing in the Mind More and more these days we see countless recommendations to practice the age old art and science associated with meditation. Most, if not all, extol its seemingly magical power on the human psyche through its proposed benefits. These recommendations and claims have stood the test of time- they are universally accepted and also well justified. For eons past those who came before us have spoken volumes regarding this terrific gift we all posses but today sometimes, we neglect to use. Why now are we again reminded of this? All of us are participating either aware or unaware. in a quantum shift bringing at times, tumultuous shifts in all areas of our society and world structures. No one is exempt from the effects these rapid improvements bring. While universally experienced, these trans-formative energies are individually unique and processed differently depending on ones own outlook. With a little discipline and practice we can apply this gift of meditation to help balance pressure levels, reduce mind-movies which seem to play non-stop to bring increasing levels of joy, clarity and purpose inside life. While it's true that meditative practices are known by many names in virtually all people each with various forms of practice, finding one that will work for you is quite easy. Best of all, this gently potential customers us ultimately to a special place we often desire and want- greater understanding and acceptance so that you can life's mysteries. So , let's briefly explore the subject for the sole purpose of learning how to reap many positive rewards available through meditation. Besides, it is true, the best things in life are free. So let’s begin to clear our minds of useless, wayward abstract thoughts having no justification to control or stipulate our life's direction. We will find meditation allows you in the purest sense, to create your own life's experiences. (More discussion about that possibility a bit later). For now, consider that during meditation you can replace, and clear out unwelcome thoughts with life affirming versions gaining- a true, lasting peace of mind, body and soul. Meditation is your entry offering all that and more... you can even create some magic in your life through this simple process! As you may have seen or if you are already a dedicated practitioner, individuals report profound psychological, physical and spiritual well-being as they process meditation daily. What then is meditation really all about? For beginners, how can one start? And how far can I pick sincere dedication? In this article are going to examine a few areas- some historical background, benefits, science of the mind plus advanced possibilities. History to Date According to many archeologists, meditation pre dates written records. It could be easily created a person entering an altered state of consciousness by simply gazing in the mind-stilling flicker of fire even though taking no thought. The earliest documented record of meditation comes from India in their Hindu scriptures called tantras. These records date back over 5, 000 years coming from the Indus valley and were combined with precisely what is referred to today as yoga. Along with expanding trade, cultural exchange was also carried westward and introspection practice was soon embedded in eastern thought and spiritual practices. With the advent of Buddha approximately 500 AD, many diverse cultures began to develop their own interpretations and specialized meditative techniques. Some solutions still in use to this day are said to deliver incredible mind-over-matter powers and supernormal skills that transformed a practitioner. Today, these are devout individuals and are not necessarily monks living in some remote mountain monastery. They are people like you and I. Of course advancing through time, the long history of meditation is no longer sole attributed to the Hindus and Buddhists. Not to be left out, Christianity, Islam and Judaism also participate in all the perpetuation of meditation each with its own take on the practice. However , historically these religious faiths don't dominate in their teachings and practices a culture of meditation when compared to the Asian traditions. Meditation sees its place here in our Western culture in the early 1960's into the '70's. This was a time when high of our culture was being tested, demanding to be redefined. Meditation found fertile ground in which to flourish as well as expand. Some could say it was the "hippie" revolution which inspired to embrace acceptance of unusual ideas but only ones that possessed real substantive value. It was not long after that when the Western professional medical and scientific community began to conduct research and studies on meditation. And what did most reviews if not all, to varying degrees find? You guessed it- significant health benefits. One of the most important aspects of self-examination is how it releases stress from our bodies. This is achieved by bridging the gap between this conscious and un-conscious selves, situations or non-justified thoughts that ferment stress become less significant and lose their power. Through meditation, it does not take long before you feel more peaceful and relaxed about almost everything. What happened to cause this nearly miraculous change? Studies have proven that meditation raises serotonin levels which directly affect our behavior and emotional temperament. Conversely, low levels of serotonin lead to unhappiness, headaches even insomnia. All symptoms associated with stress. Today, our western civilization with all our "advanced" knowledge has re-affirmed the ancient knowledge and understanding of meditation's therapeutic power to help alleviate mental and physical ailments. And this was just the infancy of discovery or shall we say re-discovery from unlimited powers available inside each of us. Today, mediation without question is a universally medically accepted version of holistic healing used worldwide. Meditation could be summed up as a natural mechanism within each of us that allows the spirit within, the higher, true self to bridge the communication gap into our physical factors grounding us in unconditional love. Rebirth through Breath Beyond all the medical community assertions lies an infinite segment of the population seeking additional benefits when practicing meditation. How can what appears initially only to be described as a physical act, effect our true inner being so profoundly by simply clearing our conscious thoughts together with focusing on our breath? Well the secret really is in our breath. When you first start a meditative practice at face benefits, it appears really easy. Yet, early on many are easily frustrated because they have really never truly attempted to quiet ones own thoughts while awake. Successfully navigating the mental mind field of what apparently appears to be nonstop water ways of thoughts popping up can at first be a daunting task. Be forewarned this is a common occurrence and really normal and there is a solution. It's funny actually once realization sets in that you really are like a few individuals within a single physical body. And that is not far from the truth. I, like many who meditate found out in the beginning one key to successfully get beyond this mental speed bump is to acknowledge the thought. Proceed to in that case dismiss it entirely or agree to revisit the thought after the meditation session and return the mind's center to your breathing. I have used this method to great success getting past the egos gate keeper role which unfortunately it often plays. You may find this method helpful as well if not, find what brings your focus back without the need of distracting thoughts. Again, breathing's role is of utmost importance in this whole process because it is the gateway bridging the actual physical body with the spiritual body. The goal here is what I refer to as the death of thoughts as a result of focusing on your breath. Becoming more sensitive of taking no thought along with staying present in the moment by way of the simple act being consciously aware of your breathing, an amazing inner rebirth begins. Next, we define some terrific basic steps for all meditation practices. Meditation 101 Chances are in your life you have unknowingly experienced moments in a just meditative state. The odds are that when this occurred, you found yourself outside in nature. In dynamics we more easily find resonance with a deeper more real aspect of ourselves which often comes alive in the habitat. Perhaps it occurred while relaxing on a beach watching the hypnotic like waves repetitively washing on land or possibly noticing the invisible wind rustle leaves on a tree as warming sunlight bathed your face. If you happen to recall during these moments, you found a completely relaxed feeling immerse your entire being because you were free of distracting thoughts. This is what being in "the moment" is all about. It is as if your mind tunes into the higher natural frequencies of life which for the most part, are virtually nonexistent inside buildings and such. Yet, with focus, adequate intentions and processes we can escape these limitations imposed in man-made environments. Of course meditation can be really enhanced when it is practical in natural surroundings. The whole concept of meditation takes on various identities depending what your intention is while performing a chosen meditation. Some may want physical or mental relief, others, solutions or directions for a better life. Either way, choices are clearly individualized. Find yours since this moves a long way in helping you along the path aided with a unique, personalized purpose. Define it for you! To begin some meditation, a few simple rules are universally accepted. These generally are- 1) Break away from distractions. Switch off the outside electrical/technological intrusions like phones, computers, TV's etc . A quiet, calm peaceful place is desired. At first, commit 10 minutes or more with no interruption. 2) Posture is important in that you must be comfortable. Really this is with your back upright and your spine to you head straight. Normally a seated position on the ground is usually preferred with hands in your lap; it can also be done in a chair. Lying down initially is not suggested as you overall body can assume a sleep mode. 3) Close your eyes gently, relax your jaw and makeup muscles. Do a "body scan" looking for any muscle tension that may exist releasing any found. Continue unwinding now for a few moments allowing your body to become comfortable. Be observant of bodily tension arising. The key may be to physically relax. 4) Slowly evacuate your lungs completely. Gently inhale and exhale through your nostrils with a serious (from the belly) rhythmic cycle filling your lungs to capacity and expelling the air completely. Impede, long in and out breaths are ideal. Pausing momentarily at the end of each in and out air. Focus on the feeling and sounds during the entire cycle. 5) Activate the heart-mind connection which provides an initial thought-clearing mode. Do not attempt to suppress these thoughts. Acknowledge them. Briefly as thoughts arise, dismiss them just by surrounding any with the six heart virtues of: appreciation, compassion, forgiveness, humility, valor, and understanding. An additional very powerful technique is to apply unconditional love (without a judgment position) to any thoughts that can arise, release them and return focus to your breathing. 6) Steadily and incrementally increase the time entire length spent in your practice. As the moments of time lengthen between arising thoughts, you are now well on the way to raised levels of meditation. Remind yourself to notice and appreciate the beneficial by-products you have regained. Eleven Benefits of Meditating Daily Here's a short list (certainly not all inclusive) of the benefits that come from a daily meditation practice- one Your life becomes significantly clearer and calm The hustle and bustle of everyday life is choking our minds in the peace we deserve! Our technology advancements shouldn't suffocate our minds; it should allow us to achieve even more peace. Meditation helps put those events in perspective for our daily tasks. 2 . Your blood demand is lowered Science has proven it, meditation lowers the blood pressure, which in return is related to a stress levels and stress management. Much better than taking pills to lower your blood pressure! 3. People all over you enjoy your company Regular meditation leads to higher/positive energy that you are consistently tapping into. This effectively makes you very pleasing to be around, and people like that! People naturally gravitate to the people who make them feel good. 4. Your hitting the ground with God is strengthened Spiritual awareness is strengthened with a daily meditation practice. You naturally become more cognizant of your surroundings, and higher awareness always leads to a deeper connection with God. The trees begin explaining personalities, and the landscape takes on different meanings... all through a deeper awareness. 5. You achieve several hours about sleep in one 20 minute meditation session Another scientific fact is that meditation is known to put you to a deeper state of rest than deep sleep. Deep sleep is associated with a delta brainwave. Deep relaxation can drop you into that delta brainwave rapidly, achieving the effects in a shorter amount of time. 6. Conditions seemed very difficult suddenly have clear solutions For every problem a solution exists. When your mind is clear and additionally you're in a state of peace, solutions appear. Being in a state of peace just naturally lures in solutions and pathways into your field of view. 7. Your productivity sky rockets because of a person's ability to have clear focus If solutions to problems appear more frequently when meditating daily, then imagine when there is to your everyday tasks. Solutions to everyday life become more and more obvious. And you begin to take note of these subtle changes since your spiritual vision grows clearer and wider. 8. Your life expectancy increases Science has shown that usual meditation will increase your life expectancy. It's pretty obvious to see... less stress and more peace promotes healthy skin cells and healthy cells regenerate healthier cells. And likewise, stressed cells regenerate more stressed cells. So stay longer by choosing more peace in your life. 9. You effectively reduce stress in your life Speaking of stress, mind-calming exercise has a profound effect on reducing stress in your body. Because meditation promotes peace and inner calm, stress dissolves dramatically from this meditative process. Again, science has proven it. 10. You can visualize powerfully when blended with positive affirmations and meditation Meditation is powerful at clearing the mind and focusing on simple things... such as breathing... or a flower. But, it can be used for so much more! To powerfully manifest your desires, you must get into an apparent connection with the source of manifesting (God/Universe/Ethers). If your spirits are on high while you visualize then the communication approach for manifesting positive events in your life is strengthened. While meditating I like to repeat affirmations, otherwise known as mantras, to help focus my energy into the positive. These statements can be as simple as "love" or "I are love, I am joy, I am peace". 11. You feel fantastic throughout your day! And finally, when you meditate on a regular basis, you may feel fantastic. Plain and simple. You feel good. Everything else is details. Science of Meditation's Magic Today there is a lot of scientific studies validating in a laboratory setting, that while in a meditative state, significant changes occur with our neurological activity. Just as to why brain frequencies are altered is not yet fully understood. Neuroscientists hypothesize our brain is actually rewiring connections sculpting new avenues of brain circuitry seen during magnetic resonance image resolution. Could we simply be accessing the higher mind which subdues the thinking, egoic-centric mind where restrictions of self-consciousness disappear? Seems very plausible. Regardless of the exact reason for this profound change, some other "super consciousness" force appears to be altering the way our brain functions while in a meditative state. Dr . Gregg Jacobs who was simply the assistant professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and a senior research scientist at Harvard's Mind/Body Medical Institute now practicing at UMass Memorial Medical Center, published a book in 1993: That Ancestral Mind: Reclaim the Power. This book was the subject of a Time Magazine article back in August 2003 providing insight into the science behind meditation. Based on his research he made some interesting observations and arguments referring to what he labeled: the Ancestral Mind and the Thinking Mind. Dr . Jacobs argues, the conventional research implies our emotional well-being is being greatly hampered by the over-reliance on our dominant Thinking Mind- the verbal, rational, analytical and problem-solving part of ourselves. Over vast ages of time we have severed connection with an equally important part of our makeup- the Ancestral Mind. To me, this speaks of becoming a more truly balanced human being, maximizing the potential of consciousness. While that statement may not be in scientific jargon, any implication is the same. The Ancestral Mind: Reclaim the Power Book blurb- Dr . Jacobs offers a practical process for re-engaging with this indelible part of our being, explaining how to access life-enhancing positive emotions while reducing negative ones; connect with a more intuitive intelligence and foster a deeper, expanded sense of daily knowledge; and achieve a more integrated concept of self through a closer harmony of intellect and emotion. What is Taking effect In your Brain During Meditation? Scientists have only recently developed tools sophisticated enough to see what goes on inside your brain when you meditate. Below are a series of three interactive graphics from the 2003 Time "The Science of Meditation" article showing brain activity changes that occur during meditation. Clearly some profound changes occur inside brain. Our brain appears to interact and be directly influenced by our higher-minds and consciousness itself. Frontal cortex - is the most highly evolved part of the brain, responsible for reasoning, planning, emotions and self- sensitive awareness. During meditation it tends to go offline. Parietal lobe - processes sensory information about the surrounding environment, orienting you in time and space. During meditation, activity in the parietal lobe slows down. Thalamus - is a gatekeeper for the senses. It focuses your attention by funneling some sensory data deeper into the human brain and stops other signals in their tracks. Meditation reduces the flow of incoming information to a drip. Reticular Formation - receives incoming stimulus and puts the brain on alert, ready to respond. Meditation calls back the arousal signal. After training in meditation for eight weeks, subjects show a pronounced switch in brain-wave patterns, shifting from the alpha waves of aroused, conscious thought to the theta waves that will dominate the brain during periods of deep relaxation. Even people meditating for the first time will register your decrease in beta waves, a sign that the cortex is not processing information as actively as usual. After your first 20-minute session, patients show a marked decrease in beta-wave activity. Consciousness Directs Matter Are you ready to be able to dive into infinite possibilities of the more unique, inherent benefits of meditation? How far can one go into the universal domain that will retrieve enhanced power to intentionally co-create in this world? And no, you don't have to become a Zen Buddhist monk. Rather than go off in the quantum realm too far, allot is becoming understood within the research community about the creation power of our thoughts. The following knowledge is equally important to understand and apply its power when practicing meditation. Deliberate thought merged with meditation is an extremely powerful combination. By now everyone has got a little taste of the premise in the movie "Secret" regarding the subject of manifestation or as I like to label it- "deliberate intentions of thought". While that subject matter may seem new and novel to a whole segment of the population, like meditation, it has existed to get a very long time. Ever heard the famous quote from Napoleon Hill in his 1937 book titled- Think in addition to Grow Rich? It sure sounds like it could be in the Secret: "What the mind can conceive and believe, it could actually achieve" Interestingly enough in the book, Mr. Hill did not expressly reveal the step-by-step process to create instances which aligned with ones invocation of a positive mental attitude. He left that for the reader to locate. However , he did provide clues and examples which he documented through interviewing over 500 flourishing people while researching his first course study titled: The Law of Success. He went on to describe this approach idea as a "Definite Major Purpose" in order for the reader to be challenged and ask the question- In precisely what do I truly believe? His philosophical perspective was that 98% of people had no firm beliefs contributing them to be handicapped in achieving what they want in life. So yes, change your thoughts, change an individual's world. I mention Mr. Hill because he clearly proved the absolute power of deliberate considered to create your desired life. And this approach succinctly aligns with the infinite possibilities afforded in meditation. Much like a professional stage hypnotist can temporarily manipulate someone's actions by accessing and placing suggestions in a specialized place within their psyche, similar gateways or altered states of consciousness are possible during meditation. Some of our subconscious minds cannot distinguish between the physical "reality" we are witnessing and merely vivid thought projections. It can be here that during certain meditative states one can interject desired images powered by emotions, or predefined affirmations by purposely focusing intent, expediting their arrival in the physical. I personally believe the reason time appears to be collapse between the desire (intention) and actual delivery is directly related to the reduced level of mental (Thinking Mind) resistance we hold while in certain meditative states. We receive sooner that which is wanted within our life because of the drastically reduced counterproductive, opposing beliefs or thoughts. During meditation these contrary brain send thought forms are minimized thereby allowing quantum mechanisms to more fully dominate. Call it miraculous or a miracle or quantum physics in action, but despite of the term used, it is real. This principle is exactly the conclusion Mr. Hill wanted his readers to arrive at. Of course, meditation is not directly mentioned, simply alluded to, but clearly meditation accelerates this entire creative process by reducing resistant thoughts that hinder progress. Regardless if while meditating you receive an urge to take a specific action which leads to a solution and chance meeting bringing you closer or delivering entirely a previously specified outcome, the objective is demonstrated. The only prerequisite is that you must clearly define exactly what you want. Remember- "Definite Major Purpose". Begin to let one self feel (believe) what you will experience when the object desired has arrived and let the universal powers do their a part. You will quickly find this power is quite useful in improving your well-being when practiced routinely using meditation. A New Direction Awaits In closing, meditation is a wonderful gift that is available to all who seek. But, one ought to seek that which is worthy of attention. As we have learned there are many beneficial reasons to practice this lost but reemerging art. And apparently, the distraction and conveniences of this post-industrial age have dulled a part of us that's never forsaken us and remains vigil in wanting to empower us to our full potential. Just think, it's only breaths away! As our socioeconomic landscape is now being radically redefined as we step further faraway from a primarily consumerism driven lifestyle, meditation can play a significant role in this era helping us being more balanced and grounded. Many are awakening to the fact that a life based solely material gain to obtain a state of happiness is fraught with dangers and distorts real, lasting values. Material affluence is not really a problem, but trying to live a life where that is the primary focus distances us further from your higher nature. We have many choices demanding our time and attention today, to sacrifice a critical activity just like meditation which could alter and improve your life beyond where you find yourself now, would be a tragedy. If you do not currently meditate on a regular basis, please consider doing so as this is a proven way for greater well-being, enhanced health and vitality in addition to starting to be more at peace with the world surrounding you. Start today and thank yourself for directing people here- all is purposely directed! Tim's writing expertise and intuition for understanding arcane, nonmainstream theme including esoteric topics begun at the age of 14. It is through his expansive career in financial which affords Tim a unique ability to apply a professional, down-to-earth approach when writing about the science of spirituality.
3 notes
·
View notes
Text
Writing is an extension of the act of conversation. It has as its fundamental starting point our performances of our personality through the codes that have been collectively developed. No one opens their mouth to speak without some notion of an audience to speak to, and we only start speaking to ourselves once we’ve already learned to speak to others. We gain a self, a coherent personality that each distinct mental act flows into and works to maintain, by facing other selves and being recognized by them. When we speak to ourselves we speak to the echoes and refractions of all the other people that have contributed to the creation of this personality, and--most importantly--we speak to the future audience that our personality will be recognized by. We quietly and privately develop ourselves as a performance for others. Writing explores this space, this virtual reality, in the interstices between our becoming and being, our becoming a subject and being an object.
Words have a certain expected weight to them that can leave the end-products of our writing disappointing. When I first anticipate what I can write about, it feels like everything can be rationally connected together, the disparate sources capable of being aligned into coherent paragraphs of argument. But then I refrain from doing the full work of plotting it out, remaining content with the abstract possibility and putting off the real action. When I finally do try to write it out, I’m left unsatisfied, knowing that there is far more to what could be expressed. This gap in our movements, in what’s left unsaid and remains as a promise, is always present, haunting. I often leave statements unfinished and hope that the other person can fill it in. This hope may be a fundamental ground for any communication--or at least any communication through something as flimsy and arbitrary as words. We want to reach out to one another, we want to form analogies between our experiences and share in expectations, connecting the stories that play such an important role in our deciding how to act. This takes a faith, or--to put it in more precise language--an immersion of ourselves in our desire.
Our acts of communication are acts of desire, guided by a purpose that presents itself to us in a virtual space: a presence in an absence, a general, a type of thing that we may like to experience. In expressing ourselves we leave some residue of this generality behind, which exceeds beyond any finite, concrete accomplishment we might have made, so that in any act one can always find some spark of life beyond the current life. We offer this super-living of our meanings beyond ourselves to be interpreted by others--and in doing so we surrender ourselves to the attractive power of the type or general and hope its attraction is felt in others. We have faith in the presence of what’s absent--not just for us, but for others, for the entire fabric of the material universe we work with. This is the sense in which the supersensible really does exist immanent in any becoming, the supernature of desire’s pull towards potential.
But our responsibility must include not acquiescing in what’s only abstract and general; we cannot stay content with a meaning that is a pure beyond of any given moment. There is no beyond just on its own, but only in the dynamism of the living present that can carry it. We are disingenuous about the sources of our meanings and why they become objects of our desires when we focus on abstractions without a concrete context for them. What we signify and hold up to others as potential futures captivates us because they are potential futures we might share with those others. We learn to desire what we do, first of all through the habits we inherit in our bodily continuity, and then, conceptually, in our relations to the others it will affect. And yet the creativity of our intersubjective encounters is the promise that these meanings are never just housed in these particulars: there are always new events. The forms are in the facts but the possible forms exceed the given facts and haunt over them. We reach out to the infinite, the supernatural existence of this potential--so that it can be brought down to earth.
We and the others we stand in relation to are a dynamic combination of what is actual and potential. We base our expectations on our memories of concrete encounters with others, but our expectations then reach out into the future and thus have abstract generalities as their object. Our personhood is such a general, a mask that we hold up and that channels the multiplicity of our desires into a coherent structure, into a promise that allows for certain expectations to be held about our behavior. Each person is a vortex that, through their particular expressions of energy, connects them to the entire universe, but also at each moment expresses that there is more to come. When we interact with others we are interpreting what they will do, the directions they point to in the future--and we invest in some outcomes we see emanating from specific people. Personhood is our way to facilitate and intensify this interpretation, and in doing so intensify our investment and thus our capacity for satisfaction. We are our value-experiences, our intensities, and all our culture is a means, as meaning, to enhance how we encounter the world intensely.
Sometimes our interpretations fail us. We lose the energy to hold up the entire scheme, and the momentary high of intuiting the coherence is gone, leaving us with only fragments. In the same way, our real encounters with others can be remote from the possibilities we imagined they held, so that the person we found in the contingent happenings becomes disjointed. The romance of life is in maintaining the beyond of our current moment as a real, coherent lure: in propositions that we really believe in and find connections to in our lives. This lure then suffuses everything and is not just a promise for us but an energy that flowed into us and overflows into everything else. Someone who’s in love finds themselves wandering through scenes, enchanted by them, appreciating every small thing. The particular is appreciated insofar as our valuative energies are fully engaged in generals. Take this valuative engagement with the general away, and the particulars themselves will also disappear--or, at least, they will no longer feel real. The real present is full of the lure of the future. Dejection comes in the draining away of these meanings. The lure no longer engages us as fully as it did; the world seems lacking, a transparent window through which the given environment simply moves on. Nothing is new under the sun--or so it seems--and possibilities feel excluded from the world we confront as an already-formed, alien block.
Maybe we’ve allowed our writing to continue on under a misguided pretension, seeing it as too much its own self-sufficient product. The letters that make up a sentence, or a paragraph or a verse, are only a small element of the work: there is the living interpretation of them that forms in a singular performance, even just the performance of someone reading them to themselves. Every word is not just a purely arbitrary, abstract meaning, but also dependent on certain existential relations in which memories, particular investments, real people flow into the whirlpools and become enmeshed with the abstract: a narrative process. There is no reproduction pure and simple of what really matters here, only the reproduction of a certain abstract rhythm or template into which our lives can flow. We, in our bodies and with our imaginations, retain all the power--and all the responsibility.
In the middle of the summer, the evenings can grow into a dark pale green with thunder clouds, all of our expectations get stilled until the rain comes. There’s a continuous energy between our moods and the environment; what we are ends up being what’s outside of us; we can all experience moments when our words no longer feel like arbitrary things detached from nature, but instead like connecting points to the generative power of the world. Just as the rain creates a pattern in running across the streets, our lives in their unceasing movement participate in a presentational space: we are an imaginary, haunting presence that overwhelms the influx of our given environment and bends it into one perspective--and we do this again and again in every moment that we live. The vitality can never really end. Even as it’s always new and different it remains the expression of the same infinite source of meanings, feeding into the whirl of experience.
17 notes
·
View notes
Text
Entry 1: Pennywise [AU]
July 2nd, 2018
In light of recent events – the nature of which I refuse to explain to people who simply couldn't understand – I've been inspired to record a few passages for Humanity to eventually stumble upon. Despite what you may know about me, however little that may be, I assure you, there is far more to me than what meets the eye. You probably know me to be an unpredictable, animalistic Eldritch Abomination that comes crawling out of the darkest pits of your worst nightmares – you are correct. However, I'm far more complicated than that. Yes, I eat flesh and feed on Fear, as it's necessary for my survival. I didn't choose to be this way, it's just how I was created to be.
Outside of that, I'm actually a fan of your classic literature, like Shakespeare, Twain, Poe, and Lovecraft. I also enjoy taking long walks to admire your older European architecture, and your bigger, more lush and diverse botanical gardens. I don't often leave Maine, let alone the Continental United States, but when I do, it's always a treat. My Eldritch Brethren usually don't care much – or at all – about what Humanity has accomplished in its pathetically short time, but I watched your earliest ancestors crawl out of the ancient muds of this planet, and I'm positive I'll watch you all return to the weeds in due time.
My past is better left being known only by those closest to me, and left up for interpretation to everyone else. That being said, I feel strangely obligated to offer you a word of warning – don't end up like the protagonists of most Lovecraft stories. Don't go digging for information you have no business knowing. What you know, and what you think you know about Fear, hardly even scratches the surface of the unnamable terrors that lie beneath and beyond your fragile mental barriers. The depths of Madness are not meant to be explored by Mortal minds, for they were never designed to be capable of handling the journey.
Some have tried, and nearly all have ended up a writhing, unintelligible, gibbering mess before their inevitable, horrific deaths. Some have wound up on that Path without even intending to, and fell victim to similar fates. If there's one thing we have in common, it's our tendency to be curious creatures. I definitely understand the desire to learn about the unknown. I cannot stop you from attempting to uncover lost knowledge and hidden truths, and I can't honestly say I care whether or not you listen to me. However, I still feel compelled to advise against it. Like me, though, you'll do what you please, regardless of the risks.
Moving forward, those of you that know of me know me to be a Shifter, a being that is capable of taking the form of whatever I want. I'm like a Mimic, but far more interesting, and intelligent. I'm also like Nyarlathotep, the Crawling Chaos, except I take no pleasure in gaining legions of followers and spreading Madness. I prefer to be left alone most of the time – to Hunt, eat, sleep, and explore as I choose. Earth isn't the only planet I've been to, but it's definitely one of my favorites. If I wake up during one of my sleep cycles, I'll sometimes take that opportunity to go somewhere new and different, or old and familiar.
I've seen everything from the bustling cities of Tokyo and Arcturus Prime, to the noxious swamps of Beldron 4, the scorching, temple and monolith-spotted deserts of Alkh'tktuuhl, the ravenous raggle-trees of Nillub, and even the turbulent oceans, black forests, and numerous mountain ranges of an unknown terrestrial behemoth, floating aimlessly through the inky depths of Oblivion. One thing most don't know about me, is that Alkh'tkhtuuhl holds a very special place in my Heart. Those that know the reason why, though, I can count on one hand.
Unbeknownst to Humanity, Arcturus Prime is still thriving to this day – and if rumors hold true, the Arcturians eventually want to introduce themselves. Don't worry, they're incredibly friendly. In my experiences with them, they're often a little shy, so don't do anything stupid when they get here. You'll need their help if you want your species to survive, thrive, and save the only planet you currently have to live on. They'll slowly work you into the galactic community, and help you learn how to integrate with other people from other planets, as well as how to survive off of your home world.
Everyone that lives long enough will go through a Great Change at certain points in their lives – this trait is not unique to Humans, or any other Mortal species within the Multiverse, but is present among all sentient Life that has evolved far enough to be capable of experiencing these changes. Even I, the Prince of Fear, have gone through it several times throughout my existence. Indeed, many see me as just a highly intelligent, impossibly powerful beast that's merely good at acting, but I too am a person.
I am not at liberty to speak of my true origins, or what came before, but I do have quite a few stories I'm allowed to tell. For the sake of brevity – I could write an entire series about my life – I will stick to telling only a few tales that I hold near and dear to my Heart. It's not every day a Mortal gets to learn such personal things about an Eldritch Being, let alone directly from them, so consider this a little gift to Humanity. I still take what I need to sustain myself, but who would I be if I didn't give back every now and then?
Don't think of me as just a monster – I may be greater than anything a Human could ever hope to become, and I may have needs that cause a conflict of Morality between us, but it doesn't mean we don't share similarities. I don't know why I feel the need to say it, but just like you, I have my weaknesses. I have sore spots, bad memories, times of self-destruction, and an unhealthy relationship with self-hatred. Oh, yes...I can be as vulnerable as the Mortals whose lives I claim. It's not all bad, though. As I stated earlier, some of my guilty pleasures include literature, architecture, and traveling. I also enjoy attending plays, Broadway shows, and operas. At heart, I am an artist, and someone who appreciates the natural beauty to be found spread out across the Universe.
In fact, for as long as I can remember, I've always taken part in the various cultures' Arts in some way or another. My numerous homes have always had a collection of writings, paintings, and props found in certain visual productions that had struck my fancy. I would occasionally write my own works, such as poetry and prose, plays, and even some music, and then offer it to Yog-Sothoth for his Archives. On top of that, I would often disguise myself as a native of a planet, and audition to play a role in something – not once was I turned down. Who was the best Carmen? Me. The greatest Figaro? Me!
By now, you must be perfectly aware of the sizeable amount of differences between me, and the Being you've always known me to be. There is an explanation for this, yes, but I struggle to believe that you could fully comprehend what I'm about to describe. If I only lay out the basics for you, there's a good chance you'll be able to follow along. I've made mention of the Multiverse, yes? It's bigger, stranger, more complex, and more terrifying than you may have previously believed it to be. Infinities on top of Infinities, spanning in Infinite directions, through every Dimension, and every conceivable and inconceivable possibility happening all at once, at all possible times. It's a lot to take in, and I urge you not to try and understand it completely. It'll just drive you Insane, like many others before you.
Back to the point at hand, though...I am not the same Pennywise you've known, as I'm from a different Universe. Who I am, as well as my Past, Present, and Future, have been and always will be completely different from the version of me you're familiar with. I've mastered the Art of Transcending Time and Space, and am able to move freely between Universes. The conditions of my state of existence, though, must remain a closely guarded secret for the time being. Let's just say that I've made promises I can't afford to break, to someone that makes me look tiny, powerless, and insignificant by comparison.
Perhaps "completely different" was a poor choice of words. If I'm not careful, I'll become the Thing born of your worst nightmares. What's worse? I could get stuck like that, and require another Purification to set me straight. Yes, a Purification...something that all of the Dark and Twisted Souls must be willing to subject themselves to if they wish to enter the Light. Ugh! I shudder to think about going through such a painful experience for a second time. The agony is only temporary, and it melts away into a warm tingle, but it's still horribly unpleasant at first. I won't try to sway you one way or the other, but it was worth it for me. I was fine doing my own thing, and being by myself, but the opportunity was too great to pass up.
I'd rather not get into the details of the situation, but I regained something I'd lost billions of years ago, only because I chose to go through the process of Great Change. I haven't been happy in billions of years, but I am now, and I'm never giving this up. To be perfectly honest, I only went through this change last October, and so I'm still adjusting to this new Way of Life I've chosen. I may or may not have snacked on a child recently...don't look at me like that, I was starving! And without a long sleep to fall back on anymore, I must feed at least once a week now, depending on the size of the person.
I wouldn't worry too much if I were you. I've been targeting only the worst of the worst, so as long as you're not a piece of shit person, one worthy of being scared to the point of shitting yourself and then getting eaten alive, you have nothing to Fear from me. Except maybe the occasional scare for my amusement, and to satisfy my need for Fear.
July 3rd, 2018
This entry has already gotten long, and I'm afraid I've run out of Time to tell you a story. Forgive me, I didn't think my introduction would wind up being so long. I'm afraid I have some bad news...I'm set to depart on a series of Hunts for the next three to seven months, and I'm unsure of when I'll be able to continue. This was sprung upon me at the last minute, and I'm in no position to decline this mission.
Know this, Humanity: I will return, and in no less than excellent health. Chances are, I won't be hungry when I finally make it back. However, don't think for a moment that I won't continue to Hunt the scum of your societies, one by one...both to fulfill my needs for survival, and to make good on my Sacred Oath.
Until next Time,
Pennywise
#fanfic#fanfiction#pennywise#pennywise the dancing clown#pennywise 2017#alternate universe#au#narrative#eldritch#eldritch thing#literature#crossover#series#part 1 of ?#more to come#cthulhu mythos
12 notes
·
View notes
Text
COMMENTARY ON EPHESIANS
1. INTRODUCTION
EPHESIANS 1:1-2
Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus by the will of God, To the saints in Ephesus, the faithful in Christ Jesus:
Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.
Following the convention of his day, Paul first identifies himself as the writer, and then addresses his readers and states his greeting. As usual, he fills this space with Christian content, so that even the greetings in his letters are full of theological richness, and the power to teach and edify.
Paul writes as "an apostle of Christ Jesus." He is sent with authority from Christ, who told his apostles that the Holy Spirit would instruct them after his resurrection and ascension, and that they would testify about him (John 15:26-16:16). So John could write, "We are from God, and whoever knows God listens to us; but whoever is not from God does not listen to us. This is how we recognize the Spirit of truth and the spirit of falsehood" (1 John 4:6).
Whereas the first apostles were with Christ "from the beginning" (John 15:27), Paul was not with him. Rather, Christ has made Paul a special case, so that he appeared to him on the way to Damascus, and converted him and called him to the apostle's ministry (Acts 9). As Paul writes, "Last of all he appeared to me also, as to one abnormally born" (1 Corinthians 15:8). Later, Paul went to the apostles who were with Christ in the flesh, and set before them the gospel that he had been preaching among the Gentiles (Galatians 2:2), not to obtain their approval, but to confirm their unity. These apostles – including James, Peter, and John – agreed with Paul's message and recognized his ministry as from God, giving him "the right hand of fellowship" (Galatians 2:9).
Christ sent the apostles to speak for him, and he said that those who would accept them also accept him (John 13:20). The church is built on the apostolic doctrine as its foundation, with Christ as the cornerstone (Ephesians 2:20; also Acts 2:42), and so we must listen to Paul because we must listen to Christ. Therefore, Paul warns that those who disagree with his gospel are not Christians at all (Galatians 1:6-12).
Paul did not become an apostle by the will of men, and he did not become one by earning or seizing the office; rather, he was chosen to be an apostle "by the will of God." As Barclay says:
Paul never thought of himself as having chosen to do God's work. He always thought of God as having chosen him. Jesus said to his disciples: "You did not choose me, but I chose you" (John 15:16).
Here precisely lies the wonder. It would not be so wonderful that man should choose God; the wonder is that God should choose man.1
God's sovereign decree was the foundation of the authority of his ministry and his theology. To doubt or oppose what Paul wrote as an apostle is to doubt or oppose God – there is no difference.
That said, God was the one who produced the Bible, and Paul was a mere instrument by which God delivered his revelation. In fact, since God moved men to write exactly what he wanted (2 Peter 3:16), he was the only actual author. A man could use a hundred pens to write a book, the pens varying in color, thickness, and so on. He could use various writing styles and literary forms, and write in several languages. Each section would then exhibit many differences, but there would still be one author and one book. Indeed, men are more than pens, but God is more than a human author. The human author purchases the pens, and he has limited mental ability to produce variety, but God made the men that he used to write the Bible, and with his infinite intelligence he held them by his Spirit as he caused them to write. Thus the instruments were secondary, but the central issue is that "All Scripture is God-breathed" (2 Timothy 3:16)
Although we make the usually harmless generalization that the apostles and prophets wrote the Bible, significant portions of the Bible were not written by them, or not known to be written by them. To address this, some people invent the principle that these documents were nevertheless written by those who were closely associated with the apostles and prophets. However, they arbitrarily dictate this principle without warrant, and they also arbitrarily decide how closely associated with the apostles and prophets these other authors need to be. In addition, the relationships of these authors to the apostles, and the scribes to the prophets, are often uncertain, and offer a weak foundation for something as weighty as divine inspiration. The entire difficulty is self-inflicted due to the false assumption that every word in the Bible must be written or approved by apostles and prophets.
However, once we point out that God is the author, even the only actual author, then it becomes evident that the matter of human authorship is unable to undermine the inspiration of Scripture, because it has no decisive relevance in the first place. God can write on tablets of stones, speak in a voice from heaven, enable a donkey to talk, make stones cry out, or cause a man to write his words. God is the one who speaks and writes. Although he often used the apostles and prophets, he could cause anything to happen through anyone he chooses. By his Spirit, he took hold of various men and caused them to write out his words. Then, by his providence, he secured these documents and compiled them into one final volume. Thus inspiration applies to every word in the Bible, not because every word was written by apostles and prophets, but because every word was written by God.
Although Paul addressed the letter to "the saints in Ephesus," several indications within the letter suggest that it could have been intended for a broader audience. He had preached in Ephesus for three years (Acts 20:31), two of which were spent in daily discussions in the lecture hall of Tyrannus (Acts 19:10). The result was that "all the Jews and Greeks who lived in the province of Asia heard the word of the Lord" (Acts 19:10).2 But in our letter, Paul says that he has merely "heard about" the faith of his readers (Ephesians 1:15), and that his readers must have "heard about" his ministry (3:2). Also, the letter lacks the personal references and greetings that are typical of his other letters. The implication is that Paul was writing not only to those whom he knew well, but also to those whom he merely "heard about." Therefore, it seems that his intended audience included more than the Ephesians.
This is considered the least occasional of Paul's letters. It was not written to address specific situations and heresies, and this is consistent with the view that it was probably a general or circular letter. At the same time, Paul's expressions related to "the spiritual forces of evil" (Ephesians 6:12) and his discussions about Christ's dominion over all the spiritual "powers" (1:18-2:2) remind us of the spiritual atmosphere of Ephesus, and some of the things that he encountered there.3
In fact, after several incidents in which the name of Jesus demonstrated its power (Acts 19:13-17) and the Christian message triumphed over pagan magic and superstition (Acts 19:18-20), "the word of the Lord spread widely and grew in power" (Acts 19:20) to such an extent that it threatened the economic structure of Ephesus, which to a large extent depended on pagan worship (Acts 19:23-27). Demetrius the silversmith said that Paul's preaching had affected "large numbers of people here in Ephesus and in practically the whole province of Asia" (Acts 19:26). Luke writes that "all the Jews and Greeks who lived in the province of Asia heard the word of the Lord" (Acts 19:10).
So it is reasonable to assume that as Paul wrote this letter to the Ephesians, he also had in mind all the other Christians throughout the province of Asia, and that he sent it to Ephesus, the area's chief city, and from which he published the gospel to the whole region for three years, with the intention to address these other Christians as well. Therefore, it is likely that our letter was meant to be read by the Christians in Ephesus and the surrounding areas.4 In any case, because the letter is not situational, it is unnecessary to know the exact circumstances of its origin and circulation, since these things do not determine the interpretation of the letter.
Paul calls his readers "the saints in Ephesus"5 and "the faithful in Christ Jesus."6 He is speaking to Christians, those who have been consecrated to God through faith in Jesus Christ. He would jubilantly glory over all the spiritual blessings that God has given to "us" and that "we" enjoy in Christ.7 By noting that the "we" and "us" are restricted to Christians, we exclude the possibility that non-Christians can enjoy these spiritual blessings.
If a man has no faith in Jesus Christ, he is not a Christian. Perhaps he has a degree in theology, but if he denies the inspiration and authority of Scripture, he is doomed to hell just as much as an unrepentant prostitute or murderer. He may promote social welfare in the name of Christianity, but if he disagrees with the doctrines of Christianity, he is far from the kingdom of God. If a person claims to have faith in Jesus Christ but says that non- Christian religions are true and good, he is an imposter, and he portrays Christ as a friend of demons.
True faith in Christ is faith in him as he really is – Redeemer, Lord, and God – and not as your slave or your pet, to be adored or dismissed as you please. True faith in Christ makes you an enemy to the whole world, because it means that you despise their idols and values, and that you have become a light that exposes their foolishness and wickedness. If you disagree with this, your allegiance to Christ is false, and there is no warrant for you to have any spiritual assurance. As James writes, "You adulterous people, don't you know that friendship with the world is hatred toward God? Anyone who chooses to be a friend of the world becomes an enemy of God" (James 4:4).
Paul concludes the greeting with his usual benediction, that his readers would have "grace and peace." He combines the greetings of the Gentiles and the Jews, and fills the words with Christian meaning. The Gentiles wished one another "grace." To the Christian, this refers to the unmerited and undeserved blessings of God, and especially stresses God's sovereign kindness and initiative in salvation. The Jews wished one another "peace," or the Hebrew shalom. As with many other instances in the Bible, this "peace" does not refer to a subjective state, but an objective condition. Among other things, this refers to the reconciliation between God and his chosen ones, and also to the harmony among God's people.
Such grace and peace come "from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ." There is no grace and no peace apart from God, who authored our salvation, and Christ, who obtained our salvation. The preposition "from" introduces the entire expression "God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ," suggesting that the two are on the same level. The Christ of the Bible was God, who took up a human nature, and sacrificed himself for those whom God had chosen in eternity.
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 1 William Barclay, The Letters to the Galatians and Ephesians, Revised Edition; Westminster John Knox Press, 1976; p. 77. 2 "Asia" is today's Turkey. 3 Clinton E. Arnold, Power and Magic: The Concept of Power in Ephesians; Baker Books, 1992. 4 William Hendriksen, Exposition of Ephesians; Baker Books, 1967; p. 61. 5 For an explanation of the word "saints," see Vincent Cheung, Commentary on Philippians. 6 Or "the believers in Christ Jesus." Hendriksen argues that since the definite article is not repeated before the second word ("faithful"), the first and the second therefore form one unit, and that both of them should be taken as nouns and not adjectives. Thus he translates, "to the saints and believers who are in Ephesus in Christ Jesus." Hendriksen, p. 70. 7 In 1:11-13, Paul distinguishes between "we" (the Jews) and "you" (the Gentiles) to make his point that the two are now united in Christ.
2. PREDESTINATION
EPHESIANS 1:3-14
Praise be to the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has blessed us in the heavenly realms with every spiritual blessing in Christ.
For he chose us in him before the creation of the world to be holy and blameless in his sight. In love he predestined us to be adopted as his sons through Jesus Christ, in accordance with his pleasure and will – to the praise of his glorious grace, which he has freely given us in the One he loves.
In him we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, in accordance with the riches of God's grace that he lavished on us with all wisdom and understanding. And he made known to us the mystery of his will according to his good pleasure, which he purposed in Christ, to be put into effect when the times will have reached their fulfillment – to bring all things in heaven and on earth together under one head, even Christ.
In him we were also chosen, having been predestined according to the plan of him who works out everything in conformity with the purpose of his will, in order that we, who were the first to hope in Christ, might be for the praise of his glory. And you also were included in Christ when you heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation. Having believed, you were marked in him with a seal, the promised Holy Spirit, who is a deposit guaranteeing our inheritance until the redemption of those who are God's possession – to the praise of his glory.
Although our English translations divide this passage into sentences and paragraphs, in the original Greek it consists of one long sentence. And although the sentence is densely packed with theological content, it is not written in the form of a precise formulation or ordered argument, but in the form of a doxology.
Some people think that theology is lifeless and useless, but our relationship with God should consist of doxology. But what is the content of our doxology? And where does it come from? If worship and praise are so important, then it is also important to know whom we are worshiping and for what we offer praise. As we answer these questions, we are doing theology.
It is commonly asserted that right theology does not necessarily lead to right worship, and that right doctrine does not necessarily lead to right living. This is misleading – it is true only in the sense that a person may learn the right theology without really agreeing with it. If there is no right worship and right living, then either the theology is not right after all, or there is no true assent to what God has revealed. This true assent occurs by the Holy Spirit through his work of regeneration and illumination.
Paul's doxology is filled with theology. He is praising God about certain things, and it would be impossible to share his reverent awe and enthusiasm without also knowing about these things. The less theology you know, the more shallow your worship will be, and an empty doxology is no doxology at all. Theology is the necessary foundation of doxology, and doxology is the proper context for theology.
Christian faith and practice are coherent and harmonious, so that you should not have to think one way when you are praying and another way when you are studying. There is no reason for a devotional book to be more practical or mystical than theological. Unless there is something wrong with the material or with you, a systematic theology or biblical commentary should produce thoughts of praise and thanksgiving such that they erupt in doxology. This is what happens to Paul as he reflects on God's grand plan for history and his goodness toward the chosen ones.
The passage consists of one long sentence containing a number of clauses and phrases whose relationship with one another is not always easy to determine, and each thought seems to crowd in on the previous one and blend into the next. For this reason, some commentators have concluded that it is impossible to clearly dissect and analyze.
Nevertheless, there are indications of deliberate structure and design. "Bless" is used three times in verse 3,1 followed by a seemingly Trinitarian outline, describing the roles of the Father, the Son, and the Spirit in the plan of God and the work of redemption. In theological terms, it refers to election, redemption, and application.2 Throughout, Paul repeatedly states the cause ("his will") and the goal ("his glory") of God's predetermined plan, as well as the means ("in Christ") by which God would accomplish it. The passage also anticipates some of the themes that Paul will develop in the letter.
ELECTION
Paul begins with the doctrine of predestination. In fact, much of what follows in the letter is an exposition of what God has predetermined to perform in history.
In eternity, God had conceived and chosen an unchangeable number of specific individuals for salvation, and had decided that he would adopt them to be his sons through Jesus Christ. According to his foreordained plan, all would fall into sin in Adam, including the elect, whom he had already chosen. Then, out of this mass of sinful humanity, he would call and draw out his chosen ones, removing them from the kingdom of darkness and placing them into the kingdom of his Son (Colossians 1:13).
His selection of each individual was not based on foreseen faith or works, but was made apart from the person's decision or merit. This is part of what Paul has in mind when he writes that God chose his people "before the creation of the world." In another place, when Paul refers to Jacob and Esau in the context of predestination, he writes, "Yet, before the twins were born or had done anything good or bad…she was told, 'The older will serve the younger'" (Romans 9:11-12).
The objection may be that although God did not base his choice on anything that they had already done, perhaps he based it on something that he knew they would do. However, Paul says that God announced his decision before the twins were born "in order that God's purpose in election might stand: not by works but by him who calls" (v. 11-12). When he denies that election was based on something that the twins had already done, he also denies the possibility that it was based on something that they would do. This is because he denies that election was based on anything in them at all, but that it was based on "God's purpose" and on "him who calls."
Paul assumes the same principle in Ephesians. God chose certain individuals not because of any foreseen faith or works in them, and not because of their decisions or merits, but election to salvation is based solely on his will (1:5), his pleasure (v. 5), his grace (v. 6-7), his plan (v. 11), and his purpose (v. 11). God's choice of individuals was done apart from anything foreseen in the individuals themselves. As Calvin writes:
By this he means that God did not seek a cause [outside] of Himself, but predestinated us because such was His will….In adopting us, therefore, the Lord does not look at what we are, and is not reconciled to us by any personal worth. His single motive is the eternal good pleasure, by which He predestinated us….By this he tells us that God embraces us in His love and favour freely and not on a wage basis, just as, when we were not yet born, and when He was prompted by nothing but Himself, He chose us.3
On the negative side, Paul makes a broad denial that election is based on anything in the individual. On the positive side, he insists that election is based on God's will, grace, pleasure, and purpose. Therefore, theologians who are faithful to biblical teaching refer to election as "unconditional."
Then, the objection is that perhaps Paul is speaking of a collective election, or that perhaps the object of election is Christ instead of the individuals. In other words, perhaps the only chosen one is Christ himself, and God had determined that whoever would freely choose to be in Christ by faith would be included in the elect group. However, the passage makes no hint toward this direction, but explicitly contradicts it. Over and over again, Paul uses expressions like, "he chose us," "he predestined us," and "he lavished on us" – on "us," not Christ.
The fact that God chose us "in him" does not suggest that we are the ones who place ourselves "in him." We as individuals never chose to be in Adam, but he was the federal head of humanity, and all fell into sin and death in Adam (1 Corinthians 15:22). Likewise, for the elect to be "in Christ" means only that Christ is the federal head of the elect. It does not mean that each individual could of himself choose to be in Christ and become one of the elect, and it does not mean that Christ himself was the object of election for salvation.
Moreover, Paul writes in 1 Corinthians 1:27-30, "But God chose…so that no one may boast before him. It is because of him that you are in Christ Jesus, who has become for us wisdom from God – that is, our righteousness, holiness and redemption." He says that God was the one who chose us and placed us in Christ. This contradicts the suggestion that God chose Christ as the elect and then we place ourselves in Christ to become the elect. God's election for salvation refers to a selection of individuals – not of Christ, and not of a group.
It is unlikely that expressions such as "in Christ," "in him," and "in whom" can be used to support collective election in the first place. This is because they refer to Christ as the agent by which God acts, or to Christ as the head of the chosen ones, and not to Christ as a container so that people can choose to drop into him. Thus when Paul says that God "chose us in him," he means that God "predestined us to be adopted as his sons through Jesus Christ."4
When it is asserted as a denial of individual election, collective or corporate election is a silly fantasy invented to overturn biblical doctrine.5 In fact, the very nature of God makes the doctrine impossible, because it is inconsistent with divine omniscience. The Bible teaches divine omniscience, that God knows all things; therefore, every Christian must affirm divine omniscience, or he is not a true Christian. Once divine omniscience is assumed, then for one to affirm God's sovereignty over groups of people obligates him to also affirm God's sovereignty over all the individuals in these groups. Since an omniscient being knows all things, he would not think of a group and not think of the individuals that make up the group.
For example, when I use the word "trees" without restriction, as in "these trees," I am using it as an universal, as in "all trees." However, I do not know all trees, I have made none of them, I have determined none of their properties, and I do not exhaustively know even one tree. When I say "trees," the knowledge that corresponds to the word does not include all trees, or even one tree, although I intend to refer to all trees. So do I know what I am saying? On the basis of empiricism, there would be no warrant to claim that I know. Rather, I refer to the idea of trees as it exists in the mind of God.
On the other hand, when God uses the word "trees," he says it as one who has made all of them and who knows all of them. His knowledge of all particular trees corresponds to his concept of the universal "trees." Therefore, when God says that all trees are a certain way, he has in mind every tree, that every tree is a certain way, and not trees in the abstract without the actual content of all trees. Since God is omniscient, to him "trees" must mean the sum of all individual trees, and not trees in the abstract.
If you have two children, named Tom and Mary, then every time you say "my children," you are in fact referring to the individuals named Tom and Mary. By the general term "my children," you intend to include and express the particular items "Tom" and "Mary." You would not say "my children" and not mean "Tom and Mary." The words, "my children," mean the same thing as "Tom and Mary." Suppose you are omniscient, but you do not yet have children. In this case, "my children" would still mean "Tom and Mary," since you would know that you will have these children in the future.
If one possesses omniscience, then by definition he never uses a designation of a group without conscious knowledge of all the members of the group. The universal term for the group always represents the sum of all the individuals in the group. One who lacks omniscience uses the universal term for a group without knowledge of all the individuals in the group, but one who possesses omniscience uses the universal term with a conscious knowledge of all the individuals in the group. This is a necessary implication of omniscience.
Thus when God thinks of a nation, he also thinks of all the individuals that make up the nation, since this is what a nation means – it is the sum of all the individuals that God has ordained to belong to it. He has complete knowledge of these individuals; indeed, he is the one who designs and creates each one of them to be included in the nation. God does not decide to enforce a policy toward a group in the abstract, such as women, and then allow each person to choose to become a woman so that the policy would apply to that individual. Instead, God is the one who designs, creates, and arranges the person into the groups that God chooses for that person.
Therefore, it makes no sense to say that God exercises sovereignty over a group, such as a nation or the elect, without also affirming the necessary implication that he exercises sovereignty over each individual in the group. It makes no sense to say that God chooses a group for salvation without choosing which individuals would be in that group, or that he controls a nation without controlling the individuals in that nation. So the Bible teaches God's sovereignty over individuals, and even in places where it refers to his sovereignty over groups, it implies his sovereignty over individuals, because a designation of a group is only a shorthand to refer to all the individuals in the group.
Predestination refutes the popular assumption that man has free will. In theological and philosophical literature, free will is rarely defined, and almost never defined in a way that is relevant and accurate. Since freedom is relative – you are free from something – in defining free will, we must ask, "Free from what?" If by "free will" we refer to freedom from God in any sense, then we can never say that we have free will. However, if we refer to freedom from any other thing, then it is irrelevant, because the issue is whether we have freedom in our relationship with God, and not in our relationship with any other person or thing.
If we are not controlled by men but controlled by God, then we would not have free will, since we are controlled by one other than ourselves. If we are controlled by God, then we would not have free will regardless of whether we are controlled by men as well. Thus the only relevant issue is whether we are free from God. As Martin Luther writes, "But our question is this: whether he has 'free-will' God-ward, that God should obey man and do what man wills, or whether God has not rather a free will with respect to man, that man should will and do what God wills, and be able to do nothing but what He wills and does."6
True free will must be a freedom from God, so that even God cannot determine our choices and actions. This is the relevant issue when we consider if man has free will. With this in mind, the Bible never teaches that man has free will;7 rather, it teaches that God has absolute sovereignty over man, even determining all his choices and actions. Nevertheless, the evil desire for autonomy is so ingrained in fallen man's thinking that he insists that he has such freedom, and even asserts that the Bible acknowledges it.
Some commentators cannot resist their sinful urge to undermine what the Bible teaches in our passage. For example, after admitting that the passage teaches the doctrine of predestination, Francis Foulkes adds, "This doctrine of election, or predestination…is not set in opposition to the self-evident fact of human free will."8 He offers neither biblical references nor his own arguments, but simply says that free will is self-evident.9 In other words, he will hold on to it no matter what the Bible says. However, it is not self-evident that man has free will; rather, it is self-evident that if predestination is true, then free will is false.10
Foulkes continues, "It involves a paradox that the New Testament does not seek to resolve, and that our finite minds cannot fathom."11 There is a "paradox" now? How? Where? It is "self-evident" to me that he is a quack, and that his mind is indeed "finite" – very finite. As Luther writes, "There is no conflict in the words of Scripture, and no need of an 'explanation' to 'cut the knot.' The protagonists of 'free-will' create difficulties where none exist, and dream contradictions for themselves."12 Foulkes insists that there is human free will when Scripture never teaches it, and then when he runs into the doctrine of predestination, which the Scripture teaches, he cries, "Paradox!" and "Mystery!" In the face of this idiocy masquerading as scholarly exposition, should we not cry in response, "Moron!" and "Lunatic!"? Let it be clear, then, that Scripture contradicts Foulkes, not itself.
If God is sovereign, then man cannot be free – that is, not free from God, his power and his control. However, this does not contradict the Bible's teaching that man is morally responsible for his thoughts and actions. A common confusion is that freedom and responsibility are either the same thing, so that they are sometimes even used interchangeably in theological and philosophical literature, or that one cannot exist without the other.
The assumed premise is that responsibility presupposes freedom, and this leads to the conclusion that if man is not free, then he is not responsible. However, this premise is false, because by definition, responsibility has nothing to do with freedom, but it has to do with whether one is held accountable. The first dictionary definition for "responsible" is "liable to be called on to answer."13 Since God has declared his moral laws to humanity, and since he has declared judgment upon those who would disobey, this means that man is responsible, because God will hold him accountable. The issue of freedom does not enter into the discussion.
Although Calvinists and Reformed theologians claim to uphold what the Bible teaches about divine sovereignty, many of them also affirm this unbiblical and irrational assumption that moral responsibility presupposes human freedom. They agree with the heretics that for God's commands to be meaningful, man must be free to obey them.14 Thus when it comes to the doctrine of predestination, they encounter contradictions, antinomies, and paradoxes (or whatever they may call them), and then they present these as part of the Bible's teaching, when the Bible is contradicting the theologians, and not itself.
For example, J. I. Packer writes:
The particular antinomy which concerns us here is the apparent opposition between divine sovereignty and human responsibility, or (putting it more biblically) between what God does as King and what He does as Judge. Scripture teaches that, as King, He orders and controls all things, human actions among them, in accordance with His own eternal purpose. Scripture also teaches that, as Judge, He holds every man responsible for the choices he makes and the courses of action he pursues….
God's sovereignty and man's responsibility are taught us side by side in the same Bible; sometimes, indeed, in the same text. Both are thus guaranteed to us by the same divine authority; both, therefore, are true. It follows that they must be held together, and not played off against each other. Man is a responsible moral agent, though he is also divinely controlled; man is divinely controlled, though he is also a responsible moral agent. God's sovereignty is a reality, and man's responsibility is a reality too. This is the revealed antinomy in terms of which we have to do our thinking about evangelism.15
Packer defines "antinomy" as only an "apparent" contradiction,16 but to him this does not mean that the human mind can resolve it. An antinomy is not a contradiction in God's mind, but it appears to be one to us, and it is not something that we can resolve, so it remains a contradiction to us. As he writes, "To our finite minds, of course, the thing is inexplicable."17 He should speak for himself – to his very finite mind, the thing is inexplicable (since he made it inexplicable), but he has no right to impose his confusion on the rest of us and even on the Bible.
He says that we must affirm both sides of an apparent contradiction even while it still appears to be a contradiction. By definition, this is impossible. If X and Y contradict each other, then X is not-Y and Y is not-X, so that to affirm both X and Y is to affirm not-Y and not-X. Thus to affirm both sides of a contradiction is really to deny both sides in reverse order. Then, since not-Y is X and not-X is Y, to deny both sides of a contradiction is to affirm both sides in reverse order again. This continues forever and destroys all intelligibility. It is irrelevant whether this is an actual or apparent contradiction, since as long as it appears to be a contradiction, to affirm one side is to deny the other.18 Therefore, Packer ends up affirming and denying the Bible, and denying and affirming the Bible. Since there is no definite and consistent affirmation of the Bible, he cannot even claim that he is a Christian or that he believes in the inspiration of Scripture, unless he is speaking nonsense when he says that he affirms both sides of a contradiction.
The meaning of a contradiction is elementary in logic, but even though Packer's "finite mind" is oblivious to what a contradiction means, he has the audacity to declare that if he perceives a contradiction and cannot resolve it, then no one in humanity is able to resolve it. All this talk by theologians about the "finite mind" is meant to be an expression of humility, but it reeks of arrogance because it sets them up as the zenith and limit of intelligence. If they cannot understand something, they assume it is not because they are especially stupid, but it must be because it is humanly impossible to understand.
What is the apparent contradiction? Packer says that it is between divine sovereignty and human responsibility. He correctly states that divine sovereignty means that man is "divinely controlled," so that man has no freedom. Then, to him this seems to contradict human responsibility, because he assumes that responsibility presupposes freedom.
However, Luther had refuted this nonsense long ago. As he writes in The Bondage of the Will:
Wherefore, my good Erasmus, as often as you confront me with the words of the law, so often shall I confront you with the words of Paul: "By the law is knowledge of sin" – not power of will! Gather together from the big concordances all the imperative words into one chaotic heap…and I shall at once declare that they always show, not what men can do, or do do, but what they should do!
Even grammarians and schoolboys at street corners know that nothing more is signified by verbs in the imperative mood than what ought to be done, and that what is done or can be done should be expressed by verbs in the indicative. How is it that you theologians are twice as stupid as schoolboys, in that as soon as you get hold of a single imperative verb you infer an indicative meaning, as though the moment a thing is commanded it is done, or can be done?
But there's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the lip! – and things that you commanded and that were possible enough may yet not be done, so great a gulf is there between imperative and indicative statements in the simplest everyday matters! Yet in this business of keeping the law, which is as far out of our reach as heaven is from the earth and just as impossible of attainment, you make indicatives out of imperatives with such alacrity that the moment you hear the word of command: "do," "keep," "choose," you will straightway have it that it has been kept, done, chosen, or fulfilled, or that these things can be done by our own strength!19
Packer is an especially appropriate example of how many Calvinists and Reformed theologians have gone strangely wrong. This is because he translated Luther's book! Certainly, he had read Luther before he published Evangelism and The Sovereignty of God, since it was released in 1961, and his translation of The Bondage of the Will was released in 1957, and he had probably read it a long time before that. Therefore, Packer either disagrees with Luther, although he offers no refutation, or as Luther says, he is just stupid. He claims that he wants to be biblical, but then he should not impose the unbiblical premise, "responsibility presupposes freedom."
We would expect an Arminian, who is wholly confused about election and conversion, to miss the simple distinction between responsibility and freedom. However, it is extra despicable for Calvinists and Reformed scholars, who claim to be so faithful to the doctrines of divine sovereignty and predestination, to miss the same distinction, to assume that responsibility presupposes freedom, and to make a paradox out of it and declare that no one can resolve it. Are they not lunatics and morons, and like the Arminians, also "twice as stupid as schoolboys"?
When it comes to God's sovereignty and predestination, the Bible contains no contradictions, no antinomies, and no paradoxes, but unfaithful and incompetent theologians "create difficulties where none exist, and dream contradictions for themselves."20 The Bible teaches both divine sovereignty and human responsibility. They do not contradict each other, and responsibility does not presuppose freedom. In fact, it is divine sovereignty that imposes human responsibility, as God declares that he would hold man accountable, so that man is responsible precisely because he is not free.
Then, the issue becomes one of justice. The objection is that if God imposes his laws on people who cannot obey them, then it would be unjust for God to judge them. However, this is rather unintelligent, since it again joins together two different things by mere assumption. According to what argument or authority is justice necessarily related to the freedom or ability to obey?
Paul anticipates this irrational objection when he discusses divine election in his letter to the Romans. He concludes that God determines and controls all things, even the will of man: "Therefore God has mercy on whom he wants to have mercy, and he hardens whom he wants to harden" (Romans 9:18). But then he continues, "One of you will say to me: 'Then why does God still blame us? For who resists his will?'" (v. 19).
The objection is the same one that we face. Since God controls all things, each person will decide according to what God has foreordained, and no one can decide anything different. And since God chooses to harden some people, this means that they have no freedom to obey God's commands or to believe in Christ. But God has determined to judge disobedience and unbelief. Since the opponent falsely assumes that responsibility presupposes freedom, he complains, "Then why does God still hold me responsible, if I do not have the freedom to obey or disobey, to believe or disbelieve?" In response, Paul rebukes the opponent, and writes:
But who are you, O man, to talk back to God? "Shall what is formed say to him who formed it, 'Why did you make me like this?'" Does not the potter have the right to make out of the same lump of clay some pottery for noble purposes and some for common use?
What if God, choosing to show his wrath and make his power known, bore with great patience the objects of his wrath – prepared for destruction? What if he did this to make the riches of his glory known to the objects of his mercy, whom he prepared in advance for glory – even us, whom he also called, not only from the Jews but also from the Gentiles? (Romans 9:20-24)21
God is the only standard of justice, and we must submit to his standard instead of imposing our own standard on him. He has the right to create some people for salvation, and to create others for damnation.22
As for the charge that the doctrine of predestination encourages licentiousness, there must be something wrong – something depraved and sinister – in those who make this objection. Before I encountered this, it never crossed my mind that God's grace could be a license to sin. It is right for man to submit to God and obey his commands (Ecclesiastes 12:13). Those who make this objection speak as if sin necessarily follows grace, but the doctrine of predestination does not suggest this. The objection poses no challenge, but it tells us that these people are filled with evil intentions, that they are the ones who would pervert grace into sin, because they are the ones who think this way. In contrast, Paul writes that God has predestined us "to be holy and blameless in his sight." Predestination leads to holiness, and not licentiousness. Predestination is the very thing that overcomes sin.
REPROBATION
Speaking of those who have been "prepared for destruction," we turn to the doctrine of reprobation. This is the negative aspect of predestination, so that in election God chooses whom he would save, and in reprobation he chooses whom he would damn.
Since Paul is talking about Christians in our passage, he stresses the positive side of predestination. However, some commentators cannot resist their sinful urge to oppose another biblical doctrine, and so they hurry to declare that although the Bible teaches election (but as demonstrated, they distort even this doctrine), it certainly does not teach reprobation.
For example, Arthur Patzia writes, "Election to salvation does not imply that God, therefore, predestines the rest of humanity to damnation."23 But this is exactly what it implies. Likewise, William MacDonald writes, "The Bible never teaches that God chooses men to be lost."24 So it is as if the reprobates came up with the idea of damnation, and then damn themselves by their own will and ability.
As with the doctrine of election and the heresy of free will, Calvinists and Reformed theologians also compromise with false assumptions when it comes to the doctrine of reprobation. For example, R. C. Sproul writes:
The Reformed view teaches that God positively or actively intervenes in the lives of the elect to insure their salvation. The rest of mankind God leaves to themselves. He does not create unbelief in their hearts. That unbelief is already there. He does not coerce them to sin. They sin by their own choices. In the Calvinist view the decree of election is positive; the decree of reprobation is negative.25
He adds that active reprobation is "hyper-Calvinism," "sub-Calvinism," or even "anti-Calvinism."26 However, if this is the case, then the Bible teaches "hyper-Calvinism," "sub- Calvinism," and "anti-Calvinism," because it teaches both election and reprobation, and that both election and reprobation are active and unconditional.27
Labels are convenient but unimportant. In fact, they become destructive if they become their own issue and take on a crucial role in theological discussions, so that people are as interested in defining and defending them as they do the Bible. Then it is futile for theologians to argue about Calvinism and Arminianism, because they are all under condemnation as idolaters, eager to uphold their religious heritage rather than the word of God.
Moreover, when the followers of a tradition is not clear on what their own tradition teaches, then the labels are no longer convenient, but confusing and unproductive. These Calvinists and Reformed theologians so zealously argue for their tradition, but their effort backfires because they contradict the Reformers themselves.
Luther maintains that the reprobates and the devil are "a work of God," and therefore they are subject to God's action in the same sense as "all the rest of God's creatures and works." God "moves and works" to operate these evil instruments for his own righteous purposes, and causes them to continue in evil:
So that which we call the remnant of nature in the ungodly and in Satan, as being a creature and a work of God, is no less subject to Divine omnipotence and action than all the rest of God's creatures and works. Since God moves and works all in all, He moves and works of necessity even in Satan and the ungodly….
Here you see that when God works in and by evil men, evil deeds result; yet God, though He does evil by means of evil men, cannot act evilly Himself, for He is good, and cannot do evil; but He uses evil instruments, which cannot escape the impulse and movement of His power. The fault which accounts for evil being done when God moves to action lies in these instruments, which God does not allow to be idle. In the same way a carpenter would cut badly with a saw- toothed axe. Hence it is that the ungodly man cannot but err and sin always, because under the impulse of Divine power he is not allowed to be idle, but wills, desires and acts according to his nature.28
As for the hardening of Pharaoh's heart, Sproul writes, "Active hardening would involve God's direct intervention within the inner chambers of Pharaoh's heart," and so he suggests a "passive hardening"29 instead. But Luther writes:
So God's hardening of Pharaoh is wrought thus: God presents from without to his villainous heart that which by nature he hates; at the same time, He continues by omnipotent action to move within him the evil will which He finds there. Pharaoh, by reason of the villainy of his will, cannot but hate what opposes him, and trust to his own strength; and he grows so obstinate that he will not listen nor reflect, but is swept along in the grip of Satan like a raging madman.30
Although Luther says that God moves within Pharaoh,31 he also refers to "the evil will which He finds there." This sounds like Sproul when he refers to the evil that is "already there," but they do not mean the same thing.
What does Luther mean by "the evil will which He finds there"? How does this evil get there? He writes, "It is true that Judas acted willingly, and not under compulsion, but his willing was the work of God, brought into being by His omnipotence, like everything else."32 The reprobates "willingly" sin, in the sense that they decide to sin, but this willing or this deciding is "the work of God, brought into being by His omnipotence, like everything else." All of this is active, not passive. As if this is not clear enough, Luther also writes:
Paul teaches that faith and unbelief comes to us by no work of our own, but through the love and hatred of God.33
The king's will cannot escape the action of the omnipotent God by which all men's wills, good and bad, are moved to will and to act.34
What I assert and maintain is this: that where God works apart from the grace of His Spirit, He works all things in all men, even in the ungodly; for He alone moves, makes to act, and impels by the motion of His omnipotence, all those things which He alone created; they can neither avoid nor alter this movement, but necessarily follow and obey it, each thing according to the measure of its God-given power. Thus all things, even the ungodly, co-operate with God.35
As Paul says: "We were all the children of wrath, even as others" (Eph. 2.3), created such by God Himself from a seed that had been corrupted by the sin of the one man, Adam.36
Luther indeed teaches that the ungodly have an evil nature, and it is this evil nature that God works and moves. However, Sproul means something different when he says that the evil is "already there," as if God has nothing to do with it being there. Rather, Luther refers to this evil nature as a "God-given power," and those who are evil by nature have been "created such by God Himself." The evil is "already" there only relative to what God has done in "there" before.37 In other words, the evil is already there, because God has already put it there.
This is the position of Luther the Reformer. As for Calvin, we find the following in his writings:
Now a word concerning the reprobate, with whom the apostle is at the same time there concerned. For as Jacob, deserving nothing by good works, is taken into grace, so Esau, as yet undefiled by any crime, is hated [Rom. 9:13]. If we turn our eyes to works, we wrong the apostle, as if he did not see what is quite clear to us! Now it is proved that he did not see it, since he specially emphasizes the point that when as yet they had done nothing good or evil, one was chosen, the other rejected. This is to prove that the foundation of divine predestination is not in works.
Then when he raised the objection, whether God is unjust, he does not make use of what would have been the surest and clearest defense of his righteousness: that God recompensed Esau according to his own evil intention. Instead, he contents himself with a different solution, that the reprobate are raised up to the end that through them God's glory may be revealed.
Finally, he adds the conclusion that "God has mercy upon whomever he wills, and he hardens whomever he wills" [Rom. 9:18]. Do you see how Paul attributes both to God's decision alone? If, then, we cannot determine a reason why he vouchsafes mercy to his own, except it so pleases him, neither shall we have any reason for rejecting others, other than his will. For when it is said that God hardens or shows mercy to whom he wills, men are warned by this to seek no cause outside his will.38
Here they have recourse to the distinction between will and permission. By this they would maintain that the wicked perish because God permits it, not because he so wills. But why shall we say "permission" unless it is because God so wills? Still, it is not in itself likely that man brought destruction upon himself through himself, by God's mere permission and without any ordaining. As if God did not establish the condition in which he wills the chief of his creatures to be! I shall not hesitate, then, simply to confess with Augustine that "the will of God is the necessity of things," and that what he has willed will of necessity come to pass, as those things which he has foreseen will truly come to pass.39
There are many more such passages in the writings of the Reformers, but there is no need to pile up more quotations – they clearly teach that reprobation is both active and unconditional, just like election. But now who is Reformed? And who is the Calvinist? Both Luther and Calvin teach what Sproul calls "hyper-Calvinism," "sub-Calvinism," or even "anti-Calvinism." Thus theologians like Packer and Sproul would have condemned Luther and Calvin as extremists and heretics.
Sproul maintains that in the reprobates, evil is "already there" as if God did not put it there. But then how did it get there? Is there another Creator? Did the reprobates create themselves? He says that God "leaves to themselves" the reprobates to sin "by their own choices." But who causes them to make these choices? Are these choices free from God? Is there another God – another omnipotent principle or metaphysical power – by which the reprobates function? If Sproul thinks there is another God, then he is a non-Christian – he does not even believe in the Christian God, who is the only omnipotence that controls all things. If he thinks there is not another God, then he must affirm active and unconditional reprobation. Passive reprobation follows from a form of dualism, or an impossible theory of spontaneous generation, but Christian theism necessarily implies active election and active reprobation, because nothing can happen apart from God's active will and power.
Although it seems most Calvinists and Reformed theologians make the same errors as Packer and Sproul, a few are more biblical and intelligent. For example, G. H. Kersten writes:
From the scriptures quoted it is very evident that reprobation is more than letting one lie in the state wherein he fell. It is a predetermination of the state of perdition, both of angels and of men, for God also determined to decree some of the angels to perdition, reserving them in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day. The reprobate are appointed, ordained, and fitted to destruction….Reprobation is therefore no more a passive decree than election is; it is an active decree.
The Cause of reprobation does not lie in anything outside of God, not even in sin, but in God's absolute sovereignty….Thus reprobation is the independent decree of God from eternity, the sovereign, the decreeing God Himself. It is an act of the Father's good pleasure….
Sin, unbelief, hardness, and whatever else is mentioned as a reason for the righteous judgment of God, all follows the decree of God, and is not the cause of the decree. God is sovereign in election, but also in rejection. Both depend on nothing but God's sovereign pleasure, and, being God's decree they cannot be dependent upon some one or some thing outside of God….
As election is not general, neither is reprobation….It concerns certain people, known to God by name.40
Although active reprobation is consistent with Calvinism and Reformed theology, this is relatively unimportant. If a tradition is wrong, then let it die. We will not miss it. If a tradition is correct, then it is correct only because it agrees with Scripture, and we can agree with Scripture without identifying with any tradition. So we are interested in what Scripture teaches. Paul writes:
Not only that, but Rebekah's children had one and the same father, our father Isaac. Yet, before the twins were born or had done anything good or bad – in order that God's purpose in election might stand: not by works but by him who calls – she was told, "The older will serve the younger." Just as it is written: "Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated."
What then shall we say? Is God unjust? Not at all! For he says to Moses, "I will have mercy on whom I have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I have compassion." It does not, therefore, depend on man's desire or effort, but on God's mercy. For the Scripture says to Pharaoh: "I raised you up for this very purpose, that I might display my power in you and that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth." Therefore God has mercy on whom he wants to have mercy, and he hardens whom he wants to harden.
One of you will say to me: "Then why does God still blame us? For who resists his will?" But who are you, O man, to talk back to God? "Shall what is formed say to him who formed it, 'Why did you make me like this?'" Does not the potter have the right to make out of the same lump of clay some pottery for noble purposes and some for common use?
What if God, choosing to show his wrath and make his power known, bore with great patience the objects of his wrath – prepared for destruction? What if he did this to make the riches of his glory known to the objects of his mercy, whom he prepared in advance for glory – even us, whom he also called, not only from the Jews but also from the Gentiles? (Romans 9:10-24)41
From this passage, we can derive four points about the doctrine of reprobation.
First, reprobation is biblical. Some commentators affirm election but reject reprobation. This is an inexcusable error, most likely driven by the personal values and biases of the scholars. The Bible teaches both, and here it teaches them in the same passage.
Second, reprobation is individual. Just as collective election has been invented to overturn individual election, there are those who admit that reprobation is biblical, but that it is a collective reprobation. However, Paul considers Jacob and Esau as individuals – not the nations that would arise from them, but "the twins."42
Third, reprobation is unconditional. We have observed from this passage that election to salvation is unconditional, so that God selected the individuals for salvation not because of anything foreseen in them. Paul teaches reprobation in this same passage and in the same way; therefore, reprobation is unconditional in the same sense that election is unconditional.
Wayne Grudem blatantly slanders and opposes Scripture when he writes, "So in the presentation of Scripture the cause of election lies in God, and the cause of reprobation lies in the sinner."43 This is both unbiblical and impossible. It is unbiblical because it contradicts the Bible. Paul says that God had decided to treat Jacob and Esau differently "before the twins were born or had done anything good or bad." It is impossible because there is only one God. Just as election is not based on "anything good" in the person, reprobation is not based on "anything bad" in the person. It is not as if the man could create and control himself while God passively watches him.
Kersten writes, "Sin is the meriting cause of punishment. The determining cause of the state of reprobation is the sovereignty of God."44 As a longtime professor of theology, Grudem should have the clarity of mind to make this simple distinction. Nevertheless, even this can lead to misunderstanding, or to a weak view of reprobation, unless we add that God is also the determining cause of the meriting cause. Sin, the meriting cause, is an effect of reprobation, the determining cause. God has determined that the individuals would be damned, and this results in their sin and unbelief, so that they deserve to be damned.
As a seasoned professor, Grudem must have read what we cited from Calvin: "If, then, we cannot determine a reason why he vouchsafes mercy to his own, except it so pleases him, neither shall we have any reason for rejecting others, other than his will. For when it is said that God hardens or shows mercy to whom he wills, men are warned by this to seek no cause outside his will." If he disagrees, then he should refute Calvin, but then he must also refute the Bible and become a non-Christian. Like most theologians on this topic, his position dishonors God, slanders Scripture, confuses the unlearned, and wastes our time.
Fourth, reprobation is active. Theologians often claim that even if reprobation is biblical and individual, it must nevertheless be a passive decree. God does not decide to make it happen, but to let it happen. Again, the Bible teaches the opposite.
Paul explains that just as some people are "prepared in advance for glory," others are "prepared for destruction." The two happen in the same way. Refusing to accept active reprobation no matter what, some suggest that "prepared for destruction" is meant in the passive sense, so that it is as if the reprobates prepared themselves for destruction. But even when there is a variation in expression, it does not always signify a variation in sense. Suppose I say, "I bought this book for myself. The other was bought for my friend." The second sentence is passive, but it does not mean that whereas I bought the first book, someone else bought the second one, or worse, the second book bought itself and walked out the store. The context shows that I bought both books – one for myself, and the other for my friend.
The context of our passage is clear. Paul writes in verse 18, "Therefore God has mercy on whom he wants to have mercy, and he hardens whom he wants to harden." He does not say that God shows mercy to some, but allows others to harden themselves. Rather, he shows mercy to some, and he hardens others. He is the one who does both. Then, Paul writes in verse 21, "Does not the potter have the right to make out of the same lump of clay some pottery for noble purposes and some for common use?" He does not say that the potter makes the noble ones, but the common ones make themselves. Rather, the potter is the one who makes both the noble ones and the common ones. This is the context for the expression, "prepared for destruction" (v. 22).
God said, "Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated" (v. 13). Just as God decided to treat Jacob a certain way without consideration of anything found in Jacob, God decided to treat Esau a different way without consideration of anything found in Esau. Scholars are often eager to defend their bias and tradition, and so they suggest that the "hate" in this verse means merely to "love less." But what does that mean? And how much less? Spinach I love, but eggplant I love less. How much less? I hate it. God loves the reprobates so much less that he would torture them in hellfire forever. In other words, he hates them.
Many Calvinists and Reformed theologians teach that although God must actively select and summon out the elect for salvation, he merely passes by the reprobates, as if to exonerate God from some shameful crime. However, active reprobation is no crime – it is God's righteous decree to reveal his wrath and his power (v. 22), and to show forth his mercy toward the elect (v. 23). All things are done by God's will and power, and he needs no excuse for his decrees and actions.
Both election and reprobation are individual, unconditional, and active. The difference is that there is an additional step in the execution of God's decree for the elect. God designed and decreed the creation of both the elect individuals and the reprobate individuals, and decreed that both would fall into sin through Adam, but he also decreed that he would save the elect through Christ. When Adam fell into sin, both the elect and the reprobate individuals fell with him. The reprobate individuals are then in their foreordained position, prepared for destruction, whereas the elect individuals await the application of redemption in God's appointed time.
One popular objection against the doctrine of divine sovereignty, the doctrine of predestination, and especially the doctrine of active reprobation, is that they make God "the author of sin." Calvinists and Reformed theologians scramble to deny this,45 even the few who agree with the Bible on active reprobation. They invent all kinds of distinctions and qualifications to distance God from sin.46 However, the difficulty is often self-inflicted, the effort to solve it is always unintelligent.
In the first place, the phrase is usually ambiguous. What does "author" mean in this context? When God inspired the Bible, he did not physically take up the pen to write, but he caused men to take up the pen. If we consider authorship in the superficial sense, then the men were the authors. However, if we consider authorship in the absolute or fullest sense, as in the origin of the intention to write, the source of the thoughts and the words, the creator and sustainer of the men, the pens, the scrolls, the circumstances, and the whole world, the power that took up the men and held them as they wrote, the intelligence that collected and arranged the documents, and the providence that preserved the book, then we must say that God is not only an author, but the only author of the Bible.
When it comes to sin, if one acknowledges these things about God – origin, source, creator, sustainer, power, intelligence, providence – then he must also acknowledge that God is the author of sin in the metaphysical or ontological sense. But if he denies even one of these things about God, then he must acknowledge another God who takes on one or more of these roles, and this means he is not even a Christian. God is the author of sin, because he is the author of all things.
The fact that God is the "author" of sin does not make him the "doer" of sin – that is, a sinner. First, by "author" we refer to metaphysical power. It is a matter of ontology, not morality. Second, sin is a transgression of God's law. Since God is the only lawgiver, and the only standard of right and wrong, for him to become a sinner, he would have to impose a law upon himself, break this law, and the judge himself as a transgressor. However, Scripture declares that God is righteous in himself and in all that he does.
As long as God approves himself, he is righteous by definition, and he is never a sinner or wrongdoer. It is wrong for God to be the author of sin only if he has declared that it is wrong for him to be the author of sin. It is not up to theologians to invent a problem for him, and then rescue him from it. They are so eager to stress their finitude and humility, but we can hardly find a stronger example of arrogance. In making themselves God's lawgivers and guardians, their insolence rivals that of the devil.47
Theologians appeal to "secondary causes" to distance God from sin and evil. They claim that even if God controls these things, he does it through secondary causes, and thus only in an indirect sense. However, this is another unintelligent excuse. It does not in fact distance God from sin and evil, because God must directly make the secondary causes work the way he wants them to work, and he must directly make the objects supposedly affected respond the way he wants them to respond. Otherwise, there must be another metaphysical principle or power that is different from God – there must be another God – which is the heresy of dualism.48
As Calvin says, "Indeed, not even an abundance of bread would benefit us in the slightest unless it were divinely turned into nourishment."49 Although God has ordained bread to nourish the body, and the body to be nourished by bread, he remains the direct cause of nourishment, because bread in itself has no power to exist and to nourish. It cannot remain in the world and affect it apart from God's immediate power; otherwise, the bread itself would be God, the "I AM" (Exodus 3:14).
Since so-called secondary causes require God to directly act on them, and then apart from them, to directly act on the things supposedly affected by them, this means that secondary causes are meaningless. Even if they appear to have a correlation with the effects, they do not really cause anything. There seems to be a correlation between bread and nourishment, but God is what directly causes nourishment, and he can do it without the bread. We might refer to correlates as if they are causes in a manner of speaking, but God is the only actual cause.
Therefore, it is futile to appeal to secondary causes to distance God from an event or the effect as a theodicy. God is in direct contact with all things, or they can never exist or occur. Since God is the author of all things, God is also the author of sin in the metaphysical or ontological sense. However, this is not a problem, because there is no biblical or rational argument to show that there is something wrong with this. Rather, God is righteous by definition.50
The doctrine of predestination is controversial not because the Bible is unclear or because there are good arguments on all sides. It is controversial because sinful man lacks intelligence to grasp the truth and integrity to admit the truth. He demands salvation from God but refuses to give him the glory. He reserves a decisive role for himself, and declares that although God makes salvation possible for everyone, he makes it actual for no one until each person permits God to save him.
He convinces himself that he is the master of his soul, and that no one can take it out of his hands. Jesus said, "You did not choose me, but I chose you and appointed you" (John 15:16), but sinful man retorts, "You have 'chosen' me only because you know that I would choose you, so that my will logically precedes and determines your will!" He says, "If conversion is necessary, then by my will I will turn against my wickedness, even my own evil will, by my might I will escape from Satan's hold and sin's grip, and by my power I will turn to Christ and permit him to save me, as if I need him at all."
The religious sinner resents this representation. He obscures his thoughts with beautiful words and reverent expressions, but he is driven by such wickedness and defiance that he makes himself the center of the universe, so that even God must bow down and serve him. Thus "free will" is Satan's slogan, and Arminianism is his creed. On the other hand, the Christian faith declares, "Salvation comes from the LORD" (Jonah 2:9) – really and wholly from God.
The doctrine of predestination is controversial, so that some of those who claim to agree with it suggest that we should not preach about it. But then do they really agree? Predestination is interwoven with biblical theology and the gospel. Their suggestion insults God, as if he was stupid, or that he erred in revealing this doctrine. As Luther writes:
It is, then, fundamentally necessary and wholesome for Christians to know that God foreknows nothing contingently, but that He foresees, purposes, and does all things according to His own immutable, eternal and infallible will….51
As I said above, what may be found in or proved by the sacred writings is both plain and wholesome, and so may safely be published, learned and known – and, indeed, should be. So your statement, that some things should not be exposed to everyone's hearing, if made with reference to the contents of Scripture, is false; and if you spoke of other things, your remark was irrelevant and out of place, and a waste of your paper and time.52
As for the argument that predestination is best left untaught because of the tumult and disunity that it causes, Luther replies:
What a fulsome speaker you are! – but utterly ignorant of what you are talking about. In a word, you treat this discussion as if the issue at stake between us was the recovery of a debt, or some other trivial item, the loss of which matters far less than the public peace, and therefore should not so upset anyone as to make him hesitate to give and take, yielding the point if need be, in order to ensure that no occasion for public disorder arises. You make it clear that this carnal peace and quiet seems to you far more important than faith, conscience, salvation, the Word of God, the glory of Christ, and God himself.
Let me tell you, therefore – and I beg you to let this sink deep into your mind – I hold that a solemn and vital truth, of eternal consequence, is at stake in this discussion; one so crucial and fundamental that it ought to be maintained and defended even at the cost of life, though as a result the whole world should be, not just thrown into turmoil and uproar, but shattered in chaos and reduced to nothingness. If you do not grasp that, if it leaves you unmoved, then mind your own business, and leave those to grasp it and be moved by it to whom it is given of God!53
Some people will say that even if the doctrine must be taught, it should be taught only to mature saints, or at least only to believers, but it should certainly not be mentioned to non-Christians in evangelism.
However, Jesus flatly tells his hearers, including the unbelievers, that no one can know the Father unless "the Son chooses to reveal him" (Matthew 11:27), that no one can come to him for salvation unless the Father "draws him" (John 6:44) and "has enabled him" (John 6:65). This means that it is appropriate to preach, even to unbelievers, "You will be saved only if you come to Christ and believe the gospel, but unless God chooses and enables you, you cannot come and you will not believe." Moreover, Jesus says to the unbelievers, "You do not believe because you are not my sheep" (John 10:26). This means that it is appropriate to preach, even to unbelievers, "If you do not believe, it is because you are not one of God's people, but one of the reprobates, destined for destruction."
You say, "This will offend some hearers, and drive them away." Yes, it will offend the reprobates and drive them away, and our churches will have fewer false converts. The chosen ones, on the other hand, will rejoice to hear about God's sovereign power and mercy, revealed for his glory and for our salvation. As Paul writes, "How beautiful are the feet of those who bring good news!" (Romans 10:15). There he cites Isaiah 52:7, which brings the message, "Your God reigns!"54 God's sovereignty in saving his people is the message of the gospel.
This is what we find in the ministry of Christ, so that when he said, "I told you that no one can come to me unless the Father has enabled him," many people "turned back and no longer followed him." In contrast, Peter answered, "Lord, to whom shall we go? You have the words of eternal life. We believe and know that you are the Holy One of God" (John 6:65-69). Therefore, because of the teaching of Scripture, the example of Christ, the doctrine of the apostles,55 and also the preferable effect, it is suitable and desirable to speak on both election and reprobation in teaching and in evangelism.
While those who claim to believe the doctrine of predestination remain hesitant, others are boldly proclaiming the false gospel of free will, that people must save themselves on the basis of what Christ has done, that God has taken the first step but now they must take the final and decisive step, and that God can do nothing with them without their consent. It is a sin to neglect any part of the Christian system of truth, especially such a foundational doctrine. Then, as the false gospel continues to spread, to refrain from declaring the doctrine of God's sovereignty in predestination would be devastating, and has been devastating, to the church's strength and progress.
There are those who consider this a secondary issue, too trivial to bicker over; however, we have shown that the doctrine is not trivial, and it is not just a matter of preference or perspective. Rather, it has to do with the very nature of God and the gospel. Is our God as the Bible describes him – sovereign and almighty – or is he like the pagan gods, who are no gods at all – limited and struggling? Is salvation really "from the Lord," or is it partly from God and partly from man? Does God overstate his own role in salvation? Does he boast too much about himself? Should he share the credit with man?
Luther writes that the issue is "of eternal consequence."56 He calls the topic "the real thing," "the essential issue," "the hinge on which all turns," and "the vital spot," compared to which other disputes are but "extraneous issues" and "trifles."57 Luther and the Reformers understood the significance of the dispute, that without a God who does all things by his sovereign power and who saves his people by his sovereign mercy, there would be no Christian faith. Therefore, let us not be ashamed of the gospel, that God saves his chosen ones by his grace, according to his will and his pleasure, and for his glory.
REDEMPTION
Predestination pervades the whole passage (1:3-14), and Christ's agency and headship also appear throughout, but there appears to be a progression in emphasis from the Father's work in predestination, to the Son's work in redemption, and then to the Spirit's work in application. Nevertheless, it seems Paul does not intend to create rigidly defined sections in the passage, but rather to compose a doxology that blends these ideas together. Now we come to the Son's work in redemption (v. 7).
Redemption refers to deliverance by ransom. As Barclay writes, "In every case the conception is the delivering of a man from a situation from which he was powerless to liberate himself or from a penalty which he himself could never have paid."58 Sinful man is wholly depraved, so that a little grace from God would not benefit him, but salvation must be all of grace.
Christ performed the work of redemption "through his blood." The blood atonement is crucial in salvation. He did not die on the cross as a mere moral example or as a random martyr, and the atonement was not accomplished just because some red liquid came out of his body. Rather, the expression refers to the fact that Christ, as the head of the chosen ones, offered up himself to die as a perfect sacrifice to render complete satisfaction toward divine justice, which otherwise would have demanded the everlasting punishment of all sinners.
Since this is what the expression means, Hendriksen translates it as, "deliverance as a result of the payment of a ransom,"59 adding that "He gave his blood," "He gave his soul," and "He gave himself" are equivalent in meaning.60 Similarly, Barclay translates, "a deliverance which cost his life."61 This is the right understanding, and these translations or paraphrases correct some of the false doctrines and mystical interpretations taught by some preachers and heretics.
On the other hand, "translating" the expression in a way that removes mention of the blood takes away the essential allusion of Christ's sacrifice as the fulfillment of the Old Testament blood sacrifices. As Leviticus says, "It is the blood that makes atonement for one's life" (17:11); however, "It is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins" (Hebrews 10:4), and so the animal sacrifices symbolized and anticipated the only sacrifice that could actually "take away sins," that is, the sacrifice of Christ.62 In trying to translate the "meaning" of the expression instead of the words, those translations have also changed the meaning of the verse. In this case, the best solution is not to translate the meaning instead of the words, but to educate the believers and refute the heretics.
The expression has been distorted to support a number of perverse doctrines and grotesque practices. For example, some Christians advocate "pleading the blood." This is the teaching that in the face of demonic powers and at times of desperation, a person could verbally call upon the blood of Jesus for deliverance. The emphasis is not on the sacrificial death of Christ by which he has purchased our salvation and blessings, but it seems that they appeal to the blood itself – that is, the liquid – as if it has some mystical power in the spiritual realm to exorcise evil spirits and to confer blessings. However, the significance of "the blood of Christ" is the death of Christ as a sacrifice, and not the bodily liquid itself.
In this letter, Paul also tells us about overcoming the "powers" and inheriting the blessings. There was much concern about magical forces and demonic powers. Instead of teaching the people chants and formulas of exorcism, or offering them crucifixes and amulets, he sends them a letter of high theology. He shows them that Christians overcome demonic powers by an intellectual understanding of the decree of God in predestination, the sacrifice of Christ in redemption, and the reign of Christ in exaltation.
We exorcise by theology. The anti-intellectuals think that theology is dull and useless, and this is indeed true of false theology. Their anti-intellectualism is often a reaction to the unbelief of Christian scholars, who zealously defend their creeds and traditions, even if they must explain away the word of God in the process. Nevertheless, to reject theology itself is also to reject the word of God, and so the anti-intellectuals remain confused and powerless. On the other hand, Christian theology, in which God is sovereign and Christ is exalted, has "divine power to demolish strongholds" (2 Corinthians 10:4).
Hebrews 9:22 says, "without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness," but because of Christ's perfect atonement, we now have the "forgiveness of sins" (Ephesians 1:7). Since salvation from sin requires a perfect blood atonement, since God has chosen only Jesus Christ to make such an atonement, and then since only Christ has made such an atonement, this means that salvation from sin is found only in Christ, and that there is no salvation elsewhere. The fact that there is no salvation elsewhere means that the full wrath of God will descend, and even now rests upon, all non-Christians. It means that God will condemn not only atheists and agnostics to burn in hell forever, but he will condemn all non- Christians – Mormons, Muslims, Buddhists, Catholics, and so on – including all who affirm a false gospel (Galatians 1:8-9).
Another implication of the atonement is that, since Christ made an actual atonement (not just a potential atonement), and since it rendered complete satisfaction toward divine justice (not just partial satisfaction), this means that for those whom Christ made atonement, he made a perfect, complete, and final atonement for all their sins. Therefore, there remains no sin for which God will condemn them, and this in turn means that every individual for whom Christ died shall be saved. However, this does not tell us for whom Christ made atonement – it only indicates that all those for whom Christ made atonement will be saved.
Then, since Scripture declares that many people will not be saved but will be condemned to hell, this must mean that Christ did not die for every person. Again, if Christ made atonement for all your sins, then there is nothing left for which God will condemn you, which means that you will be saved. If Christ made such an atonement for everyone, then everyone will be saved; however, since Scripture insists that not everyone will be saved, this means that Christ did not make atonement for everyone.
Rather, Scripture teaches that Christ died only for his church, his people, his sheep, for God's chosen ones (John 10:14-15, 25-29). The Scripture teaches this by necessarily implication and by explicit mention. It is the doctrine of effective particular atonement. God had a specific design in redemption, and Christ was the agent by whom God carried out the design.
As expected, many people, including those who claim to be Christians, detest this biblical doctrine. Sinners will oppose any teaching that exalts the sovereignty of God over the freedom of men. So they insist that Christ made a universal atonement, that he died for every person who would exist in human history. However, this view necessarily entails either an imperfect atonement or universal salvation. But since Scripture affirms a perfect atonement and denies universal salvation, this means that universal atonement must be false.
One objection is that even if Christ made a perfect atonement, we must have faith in what he has done in order to receive the benefits; therefore, although he made atonement for everyone, not everyone is saved. But what is faith, and how does it come? The objection seems to assume that although we cannot make atonement for our own sins, we have a free will to manufacture faith even in our sinful state. It suggests that while spiritually dead and depraved, we can still freely make the most important and most positive spiritual decision in our lives. This is irrational, unbiblical, and heretical.
We have refuted free will, and in our spiritually dead condition, it is impossible to have the positive spiritual disposition required to have faith in Christ. Also, the objection assumes that Christ did not make atonement for the sin of unbelief, so that he did not resolve the issue by the atonement, but it is up to us to have faith in him. Therefore, the objection does not apply to a perfect atonement, in which Christ made atonement for all sins. But since Scripture teaches a perfect atonement, the objection is irrelevant.
Moreover, Scripture never teaches that faith is something that we conjure up by our own power in order to obtain God's blessings; rather, it depicts faith as one of those blessings Christ obtained for those he redeemed. We often refer to faith as something by which we obtain the benefits of the atonement, and this is correct in the sense that faith leads to the other blessings, but when the issue is the source of faith itself, we should refer to faith as something by which God applies the benefits of the atonement to us. We do not benefit from the atonement because we have faith, but we have faith because it is a benefit of the atonement. It is not that we take from God through faith, but that God gives us faith, and then gives to us through faith. Faith is "a gift of God" (Ephesians 2:8) – it is something that God gives, and not something that we produce.
Salvation is really and wholly from God, from start to finish (Hebrews 12:2). Faith is not something that comes by our own decision or by our own power, but it is a "faith that comes through him" (Acts 3:16). As Luther writes, faith is "a special and rare gift of God."63 Therefore, the teaching of the Scripture is that Christ's blood atonement is perfect, complete, final, actual, effective, and particular, and that faith itself is a gift that he obtained for us by his sacrifice, so that there is no room for us to boast, except in what Christ has done.64
When Scripture teaches that Christ's atonement completely satisfied God's justice, it does not suggest that there was a disagreement in the Godhead. It is not as if God the Father is a God of wrath, so that he is concerned only with exacting vengeance on those who have transgressed his laws, and that God the Son is a God of grace, so that he is concerned only with redeeming sinners. This would be a ludicrous and unwarranted inference from the doctrine of the atonement.
Paul states that it is God who has chosen us to be saved, and that it is "in accordance with the riches of God's grace" that he sent Christ to make atonement for us. Therefore, there is no disagreement among the members of the Godhead, and justice does not contradict grace. Rather, it is because of God's grace that he made a way to satisfy his own justice,65 so that he could be both "just and the justifier" (Romans 3:26, NASB) of those whom he has chosen for salvation. Justice and grace are in harmony, and the Father and the Son are in agreement.
Hebrews 9:15 summarizes what we have said about the atonement: "For this reason Christ is the mediator of a new covenant, that those who are called may receive the promised eternal inheritance – now that he has died as a ransom to set them free from the sins committed under the first covenant."
Christ is the "mediator" between God and man, so that only through him can man know God and be saved. He is the agent through whom God performs his foreordained plan and redeems his chosen ones, and he is the federal head through whom all the chosen ones are saved. Outside of Christ, there is only darkness and death. The Christian faith is the only way that leads to heaven, but all non-Christian religions and philosophies lead to hell.
Christ is the mediator of the "new covenant." He is the fulfillment of all the expectations and anticipations, and all the types and shadows of the previous administration of God's grace, that is, "the first covenant." The blood sacrifices of the past were types of the perfect sacrifice that God would provide for his people, and Christ's sacrifice was the complete fulfillment.
Christ "died as a ransom," not as a mere moral example or a random martyr. He died not just to inspire others to do something, but he died to do something himself, namely, to render complete satisfaction to divine justice and redeem the chosen ones. Since he died as an actual ransom, his death did not obtain the mere possibility of salvation for the elect, but it accomplished salvation for the elect. He did not just start to save his people, but he did save his people. He did not just take the first step, but he did all that he needed to do. The rest, including the faith of the chosen ones, is the application of what Christ has done.
Christ died for his people to "set them free from the sins committed." Atonement is made to obtain forgiveness, and actual atonement guarantees actual forgiveness. Once the payment is given, there is no more debt. Thus the atonement does not provide a mere possibility of forgiveness, but the reality of forgiveness. Therefore, all those for whom Christ died will be saved. There is no chance that even one of them will be lost.
Christ died, not to save everyone, but only "those who are called." Although the atonement of Christ guarantees the forgiveness of all those for whom he died, it does not imply universal salvation, because he did not die for everyone, but only for the chosen ones. If God has chosen you and given you faith in Christ, then it is only right for you to serve him with reverence and gratitude. You must not think that you had the good sense or moral clarity to choose Christ, as if God did not sovereignly and irresistibly cause you to so choose. The doctrine of free will represents the height of impiety and the essence of false religion.
Christ died to save us from our sins, and those who are called will "receive the promised eternal inheritance." Paul writes, "No eye has seen, no ear has heard, no mind has conceived what God has prepared for those who love him – but God has revealed it to us by his Spirit" (1 Corinthians 2:9-10). The inheritance that awaits us, and indeed what we have already received, is so great and precious that, if God had not revealed it, we would never have conceived it. But for the unbeliever, death is his destiny, and hellfire is his inheritance. "Behold then the kindness and severity of God; to those who fell, severity, but to you, God's kindness" (Romans 11:22, NASB).
ILLUMINATION
In eternity, God selected those whom he would save. In time, Christ satisfied divine justice on behalf of these chosen ones. Then, throughout history (even before Christ arrived, but in anticipation of his arrival), the Spirit applies the blessings foreordained by God and obtained by Christ to the chosen ones by (giving them and energizing their) faith in Christ. One of the foundational blessings is intellectual – it is the gift of "all wisdom and understanding" (1:8).
The word translated "wisdom" is sophia. It has a rich background in Greek thought, and stresses acuity and insight in the academic, theoretical, and philosophical. In our context, since Paul is referring to what God gives us by revelation and impartation, it would include acuity, insight, knowledge, and intelligence regarding the doctrinal and theological. The context accentuates this aspect of the word, but it remains under the broad meaning of sophia. Thus it is by our biblical wisdom and theological insight that we address the philosophical issues, the ultimate questions that non-Christians struggle in vain to answer. God has made us master philosophers through Jesus Christ.
The word translated "understanding" is phronēsis, and is elsewhere translated "insight," "prudence," and "sound sense." Although the two words are not always precisely distinguished, in this context it seems correct to maintain a difference, so that whereas "wisdom" emphasizes the philosophical (or in a biblical context, the theological), "prudence" emphasizes practical wisdom, or insight concerning the right use of means to attain the desired ends, and that leads to right action. So the first word stresses the theological, and the second stresses the practical.66
Barclay writes, "It is Paul's claim that Jesus brought us sophia, the intellectual knowledge which satisfies the mind, and phronēsis, the practical knowledge which enables us to handle the day to day problems of practical life and living."67 God has made us philosophically and practically competent. Christians are people who know how to think and how to live. Max Turner notes that this wisdom and prudence are "at the heart of our walk with God."68 Therefore, "Christian" anti-intellectuals and irrationalists are enemies of the gospel.
This wisdom and prudence come from God's grace, which he "lavished" on us (v. 8). The word refers to a superabundance, an excessive amount, and an overflowing measure. Paul is speaking of "an oversized grace,"69 out of which God confers upon us all wisdom and prudence – all philosophical, theological, ethical, and practical knowledge. This does not mean that God has given us omniscience70 – the emphasis is probably on every kind of wisdom – but it means that God has given us something comprehensive, something that is more than sufficient.
What treachery it is to say that the Bible is insufficient as a comprehensive intellectual foundation! What blasphemy it is to say that the Bible is insufficient to address every need! God's revelation is more than enough to produce a complete worldview and philosophy, and to provide definite answers to our practical and ethical issues. Yet Christians glibly say, "The Bible does not address this," and then proceed to think about their problems as if this is indeed the case. They are very quick to assume that the Bible is insufficient, but very slow to admit that they are too lazy and stupid to find out what the Bible says.
Instead, a Christian should say: "The Scripture claims to be sufficient to make me 'thoroughly equipped for every good work' (2 Timothy 3:17). Since I have this problem or this decision to make, the Bible must have an answer. The problem is never in the Bible, but in my ignorance of what it teaches, and in my laziness. If there is something that the Bible does not address, then it means that I do not need to know it in order to have a comprehensive worldview, or to make wise and ethical decisions. The Bible contains all the information necessary for me to be a good and growing Christian in every way. Although I might not live up to all that it teaches, all the information that I need is in there, and it is my duty and delight to study and obey it."
There is hope for someone who thinks this way. The Bible promises, "If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him" (James 1:5). On the other hand, many people set up their own ignorance as God's judge. They assume that if they do not know what the Bible says about something, then the Bible does not say anything about it. This sinful attitude brings destruction upon themselves.
Since the Bible is sufficient, it is shameful for Christians to seek answers to the ultimate questions from scientists and philosophers, who know nothing themselves, and to seek instructions on practical living from psychologists, self-improvement experts, or gurus and fortune-tellers. Are these so-called Christians stupid and spineless, and in desperate need of proper teaching, or they are in fact non-Christians, who are as dogs returning to their vomit, and pigs returning to the mud (2 Peter 2:22)?
Paul teaches that God's revelation to us covers all that is needed for human thought and conduct, and all that is needed for salvation and holiness. Thus the Christian faith addresses both the philosophical and the practical. In connection with this, Foulkes writes, "If this is correct, it follows that the wisdom of God is not merely intellectual or academic…it is also the source of understanding in the details of daily living."71 Many others make this point; however, they often forget that this also works the other way. Paul just as clearly shows that the wisdom of God is not merely "the source of understanding in the details of daily living," but that it is also "intellectual or academic." If biblical wisdom is not only philosophical but also practical, then it is not only practical but also philosophical. And if there are indeed some who stress the intellectual too much – as if this makes sense to say, since even practical wisdom cannot be non-mental, or non-intellectual – there are many more who do not stress it enough.
Many writers fail to grasp that it is misleading to "balance" the intellectual with the practical, or the practical with the intellectual. In this verse, both "wisdom" and "prudence" are by definition given to the mind. It is not as if "wisdom" is given to your mind, and "prudence" is given to your toes. In this sense, both wisdom and prudence are "intellectual." The difference is not that one is intellectual and the other one is non-intellectual, but that they refer to intellectual wisdom about different things. Therefore, God's gift of "wisdom and prudence" refers to a comprehensive revelation and impartation of intellectual wisdom, granting us understanding regarding all philosophical issues and practical things. Let us destroy all traces of anti-intellectualism in our thinking. An anti-intellectual Christianity is anti-Christianity.72
REVELATION
Faith in Christ has been the basis for salvation under both the old and the new administrations of God's grace. Nevertheless, under the new administration, there is a fuller revelation of "the mystery of his will" (v. 9). The revelation of this "mystery" corresponds to God's gift of "wisdom and prudence." This means that when God gives us this wisdom and prudence, he endows us with intellectual potential and capabilities, and he also reveals to us actual information to learn and apply.
Anti-intellectuals love the word "mystery," and they abuse it. When they use the word, they refer to something that we cannot understand, and so they sometimes add that we should not think too much about it. They often use the word to escape a doctrine or argument that they cannot refute but at the same time refuse to accept. When they do this, they behave like the non-Christians, who are intellectually dishonest and incompetent.
Sometimes when I explain a doctrine to someone, he would sigh and say, "Well, I guess it is a mystery, and we cannot understand it." I would explain it again, and answer all his objections. After he runs out of excuses, he would say it again: "Well, I guess it is a mystery." I would explain it to him once more, until he cannot tell me what he does not understand, and until he cannot come up with more questions. And then he would say it again: "Well, I guess it is a mystery." He is a liar. He understands the doctrine, but he refuses to accept it, and he avoids it by putting on a false piety. If God has revealed a doctrine in plain words, then to call it a "mystery" in the sense of something still hidden, is to defy him to his face. We must condemn the illegitimate appeal to mystery, because it is an attempt to excuse unbelief and rebellion.
In the Bible, "mystery" does not refer to something that is unknowable or incomprehensible. Paul writes that God gives us "wisdom and prudence," and that "he made known to us the mystery of his will" (v. 8). He says the "mystery" is something that has been "made known." So it does not mean something that we cannot know or understand, but something that, even if it was hidden, has now been revealed and explained.73
Therefore, O'Brien calls the mystery an "open secret."74 Markus Barth is more elaborate, and writes:
But the one mystērion of God, even the "secret" of God, is for Paul far from unknowable. It is known by revelation and is to be made known all over the world. Certainly he has the highest respect for the revelation and gospel entrusted to him – but it is respect caused by knowledge rather than by ignorance and incompetence….The "secret" of which he speaks can therefore not be identified with a mystery wholly or partly, always or temporarily, actually or intentionally shrouded in a cloud bank. He does not engage in paradoxical logic or glossolalia. Plain, frank, sober, courageous talk, though tinted with characteristics of the diction of prayer, is the way he speaks of God's secret. In short, when he speaks of one mystērion, then he means a mystery that is revealed; all he has to say is based on the manifestation of the formerly hidden.75
The Bible leaves no room for anti-intellectualism, and offers no excuse for withholding agreement or obedience. The appeal to "mystery" as something unknown or incomprehensible sounds pious to those who are out of touch with the Christian faith, as one pretends to be overwhelmed by the depth and wonder of divine wisdom. However, when this appeal is made in the face of clear revelation, it only betrays the person's laziness and defiance. If God has revealed something, then we should learn it and believe it.
RECONCILIATION
What is this mystery? What is this "secret" that was once hidden, but now has been revealed? Paul would elaborate on this later, but the immediate context gives us some indications.
First, whatever this "mystery" concerning "his will" is about, it is founded on God's sovereignty, and performed by the Son. Paul writes that it is "according to his good pleasure" (v. 9), which "he purposed in Christ" (v. 9), and to be executed at his appointed time (v. 10).
Then, Paul states that the mystery of his will is "to bring all things in heaven and on earth together under one head, even Christ" (v. 10). The word translated "to bring…together" or "summing up" (NASB) designates, in mathematics, the practice of adding up a column of figures and placing the sum at the top, and in rhetoric, the conclusion of a speech or argument. God's "secret" plan is to "sum up" "all things in heaven and on earth" under Christ.
There is a general sense in which God is summing up all things in Christ. Paul first refers to a cosmic unity. This is not restricted to salvation or to believers, but it covers "all things"; however, it does not mean that all things will be peaceably reconciled to God in Christ. Rather, Paul has in mind the same thing that he speaks of in Philippians 2:9-11, that God has exalted Christ to the highest place, so that all will "confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father." Many will do this not out of reverence, but by compulsion under God's judgment. In this sense, when God brings together "all things" under Christ, this includes all the things that will never come to God in peace, such as Satan, the demons, and the reprobates.
In other words, God will put everything in its proper place by defining and showing its relation to Christ. This does not mean that every person will be saved, since not every relationship with Christ is a relationship that saves. As Christ himself said, "He who is not with me is against me" (Matthew 12:30). No one is neutral. Every person is either his friend or his enemy – the Christian is his friend, and the non-Christian is his enemy.
Since God is the one who directs all of history, and since this teaching states the purpose toward which God directs all of history, it is therefore a necessary principle for the true interpretation of history, or historical events, times, and persons. That is, since God directs all of history – every detail of it – with the intent to sum up all things in Christ, this means that the only way to have an accurate view of history is to adopt this principle as the presupposition for the understanding of history. This must apply to all historical events, times, and persons, even to the least significant decisions and occurrences.
It follows that non-Christians cannot be good historians. No matter how knowledgeable they claim to be, unless they presuppose the sovereignty of God and the primacy of Christ, they are incompetent and inaccurate. Since all of history follows God's plan, to exclude Christ in historical investigations is also to destroy the possibility for understanding. To neglect the intent and design of the one who causes history is to guarantee the misinterpretation of history. Christ must be our intellectual starting point, and the principle of interpretation in the study of history.
Then, there is a specific sense in which God is summing up all things in Christ, as he brings together his chosen ones under Christ in salvation. After Paul says that God will "bring all things" together under Christ, he immediately continues:
In him we were also chosen, having been predestined according to the plan of him who works out everything in conformity with the purpose of his will, in order that we, who were the first to hope in Christ, might be for the praise of his glory.
And you also were included in Christ when you heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation. Having believed, you were marked in him with a seal, the promised Holy Spirit… (Ephesians 1:11-13)
He makes a distinction between Jews and non-Jews (or Gentiles).76 However, he does not make the distinction to emphasize the difference between them; rather, he makes the distinction so that he may point out how the two groups have now been united by the foreordination of God, the atonement of Christ, and the work of the Spirit.
This unity in Christ is founded on God's predetermined plan. It was God who decided that he would choose both Jews and non-Jews for salvation. To be more precise, it was God who decided that he would create some as Jews and some as Gentiles those whom he has conceived in his mind and chosen in eternity. The Jews and Gentiles did not create and present themselves to God for his choosing, but God created some of his chosen ones as Jews, and created some of his chosen ones as Gentiles.
To paraphrase, "The mystery of his will is that he will sum up all things under Christ. Specifically, he has predestined some of us Jews to first believe in Christ, but he has predestined some of you Gentiles to also believe in Christ. By causing us to have faith in the same gospel, God has placed you Gentile believers in Christ in the same way that he has placed us Jewish believers in Christ." Paul clearly has this in mind. As he writes later in the letter:
Surely you have heard about the administration of God's grace that was given to me for you, that is, the mystery made known to me by revelation, as I have already written briefly. In reading this, then, you will be able to understand my insight into the mystery of Christ, which was not made known to men in other generations as it has now been revealed by the Spirit to God's holy apostles and prophets. This mystery is that through the gospel the Gentiles are heirs together with Israel, members together of one body, and sharers together in the promise in Christ Jesus. (Ephesians 3:2-6)
Verse 6 explains the "mystery" in plain words: "This mystery is that through the gospel the Gentiles are heirs together with Israel, members together of one body, and sharers together in the promise in Christ Jesus." By a common faith in Jesus Christ, the Gentile Christians are "heirs together," "members together," and "sharers together" with the Jewish Christians. As Paul writes elsewhere, "For there is no difference between Jew and Gentile – the same Lord is Lord of all and richly blesses all who call on him, for, 'Everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved'" (Romans 10:12-13).
In the general sense, the mystery is the unity of the cosmos under Christ (everything is put into its proper place in relation to him), and in the specific sense, the mystery is the unity of the elect under Christ (Jews and Gentiles are one and equal in him). This is so easy to understand that the issue becomes why it is a "mystery" in the first place. The answer corresponds to the nature of what the Bible means by "mystery," that it is something that was hidden, but now revealed. As R. B. Kuiper writes:
…salvation is for gentiles as well as Jews. For us who live in the twentieth century after Christ it is difficult, if not impossible, to grasp the novelty of that truth for the Jews of the first century of the Christian era. It impressed them as being exceedingly radical. So deeply was the fact that God showed His word unto Jacob, His statues and His judgments unto Israel, and that He dealt thus with no other nation (Ps. 147:19f.) ingrained into the very fibre of the Jewish soul, that it rebelled violently against the notion that the middle wall of partition between Jew and gentile had been broken down and that peace was to be preached to them that were afar off as well as to them that were nigh (Eph. 2:14, 17).
The Jews of that day were almost totally blind to what appears to us to be, and really is, the plain and emphatic teaching of the Old Testament: that the national church would one day blossom forth into a universal church. In spite of the fact that the Master had on numerous occasions commanded the disciples to be His witnesses to the utmost parts of the earth, it required a vision and a voice from heaven to convince the apostle Peter of the propriety of preaching the gospel to a Roman…77
Therefore, we might not regard this doctrine as a mystery because it has now been revealed and explained, so that we already know it and assume it.
Nevertheless, the doctrine is still necessary and relevant. Christians often contradict it. For example, it is popular to assume that God regards the Jewish people as especially chosen and superior to the Gentiles. However, this rejects the "mystery" that has now been revealed and explained for so many centuries. It regresses to the unbelief and blindness of those who crucified Jesus Christ.
First, Gentiles are equal heirs in Christ; therefore, Jews are not superior in Christ. Then, the Jews who do not believe the gospel are not in Christ at all, and they are certainly not superior to anybody. Non-Christian Jews are doomed to burn in hell just as much as the most vile and wicked non-Christian Gentiles. "There is no difference" (Romans 3:22, 10:12).
When Jesus told the Jews, "Therefore I tell you that the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and given to a people who will produce its fruit" (Matthew 21:43), he was not making an empty threat. The church now mainly consists of Gentiles, not Jews. The Jews have no special place in the kingdom, but they must enter like everyone else, through faith in Jesus Christ. They are to receive no special treatment and no special respect in the church (Galatians 3:28).78 This is basic to the Christian faith.
CERTIFICATION
According to God's foreordination, he would save the Jewish elect and the Gentile elect in the same way, by giving them faith in the gospel of Jesus Christ. As Paul writes, "The Scripture foresaw that God would justify the Gentiles by faith, and announced the gospel in advance to Abraham: 'All nations will be blessed through you'" (Galatians 3:8). Although the Jews were chronologically "the first to hope in Christ" (Ephesians 1:12), the Gentiles "also were included in Christ" by hearing and believing the gospel (v. 13).
Then, Paul says, "Having believed, you were marked in him with a seal, the promised Holy Spirit" (Ephesians 1:13). In the ancient world, a seal was often applied to a letter, a legal document, a piece of property, or an important shipment in order to protect it, and to serve as a proof of ownership or authenticity. A sealed letter or shipment was meant to be opened only by the designated recipient, and depending on the person whose seal marked the item, to illegally break a seal could result in grave consequences.
When we believed the gospel, God sealed us with his Holy Spirit. By this, he officially declares that he owns and protects us, and that we are not to be tempered with by anyone else. And we have been sealed for a purpose. As Paul writes later in the letter, "And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, with whom you were sealed for the day of redemption" (4:30). The seal of God upon us means that, by his authority and power, he has decreed that we will remain in the state of faith and grace, and that we will reach the completion of our redemption.
Indeed, God has sealed us by the Holy Spirit, who is "a deposit guaranteeing our inheritance" (v. 14). A "deposit" refers to a down payment or first installment provided by the buyer. This is to signify his intention to complete the purchase and to reserve the item so that it becomes unavailable to any other party.
Today it is possible to forfeit the deposit if a person no longer desires the item or if he cannot produce the rest of the money, but at that time, it seems that the "deposit" refers to a partial payment or a pledge guaranteeing that the full payment would follow. In any case, Paul's use of "deposit" indicates much more than a mere gesture of God's intention, because he states that it is a guarantee that God will complete what he has started in us. He repeats the same thought to the Corinthians: "He anointed us, set his seal of ownership on us, and put his Spirit in our hearts as a deposit, guaranteeing what is to come" (2 Corinthians 1:21- 22), and "Now it is God who has made us for this very purpose and has given us the Spirit as a deposit, guaranteeing what is to come" (5:5).
Therefore, Paul teaches that once a person becomes a Christian, it is impossible for him to become a non-Christian again. After God causes a person to have faith in Christ, it is impossible for him to lose the faith (John 10:29). Although Christians often stumble, sometimes even into great sins, it is impossible for them to be truly and finally lost (Luke 22:32). Rather, if a person truly and finally denounces the faith, it means that he has never been a true Christian in the first place, no matter how much he appeared to be one. As John writes, "They went out from us, but they did not really belong to us. For if they had belonged to us, they would have remained with us; but their going showed that none of them belonged to us" (1 John 2:19).
This does not mean that once a person becomes a Christian, then he may constantly and deliberately sin and still remain a Christian. If he is a true Christian, he would not behave this way. And if he behaves this way, he is not a true Christian. Since a Christian is one who has been inwardly changed by God, he will not truly and finally adopt a licentious lifestyle. A Christian who has temporarily stumbled into a sinful way of living might lack assurance of salvation. Although he is still saved, he is not certain of it, and this disturbing condition is often one of the means by which God restores the believer. The Christian receives assurance of salvation by the witness of the Spirit (Romans 8:16), and he maintains and strengthens it through knowledge and holiness (2 Peter 1:10).
Some people call this the doctrine of "eternal security." Then, others call it "the perseverance of the saints." This is not wrong, since Christians indeed persevere in their faith; however, we persevere in faith only because God preserves us by his power. As Paul writes in the same context where he mentions God's seal and deposit, "Now it is God who makes both us and you stand firm in Christ" (2 Corinthians 1:21; also see 1 Peter 1:3-5). Therefore, we should prefer to call it "the preservation of believers" or "the preservation of the saints."
In connection with the "deposit," Paul calls us "God's possession" (v. 14). This seems to be an allusion to how God addresses Israel in the Old Testament. For example, God says in Exodus 19:5-6, "Now if you obey me fully and keep my covenant, then out of all nations you will be my treasured possession. Although the whole earth is mine, you will be for me a kingdom of priests and a holy nation." Peter takes up the same expressions and applies them to the church: "But you are a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a people for God's own possession" (1 Peter 2:9, NASB). And he clearly has Gentile believers in mind: "Once you were not a people, but now you are the people of God; once you had not received mercy, but now you have received mercy" (v. 10; see Romans 9:23-26).
Gentile Christians are just as much "God's people" as the Jews were in the past. In fact, the Jews who did not believe in Jesus Christ of Nazareth through the types and promises about him were never considered God's people. As Paul says, "For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel" (Romans 9:6). If a Jew wishes to become one of God's people, he must believe in Jesus Christ. Just because he is a Jew means nothing: "For I tell you that out of these stones God can raise up children for Abraham" (Luke 3:8). It means nothing to have the blood of Abraham, because only those who follow the faith of Abraham are the descendants of Abraham (Romans 4:16; Galatians 3:7). He was a Christian, for he saw Jesus, and rejoiced (John 8:56).
"The Lord knows those who are his" (2 Timothy 2:19). If God has given us faith in Christ, then we are among his chosen ones; if we are among his chosen ones, then we are his special possession; and if we are his special possession, then he has given us his guarantee that he will jealously protect and preserve us to the day of redemption by his almighty power.
CONCLUSION
Our doctrine is consistent with the purpose of God, that he does all things "to the praise of his glory" (Ephesians 1:14; also v. 6 and 12), only when we ascribe the initiative and the power in every aspect and every stage of our salvation to him alone. God is one "who works out everything in conformity with the purpose of his will" (v. 11), and not one who considers man's permission and opinion. Since there is divine sovereignty, there is no human freedom, or free will – "only an insane person could believe both of these."79
Paul's doxology introduces his letter and contains the main themes of the letter. He makes predestination the foundation of the doxology, and therefore he makes predestination the foundation of the whole letter. God is the one who foreordained all things in eternity, and who executes his decrees in time and in history. The rest of this letter discusses how he has been carrying out his decrees, and our proper response as believers.
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 1 "Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has blessed us with every spiritual blessingin the heavenly places in Christ" (NASB). 2 For the third item, Hendriksen has "certification" instead. (Ephesians, p. 71; see v. 13-14). This is correct, but I have chosen a term that includes additional things, such as faith (v. 13). 3 John Calvin, The Epistles of Paul the Apostle to the Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians; Oliver & Boyd/Eerdmans, 1965; p. 127. 4 Referring to the expression "in Christ," Peter O'Brien writes, "Often its use is instrumental, signifying 'through Christ's agency'" (The Letter to the Ephesians, The Pillar New Testament Commentary; Wm. B, Eerdmans Publishing Co., 1999; p. 97). He then makes several ambiguous statements about how it designates "Christ as the 'sphere' in which the divine decisions are made and put into effect" (98), but he has in mind "The idea of the incorporation of many into a representative head" (98). In other words, "in Christ" refers to Christ as the agent by which God acts, or to Christ as the head of the elect. This understanding of "in Christ" prevents distortions of the doctrine of predestination, and also corrects a number of false teachings based on the expression. As long as it remains ambiguous, people will remain susceptible to strange interpretations. It refers to Christ's agency and representation, and not being "inside" of Christ in a mystical or physical sense. In fact, en in the Greek can be translated "in," "by," or "with," and sometimes "the causal sense of en is more intelligible than the local" (Gordon H. Clark, Ephesians; The Trinity Foundation, 1985; p. 16). So "in Christ" often means nothing other than "by Christ" or "through Christ." 5 See also O'Brien, p. 99. 6 Martin Luther, The Bondage of the Will; translated by J. I. Packer and O. R. Johnston; Fleming H. Revell, 1957; p. 310. I have explained the biblical doctrine of predestination in different places. This time I will cite Luther a number of times in the main text and the footnotes. Most Calvinists and Reformed theologians share some basic Arminian assumptions when it comes to divine sovereignty and predestination, and human responsibility and freedom, so that their theology is a mixture of incompatible beliefs. Then, they claim that these contradictions come from the Bible, so that Christians must embrace them. However, the contradictions do not come from the Bible, but from their disagreements with the Bible. In addition, it is impossible to affirm two contradictory propositions, because to affirm one is to deny the other. To affirm that God is sovereign is to deny that man is free, and to affirm that man is free is to deny that God is sovereign. 7 "There are in existence expositions and discussions of mine in which I have constantly asserted, up to this very hour, that 'free-will' is a nonentity, a thing (I have used that word) consisting of a name alone" (Luther, p. 271). 8 Francis Foulkes, The Letter of Paul to the Ephesians (Tyndale New Testament Commentaries); InterVarsity Press, 1989; p. 55. 9 "But the Scripture sets before us a man who is not only bound, wretched, captive, sick and dead, but who, through the operation of Satan his lord, adds to his other miseries that of blindness, so that he believes himself to be free, happy, possessed of liberty and ability, whole and alive….Hence, the work of Satan is to hold men so that they do not recognise their wretchedness, but presume that they can do everything that is stated" (Luther, p. 162). In other words, man thinks he has free will not because it is self-evident, but because he is deceived by the devil. 10 "For if we believe it to be true that God foreknows and foreordains all things; that He cannot be deceived or obstructed in His foreknowledge and predestination; and that nothing happens but at His will (which reason itself is compelled to grant); then, on reason's own testimony, there can be no 'free-will' in man, or angel, or in any creature" (Luther, p. 317). By "foreknowledge," Luther does not refer to a kind of prescience in which God somehow passively receives information about the future, as if the future brings itself about without his will and power. Rather, consistent with biblical usage, Luther means that God knows the future because he has decided what he will cause in the future, so that his foreknowledge is the same as foreordination: "Do you suppose that He does not will what he foreknows, or that He does not foreknow what He wills?" (Luther, p. 80). 11 Foulkes, p. 55. 12 Luther, p. 236. 13Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary, Tenth Edition. See also Webster's New World College Dictionary, Fourth Edition. 14 "But the Diatribe is so ruinously sunk in, choked with, and stifled by, this notion of its own carnal fancy, that it is pointless to command impossibilities, that it cannot control itself; but whenever it hears an imperative or hypothetical statement it straightway tacks on its own indicative inferences: 'something is commanded, therefore we can do it, else the command is stupid!'" (Luther, p. 237). 15 J. I. Packer, Evangelism and The Sovereignty of God; InterVarsity Press, 1961; p. 22-23. 16 Ibid., p. 19. 17 Ibid., p. 23. 18 The status of an apparent contradiction is the same as an actual contradiction until the apparent contradiction is resolved. If one logically perceives that it is only an apparent contradiction, then he has already resolved it, and there would be no contradiction at all. As long as he still perceives a contradiction, he cannot tell if it is an apparent or an actual contradiction. 19 Luther, p. 159. In other words, God's commands impose responsibility on men, but this does not imply freedom or ability in men. 20 Luther, p. 236. 21 "He is speaking of men, comparing them to clay and God to a potter. The comparison is surely pointless– inappropriate, indeed, and futile – if he does not think that our freedom is nil" (Luther, p. 219). 22 "God is He Whose will no cause or ground may be laid down as its rule and standard; for nothing is on a level with it or above it, but it is itself the rule for all things. If any rule or standard, or cause or ground, existed for it, it could no longer be the will of God. What God wills is not right because He ought, or was bound, so to will; on the contrary, what takes place must be right, because He so wills it. Causes and grounds are laid down for the will of the creature, but not for the will of the Creator – unless you set another Creator over him!" (Luther, p. 209). 23 Arthur G. Patzia, Ephesians, Colossians, Philemon (New International Biblical Commentary); Hendrickson Publishers, 1990; p. 152. 24 William MacDonald, Believer's Bible Commentary; Thomas Nelson Publishers, 1995; p. 1908. 25 R. C. Sproul, Chosen by God; Tyndale House Publishers, 1986; p. 142-143. 26 Ibid., p. 142. 27 As with election, "unconditional" means that the reason of reprobation is in God, and not in what he sees in the individuals. This is another way of saying that the reprobates do not design themselves in eternity and then create themselves in history. 28 Luther, p. 204. 29 Sproul, p. 144. 30 Luther, p. 207. 31 "Those who are moderately versed in the Scriptures see that for the sake of brevity I have put forward only a few of many testimonies. Yet from these it is more than evident that they babble and talk absurdly who, in place of God's providence, substitute bare permission – as if God sat in a watching tower awaiting chance events, and his judgments thus depended upon human will.... And surely unless he worked inwardlyin men's minds, it would not rightly have been said that he removes speech from the truthful, and prudence from the old men (Ezek. 7:26); that he takes away the heart of the princes of the earth so they may wander in trackless wastes (Job 12:24)" (John Calvin, Institutes of the Christian Religion; The Westminster Press; p. 231). 32 Ibid., p. 213. 33 Ibid., p. 228-229. 34 Ibid., p. 259. 35 Ibid., p. 267. 36 Ibid., p. 314. 37 This is how we must understand passive language like, "Therefore God gave them over in the sinful desires of their hearts" (Romans 1:24). The passive expression is true, but only relative to something that God has actively done. When we are not speaking relatively, but absolutely, so that we must consider how something is "already there," we must speak of God's action as active rather than passive. 38 Calvin, Institutes; p. 946-947. 39 Ibid., p. 956. 40 G. H. Kersten, Reformed Dogmatics; Netherlands Reformed Book and Publishing Committee, 1980; p. 137-138. Just as collective election is false, Kersten also rejects collective reprobation. 41 Many other passages affirm active reprobation. For example, consider 1 Peter 2:8. Wayne Grudem writes, "This verse does not simply say that God destined the fact that those who disobey would stumble, but speaks rather of God destining certain people to disobey and stumble" (Systematic Theology; Zondervan Publishing House, 1994; p. 685). 42 As mentioned earlier, God's sovereignty over groups presupposes his sovereignty over individuals. Just as collective election (as an attempt to deny individual election) is nonsense, collective reprobation (as an attempt to deny individual reprobation) is nonsense. 43 Grudem, Systematic Theology; p. 686. 44 Kersten, p. 138. 45 Sproul, p. 144. 46 Kersten, p. 125. 47 See Vincent Cheung, The Author of Sin. 48 Herman Hoeksema, Reformed Dogmatics, Vol. 1; Reformed Free Publishing Association, 2004; p. 226- 227. 49 Calvin, Institutes; p. 909. 50 James writes, "When tempted, no one should say, 'God is tempting me.' For God cannot be tempted by evil, nor does he tempt anyone; but each one is tempted when, by his own evil desire, he is dragged away and enticed" (James 1:13-14). This is sometimes used to deny that God is the author of sin. However, James says only that God is not tempted by evil and that God does not tempt anyone. Both points are irrelevant, since our claim is that God is the author of sin in the metaphysical or ontological sense. He is not the one who tempts, but the one who causes men, their lusts, and the devil to tempt. He is not the one who surrenders to temptation, but the one who causes people to surrender to temptation. Rather, as Isaiah says, "I form the light, and create darkness: I make peace, and create evil: I the LORD do all these things" (Isaiah 45:7, KJV). Of course, many people insist that "evil" means "calamity" in this verse – as if this makes things better! "Calamity" certainly includes wars, murders, rapes, robberies, corruptions, political upheavals, and so on. 51 Luther, p. 80. 52 Ibid., p. 86. 53 Ibid., p. 90. 54 The verse says, "How beautiful on the mountains are the feet of those who bring good news, who proclaim peace, who bring good tidings, who proclaim salvation, who say to Zion, 'Your God reigns!'" 55 The apostles preached on divine sovereignty and predestination in their "evangelistic" sermons (Acts 2:23, 17:26), and they also taught it in the church (Acts 4:28). There was no controversy among them – they affirmed God's sovereignty over everything, including sin and salvation. 56 Luther, p. 90. 57 Ibid., p. 319. 58 Barclay, p. 81. 59 Hendriksen, p. 69. 60 Ibid., p. 82. 61 Barclay, p. 81. 62 See also Acts 20:28; 1 Corinthians 6:19-20; 1 Peter 1:18-19; Revelation 5:9. 63 Luther, p. 155. 64 See Vincent Cheung, Systematic Theology. 65 God did not disregard or contradict his own justice, but he satisfied it by the atonement of Christ. 66 To address one point of confusion, the words refer to qualities that God gives, and not qualities that God exercises. The context lends itself to this understanding, and the parallel verse in Colossians 1:9 is clear that Paul refers to something that God gives us: "…asking God to fill you with the knowledge of his will through all spiritual wisdom and understanding." 67 Barclay, p. 83. 68 Max Turner, "Ephesians," in New Bible Commentary: 21st Century Edition; InterVarsity Press, 1994; p. 1226. 69 Kenneth S. Wuest, Ephesians and Colossians; Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1953; p. 42. 70 R. C. H. Lenski, The Interpretation of St. Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, to the Ephesians, and to the Philippians; Hendrickson Publishers, 2001; p. 368. 71 Foulkes, p. 59. 72 Scholars perpetuate the myth that "wisdom" in the Bible is mainly practical and ethical, but our passage and many others show that biblical wisdom is both philosophical and practical, and that these are one in Christ. The scholars take their position because of their false piety and anti-intellectual assumptions. 73 In another context, Luther writes, "Does not Paul acknowledge it to be wisdom hidden in a mystery, foretold indeed by the prophets but revealed only by the gospel, so that it was from eternity secret and unknown to the world (cf. 1 Cor. 2:7)?" (Luther, p. 306). A "mystery" refers to something foretold by the prophets, and explained by the gospel. See also Romans 16:25-26; 1 Corinthians 2:7-10; Ephesians 3:2-6, 6:19; Colossians 1:25-27, 2:2-3, 4:3. 74 O'Brien, p. 109. 75 Markus Barth, Ephesians 1-3 (The Anchor Bible, Vol. 34); Doubleday, 1974; p. 126. 76 See also Ephesians 2:11-13, 3:1-6, and 4:17. 77 R. B. Kuiper, For Whom Did Christ Die?; Wipf and Stock Publishers; p. 31. Thus a "mystery" is not always even completely hidden, since what is now fully explained has been "the plain and emphatic teaching of the Old Testament." God stated his intention to save the Gentiles long ago, even in his promise to Abraham (Genesis 12:3), and he said it over and over again by the prophets. 78 Of course, they should not receive worse treatment and less respect than others, but they should never be considered superior just because they are Jews. Romans 3:1-2 mentions an advantage that the Jews had in the past, because they had the Scripture. However, they no longer possess this advantage. First, the Jews have rejected the Old Testament, which told them to believe in Christ (John 5:46-47). Second, Gentile Christians also have the Old Testament, so that the Jews do not have an advantage over them. Third, Gentile Christians believe in Christ, so that they understand and believe the Old Testament more than the Jews. Fourth, Gentile Christians have the New Testament, so that they have the complete Scripture, more than the Jews. If a Jew were to repent and believe in Jesus Christ, then he would become equal to a Gentile Christian, but he would not be superior. Race is irrelevant. As Paul continues to say, "What shall we conclude then? Are we any better? Not at all! We have already made the charge that Jews and Gentiles alike are all under sin" (Romans 3:9). 79 Gordon H. Clark, Today's Evangelism; The Trinity Foundation, 1990; p. 58.
3. REGENERATION
EPHESIANS 1:15-23
For this reason, ever since I heard about your faith in the Lord Jesus and your love for all the saints, I have not stopped giving thanks for you, remembering you in my prayers. I keep asking that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the glorious Father, may give you the Spirit of wisdom and revelation, so that you may know him better.
I pray also that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened in order that you may know the hope to which he has called you, the riches of his glorious inheritance in the saints, and his incomparably great power for us who believe.
That power is like the working of his mighty strength, which he exerted in Christ when he raised him from the dead and seated him at his right hand in the heavenly realms, far above all rule and authority, power and dominion, and every title that can be given, not only in the present age but also in the one to come.
And God placed all things under his feet and appointed him to be head over everything for the church, which is his body, the fullness of him who fills everything in every way.
From the doxology of 1:3-14, Paul turns to thanksgiving and prayer in verse 15.1 Then, as Patzia notes, "It is possible to regard 1:20-3:13 as a long doctrinal parenthesis in which the apostle develops his ideas on the unity of Jew and Gentile in the church (2:11, 12) and expounds upon his personal role as a messenger of the gospel (3:1-13)."2 He takes up the prayer again in 3:14-19, as if to continue what he started in 1:15. After 1:3-14, the next major section appears to be 1:15-2:10, and so this will be the focus of this chapter of the commentary.
Many people complain that the biblical doctrine of divine sovereignty turns prayer into a meaningless exercise. They claim that if God predetermines all things, then there is no reason to pray. However, this objection arises from false assumptions about prayer, and the false assumptions result in a concept of prayer that contradicts various biblical doctrines.
The objection is blasphemous. Since they think that divine sovereignty makes prayer meaningless, and since they insist on keeping prayer meaningful, they must reject the biblical doctrine of divine sovereignty. This kind of thinking cannot stop here, but it must continue to strike at the nature of God. As Jesus says, "Your Father knows what you need before you ask him" (Matthew 6:8). If prayer is pointless because God foreordains all things, then prayer should also be pointless because God knows all things. He already knows what they wish to tell him.
The objection obligates them to reject multiple divine attributes, not only the one that they despise. They must reject God himself. In other words, they claim that God – his very existence – makes prayer meaningless, and they must reject God so that prayer would not become meaningless. However, if anything truly makes prayer meaningless, it is the rejection of God. Thus the objection condemns itself by its blasphemy, and then consumes itself by its irony.
If their concept of prayer involves dictating the plan of God or informing the mind of God, then it is not Christian prayer, because it contradicts what God has revealed about himself. The Bible does not teach that prayer makes God do something that he does not already want to do, or tells him something that he does not already know. Rather, prayer is one of the means by which God performs what he has already decided to do, and to provide what he already knows that we need. This accords with both divine sovereignty and divine omniscience.
God is sovereign, and he foreordains and causes even our prayers to him. For one to think that prayer becomes meaningless if God predetermines all things, he must either assume that God does not in fact predetermine all things, or that he cannot cause our prayers and then use them as the occasions to perform what he has predetermined. The first fails to represent divine sovereignty, so that it fails to attack divine sovereignty in relation to prayer. The second is arrogant and blasphemous, as if we could tell God how he should perform his decrees.
Paul does not think that God's sovereignty and predestination make prayer meaningless. In fact, he prays on the basis of what he has just said about God's sovereignty and predestination. Our confidence in prayer is founded on the fact that God controls all circumstances. Our faith in praying for the conversion and progress of people is founded on the fact that God controls all people, including their thoughts, desires, and motives. Prayer is meaningful precisely because of God's sovereignty, and not apart from it or in spite of it.3
Paul's prayer follows from what he has stated in 1:3-14, and especially verses 13 and 14. He gives thanks because God is sovereign, because God has predestined believers for salvation, because God has chosen to sum up all things in Christ, because God has decided to save and unite Jews and Gentiles in Christ, and because God is carrying out this decree in the lives of his readers.
Hearing about their "faith," Paul says that he gives thanks "for" them, not "to" them. This is because faith is not initiated and controlled by the people themselves, but it is a gift from God. As D. A. Carson notes, "If we hear of substantial numbers of people in another city or country who have been genuinely transformed by the gospel, we would not think of going to them to thank them for becoming Christians. Instead, we thank God for so working in them that they have become Christians. That is what Paul is doing."4
If faith comes from men's "free will," then it would not be outrageous to attribute some of the thanksgiving and praise to them. Thus the false doctrine of free will is inextricably blasphemous. Rather than thanking the converts for becoming Christians, or praising them for their good sense in accepting the gospel, we must thank God alone for causing them to become Christians, and praise him alone for his wisdom and kindness in rescuing the people from sin and death by his sovereign grace and power.
Paul directs his prayer to "the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the glorious Father." Religions are different from one another. The Christian faith is the only true religion from the only true God. All other religions, philosophies, and worldviews lead to hell. Thus Paul does not pray to Allah or Buddha, or any other god, but he is praying to one who is different from, greater than, and hostile to Allan and Buddha, and all other gods. His idea of God is definite and exclusive. He does not pray to a generic deity, and there is no such thing as a generic deity. Rather, he prays to him who has a specific relationship with Jesus Christ, and who has a specific relationship with believers through Jesus Christ.
Although Paul is thankful to God for their conversion and for the spiritual stability they enjoy, he prays that God would grant them greater progress. This is because his aim has never been conversion alone, but it is to "present everyone perfect in Christ" (Colossians 1:28), so that conversion is only the beginning of what should happen in the people. Therefore, the apostle and the converts could not become complacent, but they must strive toward perfection by the power of God, by the ability that God gives them.
For this reason, Paul prays that God would give them "the Spirit of wisdom and revelation." The word translated "spirit" in itself can refer to the Holy Spirit, the human spirit, or a quality or condition of the mind. The meaning is not always immediately obvious, and so one must take into account the context.
Some commentators observe that when "spirit" is preceded by the definite article ("the"), the expression often refers to the Spirit of God, and so would be rendered "the Spirit." In this case, the definite article is absent, but this does not automatically mean that Paul is referring to the human spirit. The other possibility is that it refers to an endowment or manifestation of the Spirit of God.
The context points to the last interpretation. Paul is asking God to give the readers this "spirit," when we know from verse 13 that they have already received the Holy Spirit, and because they are human beings, each of them already have a human spirit. Moreover, his request for "the Spirit of wisdom and revelation" parallels what immediately follows, that is, his request that "the eyes of your heart may be enlightened."
Therefore, because they have already received the Holy Spirit, Paul's prayer is not that God would grant them the Holy Spirit, and because they are already human beings, his prayer is not that God would grant each of them a human spirit. Rather, Paul is asking God to grant them the intellectual quality of "wisdom and revelation," or as he puts it in his letter to the Colossians, he is asking God to give them "spiritual wisdom and understanding" (Colossians 1:9). So some translations say, "a spirit of wisdom and revelation." Of course, this wisdom is the result of the Holy Spirit's work in the human mind. Therefore, Wuest concludes:
The word pneuma has among its various uses the meaning, "a disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of anyone." What Paul is praying for is that God might so work in the lives of the Ephesian saints that they will have the spiritual wisdom and a revelation from Him that is the result of the Holy Spirit's work of energizing their human spirit. That spiritual disposition should characterize these saints.5
The foundation of this request must be God's sovereignty over all things. Praying for wisdom presupposes God's control over the mind of man and his direct contact with it. It is blasphemy to say that God does not have control over all things, and it is unbiblical and inconsistent to say that God has control over all things, but that the human mind somehow has free will to control itself. Scripture testifies that God enlightens some and confounds others according to his will and pleasure.6 His sovereignty extends to the mind of man. Nothing escapes his control.
Paul's priority is intellectual, and his prayer reflects this. A Christian operates by an intellectual understanding of revelation from God. He strives to learn the biblical doctrines, and then he obeys them and lives by them. He lives and grows by knowledge, by knowledge about the things of God. When Paul prays that his readers would receive spiritual wisdom, that they would receive an intellectual acuity about spiritual things, he is in effect praying that God would open to them the way to sustained spiritual blessing and progress.
Spiritual wisdom is something that Paul asks God to give his readers, implying that it is not something we can attain solely by human effort. Although God employs human ministers to teach and to convince, only God himself can make this work effective (1 Corinthians 3:6). He sends human agents to approach and confront those who are spiritually blind, but the words become effective only when he directly works in the minds of the hearers, causing spiritual light to break forth from within (2 Corinthians 4:4-6).
Even after conversion, spiritual progress can come only from the work of God within the mind of man. God sends men to speak from the outside, but this provides only the occasion upon which God might choose to illuminate from the inside. Therefore, just as we cannot boast about our conversion, except for what Christ has done in us, we cannot boast about our progress in sanctification, except for what Christ continues to do in us. Although we are speaking of biblical soteriology (Matthew 16:16-17), this point is an explicit biblical teaching in itself, and a necessary implication and application of biblical epistemology.7
Paul's request for "a spirit of wisdom and revelation" parallels his request that God would enlighten "the eyes of your heart." There are those who construe this to mean that we should expect revelations of new doctrines and extra-biblical information. Then, based on the language of this passage, some people suggest that it is insufficient for us to grasp the word of God only in our minds, but our knowledge must move "from our heads to our hearts," and that we must not believe the word of God "only in our heads, but also in our hearts."
However, although it is true that God continues to speak to people even after he has completed the Bible, the passage is referring to something else, and there is nothing here to justify the "head-heart" distinction.
When we examine verses 17 and 18 in context, what comes before and what comes after these verses tell us precisely what Paul wants his readers to understand. The prayer is merely an acknowledgment that although human ministers can teach about spiritual things, God must directly work within to cause comprehension and agreement. It does not refer to extra-biblical revelation.
As for the teaching about the "head" and the "heart," this is an unbiblical distinction, and it is unbiblical to suggest that man thinks with his "head" in the first place. The teaching assumes a heretical view of man's construction and operation. If man really thinks with his "head," as in his physical head or brain, then no thinking can remain after the body dies, but this would contradict biblical teaching on man's continual consciousness after death. Rather, man thinks with his incorporeal mind. This might or might not produce corresponding effects in the brain, but the man does not think with his brain, and he can continue to think even after the brain dies and the spirit leaves the body.
It is often asserted that the "heart" refers to the "whole personality," and that this must include "the mind, the will, and the emotions." However, the Bible does not divide the "heart" into these parts, but it seems that they were derived from non-Christian psychology. The idea is absurd in itself – it implies that the will and the emotions are somehow different or separate from the mind, that they are non-mind or non-mental. This is obviously false. Our decisions and emotions are mental – there is no such thing as a non-mental decision or a non-mental emotion. The mind thinks, makes decisions, and exhibits emotions. Now if the "heart" is the "whole personality," and this refers to all of the mind's operations in its thoughts, decisions, and emotions, then this means that the mind is the heart. The whole mind of man is the "whole personality" of man, or the heart of man.
Therefore, "the eyes of your heart" is just another way to say "the understanding of your mind." Paul is emphasizing a person's "thinking."8 He is praying for his readers to receive an intellectual understanding about spiritual things, especially the doctrines that he mentions in this letter. As Psalm 119:18 states, "Open my eyes that I may see wonderful things in your law."
This point has tremendous implications for Christian life and development. As long as Christians think that spiritual wisdom entails something "beyond" the intellectual understanding of spiritual things, they will keep trying to grasp biblical truths with this non-mental part of the person. The problem is that there is no such non-mental part in man, so that they will always be striving to accomplish something that cannot be done, with a part of the person that does not exist. We should not chase after mystical fantasies but embrace the simplicity of the biblical model, that the mind is the foundation for spiritual progress, which consists of learning and obeying what God has revealed.
Another implication of Paul's prayer is that spiritual enlightenment comes from God, who is a personal intelligence, and by using the means that this God has ordained. It does not come from harnessing one's own abilities, or manipulating impersonal forces or demonic powers. In fact, Scripture contradicts the idea that we possess inherent abilities to attain spiritual enlightenment, and of course, to cooperate with impersonal forces or demonic powers can only lead to disaster.
The biblical way to spiritual growth opposes mystical, occult, and deistic tendencies. Although God has ordained various means for us to make spiritual progress, and although they are founded on an intellectual understanding of what he has revealed, God's direct action remains necessary to render them effective. Thus rejecting anti-intellectualism and mysticism does not result in deism; rather, biblical intellectualism depends on God's immanence – his power constantly at work in our lives and our minds. Therefore, while we take advantage of the means that God has provided for our spiritual progress, we continue to petition him for spiritual enlightenment.
Biblical intellectualism stands against the occult and counterfeit spiritual teachings. It opposes the kind of "meditation" in which one empties his mind, repeats a mantra, or focuses on the self or the world. Biblical meditation is not passive non-thinking, but it is deliberate and rigorous theological thinking, disciplining the mind to focus on God's word. The purpose is not to deify the self or to become God, but to humble the self and to honor God. Non-Christian attempts at spiritual enlightenment are not only absurd and useless, but they are destructive.
One young man tried to improve his intellect and attain spiritual power through a studious lifestyle of occult study and meditation. Instead of gaining what he desired, this so crippled his mind that sometimes he had difficulty performing even basic mental functions. Then, God sovereignly and suddenly converted him, and inwardly moved him to read through the New Testament from Matthew to Revelation. Although he could not appreciate all that he read, by the time he reached the end of Revelation, his mind was cured, and even made better than before.
The process was not mystical or spectacular, and appeared rather intellectual and ordinary, but it was by this seemingly mundane practice that true spiritual power was finally unleashed in his life. The God-ordained means of reading the Bible provided the occasion for divine power to work within, resulting in a great deliverance and true spiritual enlightenment. The damage that had accumulated over many years was reversed in a matter of days by just "reading a book." This is the power and wisdom of God.
Christians often blaspheme God in their unbelief and hardness of heart by claiming that his power has ceased in its miraculous operations. These are already defeated, and enslaved by the devil. Then, there are those who exchange true spiritual power with counterfeit spiritual power. Rather than wielding intellectual weapons inspired and energized by "divine power to demolish strongholds" (2 Corinthians 10:4), they have embraced mystical practices inspired and energized by their own flesh. The strongholds that we must demolish consist of intellectual "arguments" (v. 5). Many people misunderstand the nature of this conflict, that we are to "take captive every thought," and so they spend their time screaming prayers and rebukes at demons in the sky.9
We ought to examine our priorities in prayer and in life. What do we ask for in prayer? What do we emphasize in life? Where do we invest our money? How do we spend our time? When it comes to spiritual progress, how do we pray? Paul prays for spiritual wisdom and understanding, and he expects the answer to come in conjunction with the means that God has ordained, that is, through the doctrines of Scripture. He is unlike those who pray to God for spiritual enlightenment, but think that it will come apart from the intellectual means that God has ordained. Therefore, we do not just pray "open my eyes," but we pray, "Open my eyes that I may see wonderful things in your law" (Psalm 119:18).
Paul's priority is intellectual, and under this general concern, there are specific doctrines that he wishes his readers to understand. Just as God grants us not only intellectual potential (v. 8) but also gives us definite information about "the mystery of his will" (v. 9), Paul prays that they will receive not only intellectual potential (v. 17) but also knowledge about specific doctrines. He prays that his readers will "know him better," that they will know "the hope which he has called you," "the riches of his glorious inheritance in the saints," and "his incomparably great power for us who believe." In short, he prays that they will know "His calling," "His inheritance," and "His power" (NASB).
It is popular to make a sharp distinction between "knowing God" and "knowing about God." However, this is misleading and destructive, because it is impossible to assert, "I know God very well, but I know nothing about him." The statement is nonsense. To know someone at all is to know something about the person, and to know someone better necessarily means gaining knowledge about him.
In our passage, to "know him better" appears to be a general request that Paul makes more specific by what immediately follows. As Patzia explains, "The following verses reveal the spiritual direction of this request and how it is illustrated and developed. To know God is to 'be enlightened' (1:18a); enlightenment leads to an understanding of the hope of God's call (1:18b), God's blessing (inheritance, 1:18c), and God's power (1:19), as demonstrated in Christ's resurrection (1:20) and exaltation (1:21-23)."10
Many people claim that they want to "know God," but they are unwilling to use the means that God has ordained to discover him, because many of them are in fact seeking feelings and experiences instead of knowledge. It is possible that they have no interest in God at all. If one truly wants to know God, then he should take up a systematic theology or a biblical commentary, and read it with prayer.
Knowing God better entails understanding "the hope to which he has called you," or "the hope of His calling" (NASB). Since Christians have been called by God, Paul refers to the "hope of your calling" later in the letter (4:4). Here the apostle seems to continue his emphasis that salvation is wholly initiated and effected by God, and so he speaks of "His calling." Although the Christians are the ones called by God, Paul stresses that it is God who has called the Christians.
The Christian "hope" is not subjective. It is not a feeling or opinion about God's plan or the Christian's destiny. Rather, it is an objective reality and expectation founded on God's promises. Since the Gentiles were "separate from Christ," they were "without hope and without God in the world" (2:12). Non-Christians are in the same condition as these Gentiles were before their conversion – they are hopeless and godless people, living meaningless and worthless lives. When they die, they are thrown into a lake of fire to suffer endless torture.
God has sovereignly rescued these Gentile readers from their futile existence, and has given them hope in Jesus Christ. Paul prays that they would understand what has happened to them, and that they would learn the content of the hope to which God has called them. The content of this hope includes all that the apostle has mentioned, and also what he continues to discuss in the rest of the letter.
Paul prays that his readers will also know "the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints" (NASB). He has mentioned "our inheritance" in verse 14. It seems to parallel Colossians 1:12, which says that "the Father…has qualified you to share in the inheritance of the saints in the kingdom of light." So it is certain that Christians possess an inheritance from God.
Nevertheless, some commentators insist that Paul has in mind God's inheritance. Both the broad context of biblical motifs and expressions and the narrow context of this letter permit this understanding. It is appropriate to think of God's people as his possession or inheritance (v. 14b). Scripture teaches both ideas, that Christians have an inheritance from God and that Christians are the inheritance of God. Paul might have the latter in mind in verse 18, and if so, he prays it "dawns on them that God intends to make them with all the saints a wonderful inheritance for himself."11
After Paul prays that the Christians would know the hope of God's calling and the glory of God's inheritance, he prays that they would also know "the surpassing greatness of His power" (NASB). It is this power that undergirds the calling and secures the inheritance. The word translated "surpassing" ("incomparably" in NIV) is hyperballon, and "it suggests that the conception it is attached to is thrown over into another sphere altogether."12 When it is followed by megethos ("greatness"), the combination "brings out in a most emphatic way the greatness of the power towards those who believe."13 It denotes an overwhelming superabundance of power.
Then, he presses the point by stacking one synonym on top of another, and writes, "That power [dynamis] is like the working [energia] of his mighty [kratos] strength [ischys]" (v. 19). Although the Greek is "highly poetic,"14 so that a crude English paraphrase cannot do it justice, he is essentially praying that the Christians might know something about the powerful force of the powerful power of God! He adds emphasis on top of emphasis in an attempt to describe the magnitude of God's power.
Paul is referring to not only God's potential power, but his demonstrated power. He is speaking of not just the power that God could exercise, but the power that God has exercised. He writes, "That power is like the working of his mighty strength, which he exerted in Christ" (v. 20). What did God do with this power? How did he demonstrate it? Paul explains that it was exerted in Christ when God "raised him from the dead and seated him at his right hand." It was demonstrated in the resurrection and exaltation of Jesus Christ.
The resurrection of Jesus Christ guarantees the resurrection of all those who trust in him (1 Corinthians 6:14, 15:23). This fact is properly understood when considered in connection with his exaltation to God's right hand, that is, to the highest place of authority. God has placed him "far above all rule and authority, power and dominion, and every title that can be given, not only in the present age but also in the one to come" (v. 21). He fulfills the prophecy of Psalm 110.
Some commentators observe that Paul's readers reside in a region where idolatry, the occult, and various superstitions run rampant (Acts 19:17-19, 24-28), and he probably intends to show that "none of the powers they were prone to fear could compare with Jesus."15 Our struggle is "against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms" (6:12). Christ has been exalted above all of them, and God has equipped us to stand our ground (6:13-17).16
Paul declares that, without exception, Jesus Christ is over "all rule and authority, power and dominion, and every title that can be given, not only in the present age but also in the age to come." Regardless of who, what, or when these entities are, "God placed all things under his feet and appointed him to be head over everything" (v. 22). Jesus Christ sits on the right hand of God and rules all things together with God. There is nothing above him or equal to him. His authority secures our protection and victory, because it is "for the church" (v. 22) that God has exalted him, so that his supreme authority directly benefits and empowers those who believe in him.
Some people might think that this revelation of God's power and Christ's exaltation is less relevant today. In this scientific era, surely there is no room for serious consideration of "the powers of this dark world" and "the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms"! This is not so. It has been demonstrated that science itself is irrational17 and superstitious.18 Moreover, our struggle is still against "the ruler of the kingdom of the air, the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient" (2:2).
Much of the world's population is blatantly idolatrous and superstitious. Most of the rest (including the scientific community) is not essentially better, but only more sophisticated in their idolatries and more "scientific" in their superstitions. Divination is as popular as ever among westerners, and they have added eastern religions and superstitions to their repertoire. Even those who claim to be Christians sometimes affirm that their lives are governed by planetary movements and other natural forces, when Scripture condemns this belief. Some of them even think that if they will rearrange their furniture according to the Feng Shui manual, then wealth and fortune will come their way.
Scientists might deride parapsychology and paranormal research as pseudo-sciences, but they cannot establish their own disciplines of natural sciences on rational grounds. The scientific method cannot even prove empiricism, that when a scientist thinks that he sees something, he really sees what he thinks he sees, and what he sees is really what is real and true. This point alone removes all rational justification from science, even before we get to discuss the logical flaws of scientific reasoning. Since science cannot even tell me if my pencil drops to the floor when I let go of it, or why it drops, it can never refute Feng Shui, because it is just as arbitrary and superstitious.
In contrast, the biblical doctrines of the sovereignty of God, the predestination of men, and the exaltation of Christ constitute the definitive answer to all idolatries and superstitions. Because God is sovereign over all things, because he has predestined all men (either for salvation or for damnation), and because he has exalted Christ over all powers, we stand upon a rational and infallible foundation when we deride idolatries and superstitions, condemn all non-Christian religions and philosophies, and refute the ridiculous theories of science.
The missionary preaching in the jungle has no reason to fear the witch doctors, and the believer living in the city has no reason to fear that his window is facing the wrong direction. Likewise, the student studying at the university has no reason to think that his professor's irrational and superstitious method can learn any truth, let alone refute his faith.19 The convert from a culture that is prone to ancestor worship is now free from the blasphemous practice, and obligated to condemn it. Whether we are speaking of ancient idolatries or modern superstitions, pantheistic mysticism or atheistic science, they are all nonsense. Therefore, "See to it that no one takes you captive through hollow and deceptive philosophy, which depends on human tradition and the basic principles of this world rather than on Christ" (Colossians 2:8).
In fact, the biblical worldview answers not only "adult" superstitions, but it also provides a direct answer to children's fear of ghosts and monsters. Non-Christians might tell their children that there are no ghosts and monsters, but how do they know this? On the basis of science or empiricism, it is impossible to comfort a child who thinks that he has seen a monster. The parent can say nothing unless he suspends his empiricism. Perhaps he should not tell his son, "Believe only what you can see and feel," and instead tell him, "Believe only what I tell you I can see and feel"! However, this would no longer be scientific or empirical, but it would be the kind of dogmaticism that he raises his child to despise, and now he sets up himself as the God who knows all that exists and all that does not exist. The child would have to be as gullible as the parent is stupid and arrogant to put up with this.
On the other hand, Christian parents can tell their children that even if there are ghosts and monsters, Jesus Christ is above all of them, and he will protect and vindicate those who trust in him. Of course, we should teach our children about angels, demons, and the supernatural, and dispel false ideas about them, but even before we do that, the sovereignty of God and the exaltation of Christ provide us with a broad and direct answer to all things concerning the spiritual "powers."
Thus there is no need to act like academics when we deal with theological knowledge and act like mystics when we deal with spiritual power. In effect, Paul is praying that his readers might become better theologians, not greater mystics. But much worse than the mystics are those who disguise their unbelief with the claim that God's power has ceased in its miraculous operations so that we would not have to deal with it at all. A theology that is biblical is also a theology that is powerful. It is a theology that is accompanied by signs, wonders, and healing miracles. For the church to lay hold of God's power for this generation, it needs to understand the sovereignty of God, the predestination of men, and the exaltation of Christ. Faith in these doctrines will inevitably lead to a demonstration of power.
Paul writes that God made Christ the head over everything "for the church," and that the church "is his body" (v. 23). The metaphor is rich with meaning and encouragement; however, some people have turned it upside down to reach an application that is the opposite of Paul's intent. For example, William Barclay writes, "To say that the Church is the Body means that Jesus is counting on us."20 Really? Why? The letter has been telling us that we are the ones counting on him.
The metaphor is intended to illustrate our dependence on Christ and our unity in him, but it has been distorted to portray Christ as helpless and impotent, as one who would be paralyzed without the church. He desperately hopes that we would follow his directions, or as some people teach, that we would "grant him permission" to act on the earth through our prayers and actions. This is blasphemy, and it is the opposite of what the Bible teaches and what Paul writes in this letter.
Metaphors have specific applications, so that they can become misleading when taken out of context. In this case, the metaphor is so clear that it is difficult to misinterpret. Paul writes that God has determined to sum up all things in Christ, and to unite the Jewish elect and the Gentile elect "in Christ." Thus the most natural thing is to say that this "body" of believers are now united under one "head," which is Christ.
When it comes to the physical body, one finger has no direct and inherent relationship with another, and the elbow has no direct and inherent relationship with the knee, but all of these are united by one "head." Likewise, people from various cultures and backgrounds may seem to have little in common, and at first may even be hostile to one another, but they have become one in Christ. This must be at least part of what Paul means, since he writes later in this letter:
For he himself is our peace, who has made the two one and has destroyed the barrier, the dividing wall of hostility, by abolishing in his flesh the law with its commandments and regulations. His purpose was to create in himself one new man out of the two, thus making peace, and in this one body to reconcile both of them to God through the cross, by which he put to death their hostility. (Ephesians 2:14-16)21
He intends to convey even more by the metaphor. When he refers to it later, he applies it to the relationship between a husband and a wife. He writes, "Wives, submit to your husbands as to the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife as Christ is the head of the church, his body, of which he is the Savior. Now as the church submits to Christ, so also wives should submit to their husbands in everything" (5:22-24).
When he says that the husband is the head of the wife, he does not mean that the husband is "counting on" the wife, and he does not mean that the wife must "grant him permission" before the husband can do anything. He means the opposite. He explicitly states that, by the "head-body" metaphor, he means that "wives should submit to their husbands in everything." So this is also what he means when he says that the church is Christ's body – it is not that Christ is "counting on" us, but that he is ruling over us. For the church to be Christ's body means that "the church submits to Christ."22
As his body, the church indeed functions as an expression of Christ (v. 23b), but we must not suggest that he is helpless without us. Christ himself teaches, "I am the vine; you are the branches. If a man remains in me and I in him, he will bear much fruit; apart from me you can do nothing" (John 15:5). In contrast, false teachers distort the Bible to claim that "without us, he can do nothing."
The final portion of verse 23 presents several difficulties, but O'Brien's summary is appropriate enough:
By speaking of the church as Christ's "body" and "fulness," he emphatically underlines its significance within God's purposes. Its glorious place in the divine plan, however, provides no grounds for boasting, arrogance, or the display of a "superior air," for the church is wholly dependent on Christ. In itself, it is nothing. Its privileged position comes from its relationship to the One who as head graciously fills it with his presence.
God's predetermined plan to save his people is not based on wishful thinking, because his superabundant power causes it to happen and brings it to completion. Our faith becomes steadfast and immovable when we have an intellectual grasp of the surpassing greatness of this power that he exercised for our benefit (1 Corinthians 15:58, NASB). And our attack against unbelief and heresies will become effective when we boldly preach about the greatness of this power that he unleashed in redemption (Matthew 22:29).
God is zealous to exercise his power to bless his people and to subdue hostile forces. There is no reason for Christians to cower in the face of opposition. The church will succeed in its mission, because Christ is already on the throne. "Only do not rebel against the LORD. And do not be afraid of the people of the land, because we will swallow them up. Their protection is gone, but the LORD is with us. Do not be afraid of them" (Numbers 14:9).
EPHESIANS 2:1-10
As for you, you were dead in your transgressions and sins, in which you used to live when you followed the ways of this world and of the ruler of the kingdom of the air, the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient. All of us also lived among them at one time, gratifying the cravings of our sinful nature and following its desires and thoughts. Like the rest, we were by nature objects of wrath.
But because of his great love for us, God, who is rich in mercy, made us alive with Christ even when we were dead in transgressions – it is by grace you have been saved. And God raised us up with Christ and seated us with him in the heavenly realms in Christ Jesus, in order that in the coming ages he might show the incomparable riches of his grace, expressed in his kindness to us in Christ Jesus.
For it is by grace you have been saved, through faith – and this not from yourselves, it is the gift of God – not by works, so that no one can boast. For we are God's workmanship, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God prepared in advance for us to do.
Ephesians 2:1-10 continues from 1:15-23 and also prepares for what follows. After Paul discusses the divine power that has been demonstrated in Christ's resurrection and exaltation, he now applies the reality of this power to the believers.
He first defines the original condition of the converts, so that they may understand the context in which God exercised his power in their lives. He uses death to describe their former spiritual condition: "You were dead." He is not speaking of physical death, but spiritual death. He means that they were dead in their "transgressions and sins."
He is referring to not only violent criminals and idol worshipers, but he has in mind all those who "followed the ways of the world." When used in the spiritual and the ethical sense, the "world" designates the sphere of living and influence that is outside of the church, and outside of God's precepts and promises. From this perspective, Scripture recognizes only two groups of people – the Christians and the non-Christians, the believers and the unbelievers, or the church and the world. A person belongs to either one group or the other. There is no third category, and there is no neutral ground.
Many non-Christians consider themselves independent thinkers. They claim that they are free from religious dogmas and common assumptions – they think for themselves. However, if this is true, they would independently investigate the nature of reality. They would discover by themselves every single piece of knowledge about anything they claim to know. Instead of blindly believing what their professors and scientists claim about language, mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, archaeology, history, politics, economics, religion, and any other subject, they should directly examine every theory, every assumption, and every piece of "evidence" by themselves, and come up with their own conclusions; otherwise, there is no rational justification for them to go along with theories concerning atoms, evolution, and so forth. But without doing this, they go along with what they are taught anyway.
They are stupid liars. They are not independent thinkers. In fact, they are barely thinkers at all; rather, they follow "the ways of this world," being carried along by the latest dogmas in science and philosophy. When their theories are no longer fashionable, they change their minds in the name of "progress." What they insisted as true, they are now happy to discard as false. Then, they would hold to this new thinking until "progress" happens again, and again, and again. In other words, they have never been right about anything, and they always affirm the false, the temporary, the worthless.
To follow the ways of the world is not only unintelligent but also demonic, because the thinking of the world is controlled by and patterned after "the ruler of the kingdom of the air." By this expression, Paul refers to "the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient." Those who follow the ways of the world are in rebellion against God. As James writes, "Anyone who chooses to be a friend of the world becomes an enemy of God" (James 4:4).
By making a distinction between "you" and "us" (v. 1, 3), Paul again distinguishes between the Gentiles and the Jews. As before, he does this only to emphasize the way that the two groups have been reconciled -- he will return to this starting from 2:11. His current emphasis is that the non-Christian Jews were in the same spiritually depraved condition as the non-Christian Gentiles.
Paul describes the depravity of non-Christian Jews from a different angle. Whereas he focuses on the external and demonic influences when he describes the Gentiles, such as the world and the devil, he stresses the internal factors when he describes the Jews. He writes that the non-Christian Jews were following the "desires and thoughts" and satisfying the "cravings" of their "sinful nature."
Of course, the Jews were also affected by external factors, but God had imposed his laws upon their culture, so that these influences were comparatively weaker. There were fewer restraints upon the Gentiles when it came to demonic religions, occult practices, and pagan philosophies.
Just as the Jews submitted to evil external influences like the Gentiles, the Gentiles were also driven by a sinful inward nature like the Jews. As Paul writes, "All of us also…Like the rest, we were by nature objects of wrath." The Jews and the Gentiles had the same sinful nature. Therefore, he declares, "What shall we conclude then? Are we any better? Not at all! We have already made the charge that Jews and Gentiles alike are all under sin" (Romans 3:9).
Although the non-Christian claims that he is free and that he is good, he is in fact a slave to sin. He follows the flesh (v 3, NASB), the world, and the devil (v. 2). He is characterized by disobedience (v. 2), transgressions, and sins (v. 1). All of this amounts to a state of spiritual death, which implies spiritual inability and passivity.
Paul is referring to not only those who are usually considered the worst and the most violent criminals, and he does not limit this spiritual depravity to people of certain races, cultures, and backgrounds. Rather, he says that "all of us" and "the rest" fall under this description, that all of humanity is spiritually dead in their transgressions and sins. It is also wrong to assume that a person becomes a sinner only after he commits his first sin, because all of us are "by nature objects of wrath." Therefore, no one can claim that he is not spiritually dead because he is not sinful, since he is sinful by nature, and out of this nature flows a multitude of sins.
Anyone who is a non-Christian follows the flesh, the world, and the devil, and anyone who follows the flesh, the world, and the devil is spiritually "dead." Therefore, anyone who is a non-Christian is spiritually dead. If this description is meaningful, it must mean that anyone who is spiritually dead is spiritually helpless.23 Spiritual death entails complete spiritual inability and passivity. A non-Christian can do nothing to contribute to or move toward his salvation. There must be a power other than himself to do something to him. Thus salvation is a divine work that is done to man, not by man or with man.24
Paul offers us a wholly negative picture of man's spiritual condition. He has made it impossible for man to do anything to change or improve. However, he does not stop here, but he says that God did something for the chosen ones, and he did it because of his "mercy" and "love." In another place, Paul states that God's mercy and love are sovereignly given, that he bestows them on whomever he wills without consideration of the conditions in those who receive from him (Romans 9:13, 15).
God shows mercy and love to a person not because that person is willing to receive; rather, the person is willing to receive because of God's mercy and love. God decides to show him mercy and love, and therefore makes him willing to receive. As Paul explains, "But a natural man does not accept the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness to him, and he cannot understand them, because they are spiritually appraised" (1 Corinthians 2:14, NASB). A spiritually dead person cannot decide to receive from God, but a person receives from God because God has first made him spiritually alive.
Our passage states that because of his mercy and love toward the chosen ones, he "made us alive with Christ." In the same verse, Paul reminds us that God made us alive because we were "dead in transgressions" – spiritual resurrection is the only solution to spiritual death.25 The apostle remains consistent. By saying that we were spiritually "dead," he means the kind of deadness that requires a resurrection. So when he says "dead," he means dead, and not just weak or sick. There was no superficial solution. It really took a spiritual resurrection to save us from our state of sin.
This agrees with what we have stated about the sovereignty of God in salvation, including the biblical doctrine of unconditional election. Now we are dealing with the doctrine of regeneration – because man is spiritually dead, he must be spiritually resurrected. This spiritual resurrection occurs solely due to the sovereign decision and power of God, without man's decision or cooperation, for a dead man cannot decide or cooperate. As Loraine Boettner writes:
Sinners are compared to dead men, or even to dry bones in their entire helplessness. In this they are all alike. The choice of some to eternal life is as sovereign as if Christ were to pass through a graveyard and bid one here and another there to come forth, the reason for restoring one to life and leaving another in his grave could be found only in His good pleasure, and not in the dead themselves.26
Jesus also teaches the necessity of regeneration. He says, "I tell you the truth, no one can see the kingdom of God unless he is born again" (John 3:3). And he also teaches that this is a sovereign work of God: "The wind blows wherever it pleases. You hear its sound, but you cannot tell where it comes from or where it is going. So it is with everyone born of the Spirit" (3:8). Regeneration is something that God controls, and not something that man decides. Contrary to a common misconception, the Bible never teaches that a man is regenerated by faith; rather, it teaches that a man is justified by faith, and he has faith because he has been regenerated. God first sovereignly regenerates the man, then he produces faith in him, and through this faith, he justifies the man.
All this means is that "it is by grace you have been saved" (v. 5). The teaching that we were in ourselves powerless to improve, to change, to please God, or to cooperate with God, is not strange or extreme, but it is what the Bible means when it declares that salvation must be by grace. To reject or dilute this teaching is to deny that we are saved by the grace of God. Therefore, Arminianism (that man has free will, that faith precedes or causes regeneration,27 that salvation is synergistic,28 and so on) is inconsistent with even general evangelical doctrine29 – its adherents must either contradict themselves at multiple points, or as many of them have done, embrace pagan concepts but retain biblical terms in their theology.
Paul states that God "made us alive with Christ," establishing the relationship between the resurrection of Christ and our spiritual resurrection (as well as our physical resurrection in the future).30 He teaches in the previous passage that God raised Christ from the dead by his great power, and now he indicates that because Christ is the head of the chosen ones,
Christians have been raised together with him. The same power that God exerted in Christ's resurrection has effected our spiritual resurrection, and will effect our physical resurrection. The fact that God raised his people "with Christ" also means that all who were not in Christ were not raised with him. They will forever remain in spiritual death, in this age and in the age to come.
When God "raised us up with Christ," he did not make us just barely alive, but he "seated us with him in the heavenly realms in Christ Jesus" (v. 6). He did this so that in the coming ages he might show the incomparable riches of his grace, expressed in his kindness to us in Christ Jesus" (v. 7).
The meaning of "in the coming ages" appears to differ from the meaning of "in the one to come" in 1:21. Whereas Paul makes the typical two-age distinction in 1:21 ("not only in the present age but also in the one to come"), now he is likely referring to all the coming centuries of time relative to the writing of the letter, but probably also including "the age to come."
In other words, God's chosen ones are seated with Christ so that he might demonstrate his grace and kindness to us, not only in the age to come, but also throughout these centuries in which Christians live and labor on the earth. Just as God has demonstrated "the surpassing greatness of His power" (1:19, NASB) in the resurrection and exaltation of Christ, he now demonstrates "the surpassing riches of His grace" (2:7, NASB) in the raising and seating of Christians with Christ. God's will is to demonstrate the same power and grace in all centuries and generations. Therefore, the claim that this power and grace has ceased in its miraculous blessings and operations is heresy. It is a doctrine of demons, a satanic deception.
Christ has been exalted over all the "powers," and Paul says that God has "seated us with him." Because we are in Christ, we now enjoy victory over all evil powers. There is no need to placate the entities and the forces of pagan religions. This teaching condemns heresies and superstitions that are distortions of the Christian faith. For example, it is foolishness to appeal to saints, angels, and Mary to help us in intercession, or to function as mediators. We are already seated with Christ – there is no closer place to God. As Paul writes in this letter, "For through him we both have access to the Father by one Spirit" (Ephesians 2:18). We have access through Christ now, and nothing more is needed. The teaching that someone other than Christ could or should function as a mediator between God and man, or between Christ and man, is a damnable heresy. At least because of this, Catholicism is not Christianity, and Catholics are not Christians.
Then, in verses 8-10, Paul states the theological implication and summary of what he has said in verses 1-7. He writes:
For it is by grace you have been saved, through faith – and this not from yourselves, it is the gift of God – not by works, so that no one can boast.
For we are God's workmanship, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God prepared in advance for us to do.
God's power and grace effected our justification and sanctification, and because justification is "not by works," and even the works of our sanctification have been "prepared in advance," the conclusion is that "no one can boast" about any part of salvation.
Commentators disagree as to whether the words "and this not from yourselves, it is the gift of God" are referring to "faith," or to something else, such as the whole idea of salvation by grace. The disagreement arises because whereas "this" is neuter in the Greek, "faith" is feminine, and some contend that the neuter pronoun cannot refer to the feminine noun.
The discussion is important because some false teachers take advantage of the disagreement to assert that faith is not something sovereignly given by God, but that it is something men decide to have by their free will. However, for the following reasons, this verse cannot be used to support them.
First, I have argued in this commentary and in other places that, when we need to be precise about it, faith is not so much the means by which we obtain salvation from God as it is the means by which God applies salvation to us. Moreover, the Bible testifies that it is something God sovereignly produces in us, and not something that we conjure in our minds by free will, when we do not have this free will in the first place.
Second, it is wrong to assume that a neuter pronoun can never refer to a feminine noun in Greek. Even if "this" does not strictly refer to "faith" in this case, but to the whole idea of salvation by grace, this would not exclude faith – it would refer to something more than, but including, faith. Also, even if the words "this not from yourselves" do not directly refer to "faith," we cannot go beyond what the verse does say and impose upon the word what the verse does not say. The verse never says, "This faith is from yourselves, it is not a gift of God."
Third, other than a grammatical argument, there is reason to believe that "this" refers to "faith" in verse 8. The verse says, "For it is by grace you have been saved, through faith – and this not from yourselves, it is the gift of God." Since the "grace" in salvation is by definition something that God gives and exercises, and not something produced or exercised by men, it would appear redundant and unnecessary to say that the "grace" is "not from yourselves."
On the other hand, since faith is something that happens in our minds instead of in God's mind, there are those who mistake it as a product of our own will and power, thinking that we have faith because we decide to believe by our "free will." Since sinful man prefers to think that faith is a product of his own will, but since faith is in fact a gift from God, it makes sense for Paul to clarify the matter, so that we would not conclude that grace comes from God but faith comes from ourselves.
Fourth, even if we ignore the debate on the Greek and ignore all other parts of the Bible, the immediate context of the verse (2:1-10) forbids the idea that man has any positive role in his own salvation.
Verses 1-3 describe our spiritual depravity before conversion, saying that we were dead in transgressions and sins, that we followed after the flesh, the world, and the devil. Then, verses 4-7 teach that it is by God's initiative �� his love, grace, and kindness – that he has raised and seated us with Christ. We see expressions like, "his great love for us," "God…is rich in mercy," "[God] made us alive with Christ," "God raise us up with Christ," "[God] seated us with him," "that…he might show…his grace," "…expressed in his kindness to us," and so on. Verses 8-10 continue from the above and are clearly intended to ascribe all the power and initiative to God in our salvation. The verses include expressions like, "by grace you have been saved," "this not from yourselves," "it is the gift of God," "not by works," "so that no one can boast," "we are God's work," "created in Christ Jesus to do good works," "which God prepared in advance for us to do."
The whole passage emphasizes our depravity and inability, and then God's grace and God's work. We were altogether sinful and impotent, and every spiritual good produced in us comes from God's sovereign grace and power. So how do we suddenly get a faith that comes from "free will"? It would contradict the content and the intent of the entire section.
Therefore, even if we do not settle the grammatical disagreement, it makes no theological difference. Every facet of salvation is wholly "the gift of God" and "not from yourselves." Whether we are speaking of grace or faith, or any other aspect of salvation, none of it comes from us, so that "no one can boast."
Justification by grace through faith does not lead to licentiousness, but to sanctification, since God "created [us] in Christ Jesus to do good works." If we cannot boast about our justification, we also cannot boast about our sanctification, because the very good works that we are to perform have been "prepared in advance for us to do." In his sovereign grace, God has foreordained all things in salvation, including both our faith and our works.
Although our faith is rightly said to be "our" faith, in the sense that it happens in our minds, it is in fact a gift from God – he is the one who produces this faith in us. The same is true in sanctification. Although our works are rightly said to be our works, God is the one who grants both the will and the act. As Paul writes, "continue to work out your salvation with fear and trembling, for it is God who works in you to will and to act according to his good purpose" (Philippians 2:12-13).
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 1 See D. A. Carson, A Call to Spiritual Reformation: Priorities from Paul and His Prayers; Baker Books, 1992; p. 167-180. 2 Patzia, p. 163. 3 See Vincent Cheung, Prayer and Revelation. 4 Carson, Spiritual Reformation; p. 171. 5 Wuest, p. 52. 6 Daniel 1:17-20, 4:29-37, 5:21. 7 See Vincent Cheung, Ultimate Questions. 8 O'Brien, p. 134. 9 Daniel 10 tells us what happened in the spirit world when Daniel prayed to God. It does not teach us to pray directly against demons or to angels, but we pray to God and trust him to do what needs to be done. Then, we participate in the spiritual conflict and wage war against Satan mainly by preaching and reasoning against demonic ideas in people. Nevertheless, when evil spirits who possess people manifest themselves through them, we should directly address them and cast them out. Since our divine weapons are derived from spiritual wisdom, we must not argue against non-Christian ideas with non-Christian wisdom. For example, it would be futile to argue against secular science only with better secular science, because allnon-Christian beliefs and theories are false. Rather, by God's wisdom and power, we demonstrate the superiority of divine wisdom over the entire spectrum of non-Christian ideas. We declare the triumph of Christian theology over all non-Christian thoughts, whether the debate has to do with science, history, politics, ethics, or any other subject. Our strategy is the application of biblical revelation, made effective by divine power. 10 Patzia, p. 165. 11 Turner, p. 1227. 12 A. Skevington Wood, Ephesians (The Expositor's Bible Commentary, Vol. 11); Zondervan Publishing House, 1978; p. 30. 13 O'Brien, p. 137. 14 Patzia, p. 167. 15 Turner, p. 1228. 16 Clinton Arnold, Power and Magic: The Concept of Power in Ephesians; p. 52-56. 17 Vincent Cheung, Ultimate Questions, Presuppositional Confrontations, and Captive to Reason. 18 Bertrand Russell, Sceptical Essays, "Is Science Superstitious?" 19 Gordon H. Clark, The Philosophy of Science and Belief in God; The Trinity Foundation, 1996. 20 Barclay, p. 94. 21 God gathers his people under one head; therefore, "Salvation is found in no one else, for there is no other name under heaven given to men by which we must be saved" (Acts 4:12). Anyone who joins himself to another "head" is outside of Christ and the body of God's people. He is doomed to endless torment in hellfire. 22 The metaphor communicates other valuable lessons. For example, the fact that Christ is the head implies that he sustains and cares for believers, and that he causes the church to grow (Ephesians 4:16; Colossians 2:19). See O'Brien, p. 148. 23 James White, The Sovereign Grace of God; Reformation Press, 2003; p. 56-59. 24 Theologians call this biblical view "monergism," in which salvation is entirely a sovereign gift and work of God. The unbiblical and heretical view is "synergism," in which man possesses freedom, and he must exercise this freedom to cooperate with God in salvation. However, Scripture insists that any "cooperation" is itself a sovereign gift and work of God, so that there is no room for man to boast. 25 If a man is dead, then rehabilitation is impossible and worthless, especially rehabilitation by other "dead" men, using theories and methods invented by their "dead" minds. Jesus Christ is the only solution to sin. 26 Loraine Boettner, The Reformed Doctrine of Predestination; Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Company, 1932; p. 71. 27 Arminians usually believe that faith comes before regeneration, or that God regenerates a man because that person exercises faith. However, a person is spiritually dead before regeneration, and therefore cannot exercise faith; rather, regeneration precedes and produces faith. We have faith because God has first sovereignly regenerated us. 28 This is the idea that an unconverted man can and must cooperate with God even in the initial stages of his salvation. However, since the unconverted man is spiritually dead, he cannot and will not cooperate. He is hostile toward God and the things of God. 29 "Only those views which ascribe to God all the power in the salvation of sinners are consistently evangelical" (Boettner, p. 173). 30 Our physical resurrection is patterned after Christ's physical resurrection. In fact, because Christ is the head of the chosen ones, his physical resurrection guarantees our physical resurrection.
4. RECONCILIATION
EPHESIANS 2:11-22
Therefore, remember that formerly you who are Gentiles by birth and called "uncircumcised" by those who call themselves "the circumcision" (that done in the body by the hands of men) – remember that at that time you were separate from Christ, excluded from citizenship in Israel and foreigners to the covenants of the promise, without hope and without God in the world.
But now in Christ Jesus you who once were far away have been brought near through the blood of Christ. For he himself is our peace, who has made the two one and has destroyed the barrier, the dividing wall of hostility, by abolishing in his flesh the law with its commandments and regulations. His purpose was to create in himself one new man out of the two, thus making peace, and in this one body to reconcile both of them to God through the cross, by which he put to death their hostility. He came and preached peace to you who were far away and peace to those who were near. For through him we both have access to the Father by one Spirit.
Consequently, you are no longer foreigners and aliens, but fellow citizens with God's people and members of God's household, built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, with Christ Jesus himself as the chief cornerstone. In him the whole building is joined together and rises to become a holy temple in the Lord. And in him you too are being built together to become a dwelling in which God lives by his Spirit.
With an emphatic "therefore," Paul connects what he has written to what he is about to say. In other words, his explanation on the doctrines of predestination and regeneration is the basis for what he will say about the Jewish and Gentile Christians being made one as God's people in Christ.
Before Jesus Christ arrived, the Jews called themselves "the circumcised" and called the Gentiles "the uncircumcised." Circumcision was the external sign of a covenant relationship with God, so that the rite made a distinction between the natural descendants of Abraham and those who were "foreigners to the covenants of promise."
This does not mean that all the Jews were saved or that all the Gentiles were unsaved. Paul is referring to the circumcision "done in the body by the hands of men." He does not suggest that there was an inward distinction between the Jews and the Gentiles, but only observes that the Jews had the external sign of the covenant. As for their inward condition, he said that both the Jews and the Gentiles were "by nature the objects of wrath" – there was no difference between them.
As early as Deuteronomy, the Bible mentions a circumcision of the heart as opposed to one that affects only the flesh (Deuteronomy 30:6). Then, against an external religion that is without sincere love and holiness, Jeremiah declares that the people of Israel were no better than the uncircumcised people of other nations, because the Jews were "uncircumcised in heart" (Jeremiah 9:26).
As Paul explains in his letter to the Romans, "A man is not a Jew if he is only one outwardly, nor is circumcision merely outward and physical. No, a man is a Jew if he is one inwardly; and circumcision is circumcision of the heart, by the Spirit, not by the written code. Such a man's praise is not from men, but from God" (2:28-29). The kind of circumcision that makes a spiritual difference is an inward circumcision, in which God himself operates in the heart of a man to remove his inward corruption and to mark him as a covenant friend.
This has always been the case. Whether we are speaking of the Old Covenant or the New Covenant, a person is regenerated and saved from sin only if he has been inwardly circumcised by a sovereign act of God. As Paul writes to the Gentile Christians in his letter to the Colossians, "In him you were also circumcised, in the putting off of the sinful nature, not with a circumcision done by the hands of men but with the circumcision done by Christ" (Colossians 2:11).
Under the Old Covenant, the Gentiles were left in spiritual darkness, although God regenerated and saved some of them through faith. On the other hand, the Jews were given the outward signs of the covenant and the means of grace, such as circumcision, the Scripture, and the temple. Still, they were saved only if they belonged to "a remnant chosen by grace" (Romans 11:5). Under the New Covenant, God releases the message of salvation through Jesus Christ to all people groups, without the cumbersome outward signs and rituals required by the previous administration of his grace.
Under the old administration, it was relatively difficult for the Gentiles to approach God and to learn about him. They did not have the Scripture and the temple. They were uncircumcised. Without observing the numerous rituals and dietary laws, they were considered ceremonially unclean. Thus there existed a "dividing wall of hostility" between the Jews and the Gentiles.
Then, Jesus Christ brought "peace"1 and "destroyed the barrier." He fulfilled the rituals and sacrifices, and abolished their practice. They were symbols of the reality, and in him the reality has come. He did not destroy the moral laws, but only "the Law of commandments contained in ordinances" (Ephesians 2:15, NASB). So other than the commandments relating to ceremonies, dietary regulations, and the like, God's laws, such as the Ten Commandments, remain in effect and continue to govern the thought and conduct of his people, and to hold all of humanity accountable.2 Thus Scripture destroys legalism but leaves no room for antinomianism.
As he does in 2:1-10, Paul first describes the former condition of the converts. His pattern of thinking is also the same, as he again shows that the unconverted were helpless, hopeless, and godless. And God did something to change the situation. The Gentiles did nothing, and could do nothing, to destroy "the barrier" that hindered them from approaching God and attaining salvation. They did not come near to God by their free will, as if they had free will, but they were "brought near through the blood of Christ." They did nothing, and they could do nothing – something was done to them by God and by Christ. They were brought to God by the blood of Christ, not by their free will or good sense.
The result is that Christ has created "one man out of the two, thus making peace."3 Of course, when we say that Jews and Gentiles are united in peace, we do not mean that believers and unbelievers are united in peace. Rather, it means that Jewish Christians and Gentile Christians are united in peace because of their common faith in Jesus Christ. Any Gentile can become one of God's people by faith in Christ without submitting to the Law's rituals and ceremonies. And whether a person is Jew or Gentile, if he will not come to God by faith in Christ, he is not one of God's people, even if he observes all the Jewish rituals and ceremonies.
The peace is accomplished and maintained in Christ alone, so that it does not matter whether a person is a Jew or a non-Jew. All are alike and equal by faith in Christ, and there is no difference and no hostility between Jewish Christians and Gentile Christians. On the other hand, the spiritual hostility between Christians and non-Christians remain as great as before, and perhaps even greater, since Christ has come, and has been raised and exalted.
In fact, there is indeed reason to believe that the spiritual hostility between believers and unbelievers has become more severe. Although some Gentiles were saved under the Old Covenant by their faith in the coming Christ, now that Christ has arrived and destroyed "the barrier," the application of divine grace has become broad and global. Likewise, although God held the Gentiles accountable for their sins (Romans 1-2), and condemned all unbelievers to hell, he now sends his people to all areas of the world to explicitly demand faith in the gospel, thus increasing the condemnation of those who remain in unbelief. As Paul says, "now he commands all people everywhere to repent" (Acts 17:30). There will always be enmity between the children of God and the children of Satan (Genesis 3:15). The only way to attain peace is for the non-Christians to become Christians.
The unbelievers could not escape natural revelation in the past, and still cannot escape it, and now the church has the mandate to confront the people of all nations with the verbal revelation of Scripture. As Christ commands, "Therefore go and make disciples of all nations…teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you" (Matthew 28:19-20). So Peter writes, "For it is time for judgment to begin with the family of God; and if it begins with us, what will the outcome be for those who do not obey the gospel of God? And, 'If it is hard for the righteous to be saved, what will become of the ungodly and the sinner?'" (1 Peter 4:17-18).
Whether Jew or Gentile, there is no escape from natural revelation about God and his moral laws, and there is no excuse for rejecting Christ and his gospel. On the other hand, "through him we both have access to the Father by one Spirit." Non-Christians need to know that there is no other way to approach God except through Christ. They must abandon all non- Christian religions and philosophies. Likewise, Christians must condemn all doctrines (the occult, other religions, etc.) that compromise the supremacy and sufficiency of Christ.
Because we are Christians, we are "no longer foreigners and aliens, but fellow citizens with God's people and members of God's household." Many Christians refer to the Jews as "God's people," including those who call themselves "Jews" nowadays, just because they are Jews. Thus they ignore the very "mystery" that Paul so earnestly preached and pressed his readers to learn. Even when they acknowledge that we are indeed God's people in Christ, they think that the Jews are God's people in a special sense, whether or not they are Christians.
However, Paul says, "A man is not a Jew if he is only one outwardly, nor is circumcision merely outward and physical. No, a man is a Jew if he is one inwardly; and circumcision is circumcision of the heart, by the Spirit, not by the written code. Such a man's praise is not from men, but from God" (Romans 2:28-29). As a non-Jewish Christian, I am more of a Jew than a Jewish non-Christian. Paul explicitly says that one who has not been changed by God's Spirit is "not a Jew." So non-Christian Jews are not Jews at all. They cannot be God's people in a special sense, because they are not even God's people in an ordinary sense. Whether Jew or Gentile, only Christians are God's people. Galatians 3:29 states, "If you belong to Christ, then you are Abraham's seed, and heirs according to the promise." Because I belong to Christ, I am a seed of Abraham, and I inherit all that God promised him. So those who keep calling the Jews "God's people" are either speaking heresy, or they must be talking about me.
This must be emphasized again and again. Although it was one of the main revelations that Paul wanted to get across, Christians still have not learned it. The problem is especially pronounced among dispensationalists. Their fanciful schemes and false divisions of the covenants subvert the truth and simplicity of the gospel.4 They make believers regard "Jews" as Jews, when Paul says that they are not Jews at all, and as superior people, when Paul says that they are sinners "like the rest" (2:3). Some people consider any view that does not exalt the Jews as anti-Semitic, but Paul was its strongest proponent, although his love for the Jews was also the strongest (Romans 9:3-4). He demonstrated the doctrine from the Old Testament, because this has always been God's view of the Jews.
God's household is constructed upon "the foundation of the apostles and prophets, with Christ Jesus himself as the chief cornerstone." It might be convenient to understand this as referring to the Old Testament prophets and the New Testament apostles. However, some contend that this is improbable because Paul would have used the reverse order, saying, "the prophets and apostles" instead of "the apostles and prophets." This is unconvincing. A better indication that he probably does not have in mind the Old Testament prophets is that he later writes, "the mystery…was not made known to men in other generations as it has now been revealed by the Spirit to God's holy apostles and prophets" (3:5). Although the Old Testament prophets had some knowledge of this "mystery," it was not fully revealed until the coming of Christ. Therefore, it seems Paul is indeed referring to New Testament apostles and prophets.
Then, because the words "apostles" and "prophets" share one definite article ("the"), the question becomes whether Paul is referring to only one group of people, so that the expression means something like, "the apostles who also function as prophets," or "the apostles who prophesy." Some commentators deny that this is the implication of the single article, and prefer to think that Paul is referring to apostles and prophets. Nevertheless, the use of only one article before the two nouns signify a strong unity between the apostles and prophets.
The most important issue is the theological significance. Paul intends to say that the "foundation" of God's household consists of the messengers of divine revelations, or more precisely, the divine revelations themselves. Whether the emphasis falls on both Old Testament and New Testament messengers, or only the New Testament messengers, the foundation is biblical revelation, or the doctrines that God has revealed through these messengers. Therefore, this foundation is "the faith that was once for all entrusted to the saints" (Jude 3). There is nothing about it that can be modified or removed, and nothing can be added to it. Our task is to defend and advance the doctrines that we have received.
All of this was initiated by Christ and is founded on Christ, who is the "cornerstone." He holds a more prominent place than the apostles. God's temple is being built outward and upward from this cornerstone, and each brick or stone finds its proper place in reference to him (Matthew 16:18). As Turner states, "The point would then seem to be that the temple is built out and up from the revelation given in Christ, through the revelatory elaboration and implementation of the mystery through the prophetic-apostolic figures."5 Christ is the starting point of our thought and conduct, and Scripture is our spiritual and intellectual foundation.
Thus verses 21 and 22 say, "In him the whole building is joined together and rises to become a holy temple in the Lord. And in him you too are being built together to become a dwelling in which God lives by his Spirit." Likewise, Peter writes:
As you come to him, the living Stone – rejected by men but chosen by God and precious to him – you also, like living stones, are being built into a spiritual house to be a holy priesthood, offering spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ. For in Scripture it says: "See, I lay a stone in Zion, a chosen and precious cornerstone, and the one who trusts in him will never be put to shame." (1 Peter 2:4-6)
Before the coming of Christ, the Jews were privileged "in every way" even though many of them were unsaved, because "they have been entrusted with the very words of God" (Romans 3:2), or the Scripture. They also had the temple of God. However, since the coming of Christ, the Jews have rejected God's fuller revelation, or the New Testament. Since the Old Testament anticipates and agrees with the New, to reject the New is also to reject the Old. This means that the Jews do not believe any part of the Bible, not even Moses (John 5:46). Moreover, God has destroyed their temple and raised up the church as his true temple. Therefore, Christians are the ones "entrusted with the very words of God," and Christians constitute the very temple of God. As God says in Hosea, "I will say to those called 'Not my people,' 'You are my people'; and they will say, 'You are my God'" (Hosea 2:23).
EPHESIANS 3:1-13
For this reason I, Paul, the prisoner of Christ Jesus for the sake of you Gentiles –
Surely you have heard about the administration of God's grace that was given to me for you, that is, the mystery made known to me by revelation, as I have already written briefly. In reading this, then, you will be able to understand my insight into the mystery of Christ, which was not made known to men in other generations as it has now been revealed by the Spirit to God's holy apostles and prophets. This mystery is that through the gospel the Gentiles are heirs together with Israel, members together of one body, and sharers together in the promise in Christ Jesus.
I became a servant of this gospel by the gift of God's grace given me through the working of his power. Although I am less than the least of all God's people, this grace was given me: to preach to the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ, and to make plain to everyone the administration of this mystery, which for ages past was kept hidden in God, who created all things. His intent was that now, through the church, the manifold wisdom of God should be made known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly realms, according to his eternal purpose which he accomplished in Christ Jesus our Lord. In him and through faith in him we may approach God with freedom and confidence. I ask you, therefore, not to be discouraged because of my sufferings for you, which are your glory.
In 3:6, Paul makes a clear statement about the "mystery" that he has been talking about. It also functions as a summary for 2:11-22. He writes, "This mystery is that through the gospel the Gentiles are heirs together with Israel, members together of one body, and sharers together in the promise in Christ Jesus." The mystery that has been revealed and explained is that Gentile Christians are "heirs together," "members together," and "sharers together" along with Jewish Christians.
Paul has become a prisoner of Rome for preaching this gospel. Consistent with his commitment to the sovereignty of God, he refuses to see himself as a victim of religious and political power; rather, he calls himself "the prisoner of Christ Jesus," who controls every situation, directing history according to his foreordained plan.
Many people will not even lose sleep or miss lunch for the sake of the gospel, and still less will they suffer imprisonment or martyrdom for it. This is first because most of those who claim to be Christians are false converts. They have never been regenerated, and they do not truly believe. Then the rest are weak – feeble and pathetic! When Christ is not our sole obsession, we become worldly and ineffective.
As he identifies himself in verse 1, "I, Paul" is left without a verb until verse 14 ("I kneel"). This is because the mention of his imprisonment "for the sake of you Gentiles" leads him into another digression or parenthesis (v. 2-13). He explains, "this grace was given me: to preach to the Gentiles."
He was a persecutor of believers, but he says, "I was made a minister" (NASB, not "I became," NIV) by "the gift of God's grace." The Lord said to him, "I am sending you to them to open their eyes and turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, so that they may receive forgiveness of sins and a place among those who are sanctified by faith in me" (Acts 26:17-18). Just as it is God's sovereignty that brings men to salvation in Christ, it is his sovereignty that calls men to ministry for Christ. Man has no free will. Just as no one can become a believer by free will, no one can become a minister by free will.
It is God's sovereignty that places us in all our places and vocations. Nevertheless, the office of preaching is a special calling, and because Paul was faithful to this calling, he was persecuted, imprisoned, and eventually martyred. God did not save you so you may continue to pursue your personal ambitions and selfish desires, but he has foreordained a place for you in his plan, one that you will fulfill by his grace and power, and not by free will.
Preachers often tell people, "God has a wonderful plan for your life," or something to that effect. This is indeed true concerning the chosen ones. As Romans 8:28 says, "And we know that in all things God works for the good of those who love him, who have been called according to his purpose." However, we must not apply this to all of humanity, since it is not true concerning all of humanity. It would be dishonest to tell the reprobate that God has a wonderful plan for his life, because God has a terrible plan for his life, one that will end in futility, destruction, and endless torment in hell.
Our message should be, "God now commands all men everywhere to repent. The only way to escape God's wrath is to flee to Jesus Christ. If God has chosen you for salvation, then he has a wonderful plan for your life; otherwise, he has a terrible plan for your life, and there is nothing ahead of you but death and destruction. Therefore, fear him and seek him, while there is still time."
The message that Paul was sent to preach is the one that he expounds in this letter. He writes that it was made known to him "by revelation," but by reading this letter, the people would "be able to understand" the insight that he has received from God. He wants them to attain an intellectual grasp of the gospel, so as to "open their eyes and turn them from darkness to light." He seeks "to make plain to everyone the administration of his mystery." His ministry appeals to the mind. Its thrust is intellectual.
Some ministries appeal to the emotions, and some even to the senses like the smell and the touch. These are not biblical ministries, and their efforts will not produce the proper effect. The main thrust of a biblical ministry is always to convey biblical teachings to the mind by various forms of verbal communication, such as by speaking and writing, or sign language. A ministry that fails to communicate doctrine is useless. It has nothing to do with the Christian faith.
Many Christians claim that the Bible does not address the things that they would like to know, and that God hides from us his intentions and purposes. However, the problem is not that the Bible is insufficient, but that these people are stupid and lazy, and they will not pray for wisdom and take time to study.
Of course "the riches of Christ" are infinite and therefore "unsearchable," but this does not mean that we can know nothing about God's intentions and purposes, since the Bible reveals many things to us. As Paul writes, "His intent was that now, through the church, the manifold wisdom of God should be made known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly realms, according to his eternal purpose which he accomplished in Christ Jesus our Lord" (v. 10-11).
Commentators disagree on whether "the rulers and authorities" refer to good or evil entities, or both. But there is a similar thought in Peter's writings:
Concerning this salvation, the prophets, who spoke of the grace that was to come to you, searched intently and with the greatest care, trying to find out the time and circumstances to which the Spirit of Christ in them was pointing when he predicted the sufferings of Christ and the glories that would follow. It was revealed to them that they were not serving themselves but you, when they spoke of the things that have now been told you by those who have preached the gospel to you by the Holy Spirit sent from heaven. Even angels long to look into these things. (1 Peter 1:10-12)
God's wisdom is "manifold." It is rich, colorful, and multifaceted, but this does not mean that it is pluralistic or inconsistent, that two contradictory religions can both be true, or that two contradictory doctrines can both be correct. In fact, it means that there are multiple angles from which to admire the superiority and exclusivity of the Christian faith. Since Christianity is true, then Islam, Mormonism, Catholicism, Judaism, and all non-Christian religions, must be false. God's "manifold wisdom" teaches us that truth is absolute – it is colorful, but rational and consistent.
God's intent is to make known his wisdom "through the church," and this is "according to his eternal purpose which he accomplished in Christ Jesus." The church's mandate is founded on God's foreordination, which is not wishful thinking, but something that God has established in history by Christ. Therefore, "In him and through faith in him we may approach God with freedom and confidence."
This means that Paul's imprisonment is not an accident, or an unexpected subversion of God's plan by men. Rather, it is part of the outworking of God's foreordained plan, which he has accomplished in Christ. God's plan has already become a reality through Jesus Christ, and he continues to fulfill all that he has predetermined, not only despite Paul's sufferings, but even through them. Paul wrote this "Queen of the Epistles" while he was in prison. As he says in another place, "This is my gospel, for which I am suffering even to the point of being chained like a criminal. But God's word is not chained" (2 Timothy 2:8- 9).
For God's chosen ones, predestination does not lead to despair, but to freedom, confidence, and encouragement! We know that God's plan is being fulfilled according to his foreordination, and that his "eternal purpose" has already become a reality, accomplished in Jesus Christ.
EPHESIANS 3:14-21
For this reason I kneel before the Father, from whom his whole family in heaven and on earth derives its name. I pray that out of his glorious riches he may strengthen you with power through his Spirit in your inner being, so that Christ may dwell in your hearts through faith. And I pray that you, being rooted and established in love, may have power, together with all the saints, to grasp how wide and long and high and deep is the love of Christ, and to know this love that surpasses knowledge – that you may be filled to the measure of all the fullness of God.
Now to him who is able to do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine, according to his power that is at work within us, to him be glory in the church and in Christ Jesus throughout all generations, for ever and ever! Amen.
In 3:14, Paul takes up the prayer that he was starting in 3:1. If 1:20-3:13 is indeed "a long doctrinal parenthesis,"6 then 3:14-21 is the continuation of what Paul began in 1:17. There are similarities in content, but it is uncertain that this is a continuation. It might be a second prayer.
Paul prays to the Father "from whom his whole family in heaven and on earth derives its name." There is a play on words between "Father" (patros) and "family" (patria). Commentators disagree on whether the verse should say "every family" or "the whole family." If it is the former, then it means that human fatherhood, as imperfect and distorted as it is, has been patterned after God the Father. But if Paul intends to say "the whole family," then he is referring to "God's household" (2:19), the family of the redeemed in Christ.
Some consider "the whole family" an impossible translation because the definite article is missing. Others, such as Clark and Wilson, observe that 2 Timothy 3:16 also lacks the article, but there it must be translated, "the whole Scripture."7 If the grammar is inconclusive, or if it favors "every family," the context decisively favors "the whole family." With all this talk about the Gentiles being "members of God's household" (2:19), and then how they have been called to "one hope" under "one God and Father" (4:4-5), it is more likely that Paul is speaking in line with the context, referring to the family of the redeemed, or the Christians.
Paul prays that God will strengthen his readers with power "in the inner man" (NASB). The "inner man" does not refer to a non-intellectual part of man, or to anything other than the mind. The most straightforward interpretation is that "Paul meant the minds of his converted Ephesians."8 He prays that God's power would make their minds strong so that "Christ may dwell in your hearts through faith." We have established that the "heart" is not non-intellectual, but it "chiefly means the understanding or intellect."9 Clark adds, "Very infrequently does it mean emotion," although even the emotions are intellectual – they may not be rational or academic, but they are of the mind.
For Christ to "dwell" in a person is for him to "settle down." It emphasizes the pervasive and permanent influence of Christ, the person's conformity to the character of Christ, and his access to the power of Christ. As D. A. Carson explains:
Make no mistake: when Christ first moves into our lives, he finds us in very bad repair. It takes a great deal of power to change us; and that is why Paul prays for power. He asks that God may so strengthen us by his power in our inner being that Christ may genuinely take up residence within us, transforming us into a house that pervasively reflects his own character.10
Paul prays that "Christ may dwell in your hearts through faith." It seems most people think that this means Christ dwells in us because of our faith, or that Christ dwells in us in response to our faith. One commentator writes, "This indwelling is through faith – that is, as they trust him he makes their hearts his home."11 The way that Christ dwells in us is often described as a "mystical union," which being so mystical, cannot be further explained.
However, the verse in fact speaks from an intellectual perspective. We have established that the "inner man" and the "heart" refer to the mind. So to say that Christ dwells in our hearts cannot mean that our hearts are containers for Christ as buckets are containers for water. Faith simply means "belief," and it is the mind that has this belief. To believe something is a mental state or activity. The verse, then, means that "the mode of Christ's dwelling in our minds is through faith," and "The power and strength we derive in answer to Paul's prayers come through and are proportionate to our grasp of Scripture."12
Christ dwells in our hearts through faith, and not through some mystical, non-intellectual, and indescribable "something." Charles Hodge writes that "the two essential conditions of this indwelling of Christ" are "a rational nature" and "faith." He notes that faith "includes spiritual apprehension – the perception of the truth and excellence of 'the things of the Spirit.'"13 The Bible does not teach that our union with Christ is mystical.
In the second part of verse 17, whether Paul begins the next petition or extends the first, he continues on a similar theme. In almost every commentary I came across, the author's anti- intellectualism begins to step up starting from verse 18 and peaks when he reaches verse 19. This is ironic, because the language and the thought in these two verses are highly intellectualistic, perhaps the most intellectualistic in the whole Bible.
Paul prays that, "being rooted and established in love," the believers "may have power…to grasp how wide and long and high and deep is the love of Christ." He mixes a botanical metaphor and an architectural metaphor to indicate that Christians are already rooted and established in love, and that from this firm foundation, he prays that they may have power to grasp all the dimensions of the love of Christ. The language indicates to Candlish "a comprehensive knowledge of the things of God."14 Clark adds, "the impression is unmistakable that the understanding must be deep and wide, profound and extensive."15
The anti-intellectualism of many commentators reaches its zenith in verse 19, because the verse refers to a "love that surpasses knowledge."
For example, Patzia writes, "the emphasis is upon love rather than knowledge."16 However, knowledge is in fact the emphasis. The prayer is for the people, not to love, but "to grasp…and to know." Love is merely the object of knowledge, the thing that we should know.
Then, he says something really absurd: "love, not knowledge, leads to a deeper understanding of God."17 What is the difference between knowledge and understanding? Even if they are different, they are almost synonymous, and certainly belong to the same category of things. So it is as if he says, "love, not knowledge, leads to a deeper knowledge of God," or "love, not understanding, leads to a deeper understanding of God."
This is nonsense. By definition, knowledge leads to knowledge better than anything else, since the former is already the latter; and understanding leads to understanding better than anything else, since the former is already the latter. So how can love leads to X better than X leads to X?
The passage does not say what the anti-intellectual interpreters claim that it says. It does not say that love is superior to knowledge, and it does not say that love is a better way to know God. Rather, the prayer is for the believers "to grasp…the love of Christ, and to know…this love that surpasses knowledge." Love is not the means to knowing God, but it is the object of knowledge – it is the thing that Paul wants us to know.
Nevertheless, this verse says that the love "surpasses knowledge." Does this not leave room for mysticism and anti-intellectualism? However, it is this very expression that makes this one of the most intellectualistic verses in the whole Bible.
The verse does not say that we cannot know "this love that surpasses knowledge." Rather, Paul prays for Christians "to grasp…and to know this love that surpasses knowledge"! Although there is always more to know about the infinite love of Christ, this does not mean that we can know nothing about it, or that we can know only a little about it. In fact, we are "to grasp how wide and long and high and deep is the love of Christ" – we can understand it in all its dimensions.
The emphasis is on the greatness of this love, but there is no indication that we are unable to understand it. In fact, it is to increase our ability to understand that Paul prays for us to "have power." If we keep in mind that Paul wants us to have power to know this love, then the more one emphasizes that this love "surpasses knowledge," the more intellectualistic these two verses appear. The more distance one puts between Christ's love and our intellect, the more intellectualistic Paul's words become, because no matter how far this love appears to surpass our knowledge, he thinks God can give us power to grasp even that.
Paul prays that God will give us power to grasp and to know the love of Christ, "that you may be filled to the measure of all the fullness of God." The knowledge adds to the fullness. Clark concludes, "God's fulness in us consists in knowledge, not merely the introduction of the Gentiles into the church, but an extensive theology. Ignorant Christians are empty, or nearly empty. It is surprising that so many commentators miss this point."18 This fullness of knowledge, this "extensive theology," is not reserved for the theology professors or seminary students, but Paul prays for his readers to attain it "together with all the saints."
At this, Paul erupts into doxology again, praising him "who is able to do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine, according to his power that is at work within us." In other words, we can have confidence that God will grant this request to grasp and to know all the dimensions of his love; in fact, he will do more than what we can ask or imagine.
As with verse 19, this language about our limitations and God's greatness does not refute intellectualism, but proves and reinforces it, because he means that God will grant the request for us "to grasp" and "to know," and he will do it by the divine power that is at work in us even now. If anything, God would have us be "immeasurably more" intellectualistic than we are now, beyond "all we ask or imagine." This is just another way to say that God wants us know him better, and by means of our prayer for knowledge, he will cause this to happen.
Although theological knowledge is inherently valuable, all this knowledge has a grand purpose. It is to glorify God, not only in the age to come ("for ever and ever"), but "throughout all generations" – even now. In the light of this, surely we are not living as redeemed people, but as stubborn beasts, if we still neglect or refuse to pray for an intellectual understanding of all the dimensions of divine love – that is, "the entire plan of redemption…everything in the divine revelation."19
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 1 This is an objective and relational peace. 2 Vincent Cheung, The Sermon on the Mount. 3 Charles D. Provan, The Church Is Israel Now; Ross House Books, 2003. 4 Keith A. Mathison, Dispensationalsim: Rightly Dividing the People of God? (Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Company, 1995); Vern S. Poythress, Understanding Dispensationalists (Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Company, 1993); John H. Gerstner, Wrong Dividing the Word of Truth: A Critique of Dispensationalism (Soli Deo Gloria, 2000). 5 Turner, p. 1233. 6 Patzia, p. 163. 7 Clark, Ephesians; p. 117. 8 Ibid., p. 120. 9 Ibid., p. 121. 10 Carson, Spiritual Reformation; p. 187. 11 O'Brien, p. 259. 12 Clark, Ephesians; p. 121. 13 Charles Hodge, The Epistle to the Ephesians; The Banner of Truth Trust, 1991; p. 129-130. 14 Clark, Ephesians; p. 123. 15 Ibid. 16 Patzia, p. 223. 17 Ibid. Perhaps he thinks that the "understanding" is something completely non-intellectual, but he does not assert this, nor does he explain its meaning. And if "knowledge" and "understanding" are not synonymous or almost synonymous, he does not explain the difference between them. 18 Clark, Ephesians; p. 123. 19 Ibid.
5. SANCTIFICATION
EPHESIANS 4:1-16
As a prisoner for the Lord, then, I urge you to live a life worthy of the calling you have received. Be completely humble and gentle; be patient, bearing with one another in love. Make every effort to keep the unity of the Spirit through the bond of peace. There is one body and one Spirit – just as you were called to one hope when you were called – one Lord, one faith, one baptism; one God and Father of all, who is over all and through all and in all.
But to each one of us grace has been given as Christ apportioned it. This is why it says: "When he ascended on high, he led captives in his train and gave gifts to men." (What does "he ascended" mean except that he also descended to the lower, earthly regions? He who descended is the very one who ascended higher than all the heavens, in order to fill the whole universe.)
It was he who gave some to be apostles, some to be prophets, some to be evangelists, and some to be pastors and teachers, to prepare God's people for works of service, so that the body of Christ may be built up until we all reach unity in the faith and in the knowledge of the Son of God and become mature, attaining to the whole measure of the fullness of Christ.
Then we will no longer be infants, tossed back and forth by the waves, and blown here and there by every wind of teaching and by the cunning and craftiness of men in their deceitful scheming. Instead, speaking the truth in love, we will in all things grow up into him who is the Head, that is, Christ. From him the whole body, joined and held together by every supporting ligament, grows and builds itself up in love, as each part does its work.
Scholars state that in Paul's letters, he often first emphasizes the doctrinal, and then proceeds to the practical and ethical. Although there is some truth to this, the observation can be misleading, and if abused, it becomes detrimental to a correct understanding of the faith.
What they consider the practical portions of these letters are not void of theological assertions and expositions, but as Wood writes, "Theology is not left behind but interwoven with the moral exhortations."1 The problem stems from a sharp distinction between the doctrinal and the practical. Such a distinction obscures the fact that the practical portions of Paul's letters still consist of intellectual information about the Christian faith, and in this sense they are doctrinal. They are not practical in the sense that they are non-doctrinal, but they simply consist of doctrinal information about different matters.
There are scholars who exaggerate the distinction in order to decry biblical intellectualism, and to advance an anti-intellectual pragmatism. Some of them even assert that the sole purpose of the doctrinal is to serve the practical, or that it is pointless to consider the doctrinal without drawing out the practical implications. However, we have already demonstrated that this philosophy is unbiblical and blasphemous. Scripture is intellectualistic, and even when it addresses the practical, it is speaking doctrinally about practical things.
With this in mind, we may cautiously agree with Patzia's explanation of the relationship between chapters 1-3 and chapters 4-6. He writes, "If chapters 1-3 provide the theological basis for Christian unity, then chapters 4-6 contain the practical instruction for its maintainence."2
Paul indeed turns to address how Christians should maintain the peace and unity that God has established in Christ, and that Christ has secured by his own blood. As one who has been faithful to his calling to the point of suffering imprisonment, Paul urges his readers to live in a way that is consistent with the calling that they have received.
Specifically, he admonishes the Christians to "make every effort" to maintain unity and peace among them. This requires them to exercise humility, gentleness, patience, and love toward one another. Although Christians exhibit many superficial differences – in their cultures, positions, and so on – spiritually speaking, there is only one body, one Spirit, one hope, one Lord, one faith, one baptism, and one God and Father for all of them.
The relationship among believers is founded on an actual spiritual unity, not a human treaty or social agreement, not mutual financial or political interest, or the general welfare of humanity. The unity of humanism is founded on compromise, but it is not the case with the unity of Christianity. As Paul explains, God has predetermined that his people would become one in Christ. As redeemed but imperfect people, there will still be friction between believers, but we have a true foundation for unity in Christ, and we also have the spiritual resources to maintain the unity and to resolve conflicts.
After Paul considers the church as a whole, he also considers the individual, and writes, "But to each one of us grace has been given as Christ apportioned it." He is not referring to the grace that saves, but to the grace that equips each believer for service and ministry. The context shows that this is what he has in mind (v. 9-16).
In connection with this grace that equips each believer, Paul alludes to Psalm 68:18: "This is why it says: 'When he ascended on high, he led captives in his train and gave gifts to men.'" Applying the verse to Christ, he continues, "What does 'he ascended' mean except that he also descended to the lower, earthly regions? He who descended is the very one who ascended higher than all the heavens, in order to fill the whole universe." By "the lower, earthly regions," he means "the earth below." The same Christ who "ascended on high" is also the one who first "descended" to the earth. Thus Paul is referring to Christ's incarnation and crucifixion, and his resurrection and exaltation.
This Savior, who came down from heaven and then went up again, has confronted and conquered all the powers in every sphere and on every level, and "led captives in his train." As Paul writes in Colossians, "And having disarmed the powers and authorities, he made a public spectacle of them, triumphing over them by the cross" (2:15). He did this "in order to fill the whole universe." The expression is an idiom for pervasive influence and control.3 In his exalted position, Christ is "head over everything for the church" (Ephesians 1:22).
As the conqueror and the exalted one, he "gave gifts to men." Paul says that these gifts have been given to "each one of us," but he focuses on those in leadership positions. He specifically mentions "apostles," "prophets," "evangelists," and "pastors and teachers," so as to "highlight particularly those who reveal, declare and teach the gospel."4 This is consistent with his emphasis on the intellectual and doctrinal throughout this letter.
"Apostles" and "prophets" are doctrinal ministers in the church. Since the doctrines of the Christian faith have been "once for all" (Jude 3) established, no one can remove, change, or add to them. For this reason, one perspective contends that there can be no apostles and prophets today.
However, this is a false inference. Although we make the usually harmless generalization that the apostles and prophets wrote the Bible, significant portions of the Bible were not written by them, or not known to be written by them. Moreover, most apostles and prophets did not write any Scripture. Thus these offices are not necessarily tied to the writing of Scripture, which was written by God, not by men. It seems an outright denial that apostles and prophets could exist today does not come from sound doctrine or orthodoxy. Rather, it comes from unbelief, especially in conjunction with the heresy of cessationism, and from the false assumption about the relationship between apostles, prophets, and the writing of Scripture.
Nevertheless, apostles and prophets in any age must possess the doctrinal knowledge and intellectual competence that this passage teaches us to expect from them. There are people who advertise themselves as apostles and prophets, when in some cases, it is difficult to believe that they are even Christians. Titles should correspond to functions and qualifications, and "apostles" and "prophets" must be tested. Jesus commends the church of Ephesus for this, saying, "I know your deeds, your hard work and your perseverance. I know that you cannot tolerate wicked men, that you have tested those who claim to be apostles but are not, and have found them false" (Revelation 2:2).
"Evangelists," of course, preach the gospel to the unconverted (Acts 8 and 21:8),5 and theirs is probably an itinerant ministry. However, it would be a mistake to think that they preach only to the unconverted, because our passage and probably also 2 Timothy 4:5 suggest that they play a significant role in promoting doctrinal progress and agreement within the church. O'Brien writes:
The admonition to Timothy to "do the work of an evangelist" is set within the context of a settled congregation, which presumably meant a ministry to believers and unbelievers alike, while the cognate verb, rendered "preach the gospel," covers a range of activities from primary evangelism and the planting of churches to the ongoing building of Christians and the establishment of settled congregations (cf. Rom. 1:11-15). Here in Ephesians 4 evangelists are given by the ascended Christ for the purpose of building his body, and this included both intensive and extensive growth.6
"Pastors and teachers" are linked by a single definite article. This suggests that either Paul has only one group of ministers in mind, or at least an overlapping of functions. Teachers, of course, teach. On the other hand, many pastors do not teach nearly often enough. Clark observes, "From my admittedly limited experience I would surmise that many of today's ministers spend a great deal of time pastoring and shepherding in the restricted form of pastoral counseling; and few spend much time teaching. The old Scottish ministers used to go from home to home catechizing. They then had an educated congregation."7
One way to appreciate this list of ministries is to divide them into the foundational (apostles and prophets), the trans-local (evangelists), and the local (pastors and teachers). The important point is that they are all doctrinal. Calvin notes, "the fact that the Church is ruled by the preaching of the Word, is not a human invention, but the appointment of Christ….doctrine is the present subject."8
Elsewhere, Paul writes, "Now we ask you, brothers, to respect those who work hard among you, who are over you in the Lord and who admonish you. Hold them in the highest regard in love because of their work" (1 Thessalonians 5:12-13), and "The elders who direct the affairs of the church well are worthy of double honor, especially those whose work is preaching and teaching" (1 Timothy 5:17). The doctrinal ministers hold the greatest place in directing the growth of the church; therefore, instead of neglecting or abusing them, believers must respect them "because of their work," and do everything they can to help these ministers properly fulfill their duties.
The purpose of these doctrinal ministries is "to prepare God's people for works of service, so that the body of Christ may be built up."
An older interpretation takes the three phrases in this verse as separated by the prepositions, thus the KJV translates, "For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ." Thus the meaning seems to be that Christ has given these ministers to his people, so that these ministers would 1) perfect the saints, 2) perform the work of the ministry, and 3) edify the body of Christ.
On the other hand, the newer interpretation takes note of the different prepositions, taking the position that the second phrase depends on the first, and that the third depends on the first two. This has become the dominant view, and is reflected in some of the newer translations, including the NIV: "to [pros] prepare God's people for [eis] works of service, so that [eis] the body of Christ may be built up." Or, in the REB: "to [pros] equip God's people for [eis] work in his service, for [eis] the building up of the body of Christ."9
Besides the grammatical objection, the practical objection against the old view is that it assigns to the "special" ministers all the responsibility of service, and thus encourages other believers to be mere spectators in the church. This would undermine the biblical doctrine of "the priesthood of all believers." However, if one takes the whole passage into consideration, even the old view cannot encourage a spectator Christianity. Verse 7 says that "to each one of us grace has been given," and verse 16 concludes that the body of Christ maintains its integrity and progress "as each part does its work." Therefore, although the newer view is probably correct on grammatical grounds, even the old view cannot reach a different theological conclusion.
If we must avoid undermining "the priesthood of all believers," then we must also avoid undermining the role of the doctrinal ministers, since Paul indeed highlights their importance. Whether we affirm the old or new view on this verse, the doctrinal ministers are the ones who "equip the saints." If God's people are automatically and equally qualified at conversion, then there would be no need for Christ to send these ministers, and no need for Paul to distinguish them from the rest of the believers. All believers are encouraged and required to participate in the progress and growth of the church, but they must accept the training Christ provides through the doctrinal ministers.
As the mindsets of people have become more and more democratic and individualistic, to the point of showing blatant disdain and defiance against even proper authorities, "the priesthood of all believers" has become an increasingly abused concept. Just because we are all priests of God in Christ does not mean that we are all equally knowledgeable about the things of God. This same passage that affirms that each one of us has been given grace and that each part must do its work also affirms that each one must be trained and taught by the special ministers that Christ has given to his church.
Some time ago, one woman discovered my ministry, and for a while was enamored with the biblical teaching that I offered. Then I found out that she had started going to some gatherings led by a certain heretic, and that she had become engrossed and supportive of his teachings. So I gently warned her about the man, and gave her several clear examples of how his teachings departed from central biblical doctrines.
She instantly turned from an enthusiastic supporter of my ministry into a raving lunatic. She was shocked and enraged that I would speak against this other man that she had grown to love so much. She did not even try to refute my objections against the man's teachings, but responded, "Each of us has our own gift from God. You are a teacher to the body of Christ, so that you excel at detailed and accurate biblical teaching. But he is an exhorter – he is like a cheerleader in the body of Christ." This is the kind of insanity that I have to deal with. She considered this a proper application of the biblical teaching that each believer has his own gift (Ephesians 4:7-16), that there is a diversity of gifts, and that each part is necessary (1 Corinthians 12).
If there is a ministry of the "exhorter" as one who speaks encouragement to the body of Christ, then instead of getting people excited and passionate about nothing, he must still exhort people with something, and to something. He must exhort people to affirm and follow sound doctrine, to shun heresies, to pursue holiness, and to overcome evil. Did the woman think that an exhorter performs a Christian ministry when he exhorts people with false doctrines and heresies? So a church janitor can be a Satanist and still be acceptable to God, because his gift is cleaning and not teaching? Then a pastor can commit murder and still be approved by God, if his gift is preaching and not healing. What if I say that I am called only to teach doctrine, so it does not matter if I kill, rape, and steal, because it is another man's duty to be the moral example? We have different gifts, you know. But insofar as we are Christians, we are all called to pursue holiness, and to affirm sound doctrine.
If she truly believed that I was a teacher to the body of Christ, then according to her own view, she should have paid attention when I addressed doctrinal matters, and she should have heeded my warning about the heretic. And if she truly believed that teaching was my gift, then in her view, that exhorter should have first learned biblical doctrines from someone like me, and then exhort the people to affirm and follow these doctrines, or exhort them on the basis of these doctrines. Instead, she thought that because he was an "exhorter," he did not need to be accurate when it comes to doctrine. She might have drawn the line if he had exhorted people to worship the devil, but that would be arbitrary, and inconsistent with her own position.
We must resist this perversion of the teaching about the diversity of gifts. The passage indeed says that because of our diversity in gifts, we can each make different contributions to the growth of the body of Christ; nevertheless, whatever our gifts may be, we are united by the work that Christ has done to redeem us, and we are united by common doctrines. It is to unite his people around these doctrines that Christ has sent the doctrinal ministers.
For this reason, although the passage begins by talking about the grace given to each of us, Paul highlights the doctrinal ministers, for they are the ones who nurture and direct the grace given to each believer. Whatever your function in the body of Christ, you are unprepared to perform your duty unless you have been trained by the word of God and the Spirit of God, usually through the doctrinal ministers. As Hebrews 13:17 says, "Obey your leaders and submit to their authority. They keep watch over you as men who must give an account. Obey them so that their work will be a joy, not a burden, for that would be of no advantage to you."
Church leaders must not forbid anyone who is teachable and obedient to participate in some form of ministry in the church. But one who refuses to learn from the proper authorities is not good enough to clean the church toilet. If you are eager to participate in ministry because Scripture teaches that you are a "priest" of God, then you better act like one all the time. This means that you must be diligent in prayer and study. Ministry is not an opportunity for you to gain attention, to satisfy your lust to perform, or to make people hear your irrelevant anecdotes and opinions. Christ has given the doctrinal ministers to prepare you for your ministry, but if you refuse to learn and to submit, then you have no right to participate, for the same Scripture that allows you to participate states that it is these doctrinal ministers who will equip you.
As the doctrinal ministers perform their duties, and as the other believers learn from them and participate in "works of service,"10 they build up the body of Christ. The aim is to "reach unity in the faith and in the knowledge of the Son of God."
"Faith" is used in the objective sense. "The faith" refers to the biblical system of doctrine that Christians must affirm and follow. As 1 Timothy 3:9 says, "[Deacons] must keep hold of the deep truths of the faith with a clear conscience." 1 Timothy 4:6 talks about being "a good minister" who has been "brought up in the truths of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed." And Jude 3 urges readers to "contend for the faith that was once for all entrusted to the saints."
Again, many commentators refuse to tolerate Paul's intellectual emphasis, and so they stir up problems with the word "knowledge." On the basis that the word used here is not gnōsis but epignōsis,11 and sometimes without any basis at all,12 some of them allege that Paul is referring to "heart knowledge," or something "deeper" than the intellect, such as personal "fellowship" with Christ.
For example, Foulkes writes, "faith is not just the acceptance of a collection of dogmas, in the embracing of which unity will be found."13 He is totally wrong. Paul is indeed teaching that faith is a collection of dogmas, in the embracing of which unity will be found. The thrust of this passage is that Christ has given the church doctrinal ministers to teach them these dogmas, and true Christian unity is achieved when believers embrace these doctrines. Paul is teaching the very thing that Foulkes denies.
Foulkes continues, "[Faith] is something deeper and more personal. It is unity in the knowledge of the Son of God….We can never know any person simply with our mind; and knowledge of such a person as is envisaged here must involve the deepest possible fellowship."14
He says that we can never know any person simply with our mind, but he does not specify with what other part of the human person we can know someone. Does he mean that we must know someone with our spleen as well as with our mind? Perhaps he means that we must know someone with our "heart" also. But we have shown the heart is the mind; they are the same part of the human person.
He says that this "knowledge" must involve "the deepest possible fellowship." Again, if this "fellowship" is not a mental relationship sustained by intellectual communication, then what part of the human person is he talking about? Is there a non-mental part of the human person with which we can have "the deepest possible fellowship" with another? Foulkes seems to think so, but he must show that there is such a non-mental part in the human person. We have established that the "heart," the "inward man," and all such terms refer to the mind.
Like others, Foulkes says what he says most likely because it sounds sweet and pious – he has no exegetical ground for it – but the problem is that it is meaningless nonsense. Of course we should have "the deepest possible fellowship" with Christ, but it is still a mental relationship, involving intellectual communication. We have a relationship with Christ and with other Christians based on the doctrines revealed in Scripture.
We must still talk about gnōsis and epignōsis. Lenski writes, "Not mere intellectual knowledge is referred to, such as gnōsis might express, but true heart knowledge."15 But what is "heart" knowledge? And where is it? What is "heart" knowledge but intellectual knowledge? Is the "heart" non-mental, and processes no verbal information? If so – if the heart processes no verbal information – then how can we have "heart" knowledge about biblical doctrine? If not – if the heart does process verbal information – then how is the "heart" different from the mind? Again, we have already established that the heart is the mind.
Some people argue that we must distinguish the mind and the heart, because even an unbeliever can agree with biblical doctrines in his mind, but he is not truly saved until he agrees with them in his heart. This is wrong. First, we cannot make this distinction between the mind and the heart if the Bible never makes such a distinction, but in fact uses the two terms almost as synonyms, if not as exact synonyms. Second, the Bible never admits that an unbeliever can truly agree with biblical doctrines – it only teaches that he can claim to agree or pretend to agree. Third, even if the unbeliever can truly agree with some biblical propositions, he can never truly agree with those biblical propositions that lead to salvation; otherwise – if he can truly agree with them – he would be a believer by definition, not an unbeliever.16
Lenski claims that gnōsis is "intellectual knowledge," but that epignōsis is "heart knowledge." This is one of the most popular exegetical myths. It is assumed by many preachers and scholars.
Clark replies, "Hellenistic Greek makes no distinction between gnōsis and ginōskō, and epignōsis."17 Thayer's lexicon says that epignōsis means "correct and precise knowledge; used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine," and in connection with our verse in particular: "Of Christ, i.e. the true knowledge of Christ's nature, dignity, benefits."18
Lawrence Richards writes, "Epiginōskō is also translated 'know' in the NT. This is an intensive form of ginōskō and implies a fuller or more nearly complete knowledge."19 And in connection with Ephesians 1:17, Ralph Earle writes:
The regular Greek word for "knowledge" is gnōsis…But the word here is epignōsis…Is there any difference?
Trench writes: "Of epignōsis, as compared with gnōsis, it will be sufficient to say that epi must be regarded as intensive, giving to the compound word a greater strength than the simple word possessed." Lightfoot says: "The compound epignōsis is an advance upon gnōsis, denoting a larger and more thorough knowledge." And Salmond agrees: "It means a knowledge that is true, accurate, thorough, and so might be rendered 'full knowledge.'"
Paul is fond of compound words. This fact seems to be a reflection of his powerful personality. He felt deeply and expressed himself strongly. His use of compounds with the intensive epi was but a projection of his very intense nature, which manifested itself also in a life of unsurpassed devotion to the Lord.20
In other words, the prefix epi at best intensifies the meaning of gnōsis, making it a greater and deeper knowledge of the same kind, but it does not change the meaning into another kind of knowledge. As Lenski himself admits, gnōsis denotes "intellectual knowledge," and since "Hellenistic Greek makes no distinction between gnōsis…and epignōsis," and the prefix epi most likely intensifies the meaning of gnōsis, this means that rather than denoting "heart knowledge" (as something different from intellectual knowledge), epignōsis refers to "super-intellectual knowledge."
Christ has sent us these doctrinal ministers so that they would prepare the believers for service. This results in the continual edification of the whole church, to the end that we all become agreed in doctrine and in the deeply, intensely, super-intellectual knowledge about the Son of God, that is, Jesus Christ. It is in this way and in this sense that we strive to attain "the whole measure of the fullness of Christ."
Scripture teaches that Christian unity is doctrinal unity; that is, for Christians to be united is for them to agree in doctrine. Although this is the biblical position, many of those who claim to be Christians reject it. They insist that we can and must unite around "Christ," not in the form of doctrinal agreement, but despite great doctrinal differences and disagreements.
However, it is impossible to unite around "Christ" while affirming incompatible doctrines about him, since "Christ" would then become an undefined and meaningless sound with no definite content. If Tom thinks that Christ is an elephant, Mary thinks that Christ is a polar bear, Jane thinks that Christ is a merely human prophet, and Vincent thinks that Christ is God incarnate, then to say that we can unite around "Christ" while retaining these different conceptions about "Christ" would make both "Christ" and the "unity" meaningless. For just as Jane refuses to obey an elephant, Vincent refuses to worship a polar bear.
If your response is that the beliefs of professing Christians are not really that different, so that the illustration is merely hypothetical, then by implication you have admitted that Christian unity indeed depends on doctrinal unity, only that you think this doctrinal unity is already present and sufficient. If you insist that there must be only minimal doctrinal agreement among believers, then we already disagree on a doctrinal issue that I consider central. It is one that I refuse to compromise; therefore, our doctrinal disagreement has resulted in disunity.
For Christians to unite around Christ means to affirm the same things about Christ, such as who he is, what he has done, his incarnation, crucifixion, resurrection, and exaltation, his relationship to the Father, his relationship to the believers, and the relationship between believers in him. In other words, unity in Christ must be unity in what Scripture teaches about Christ. Otherwise, there is no unity, even if there is compromise.
Therefore, the doctrinal ministers teach the truth about Christ and refute false ideas about him: "Preaching the gospel aims at theological agreement."21 As the various members of the body of Christ learn and reinforce these doctrines, they grow in knowledge and agreement with one another. This is the essence of Christian unity. Christian unity is doctrinal unity, and this doctrinal unity is what Paul teaches and illustrates.
If you are a church leader, then this is your mandate. You must promote doctrinal agreement by faithfully and forcefully teaching biblical doctrines, and by refuting unbiblical ideas. You must not attempt to achieve agreement by compromise, or by reducing the biblical system of truth to a common denominator with which everyone can immediately agree. Rather, you must promote the truth and destroy falsehood.
The Bible never encourages us to "put aside our doctrinal differences," but it teaches us to confront and resolve them. Rather than to satisfy both sides of a doctrinal disagreement, if one side holds the biblical position, then he should win the argument, and the other side should discard his false position. If both sides are wrong, then they should both discard their positions to embrace the biblical one.
This demands unusual commitment and courage, "For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear" (2 Timothy 4:3). Yet, this is the very purpose for which Christ has called you.
You might complain that substantial doctrinal agreement between Christians appear too remote, but this is partly because you have not been doing your job! It is your fault, so do not complain. If you have been thinking that Christian unity is not based on doctrine, but on some non-doctrinal "love" or "Christ," then no wonder there has been no progress in doctrinal agreement. And instead of praying for agreement only in attitudes and actions, you should also be praying for agreement in our beliefs.
Paul is not finished with his emphasis on doctrine. He states that as the doctrinal ministers perform their duty, as they prepare the believers for works of service, as the church moves toward doctrinal agreement, so that it attains the whole measure of the fullness of Christ, "Then we will no longer be infants, tossed back and forth by the waves, and blown here and there by every wind of teaching and by the cunning and craftiness of men in their deceitful scheming." Therefore, besides telling us that Christian unity is doctrinal unity, he also teaches that Christian maturity is doctrinal maturity.
False doctrines sway immature Christians. Most churches have very little immunity, because their leaders fail to give doctrine the highest priority; instead, they promote drama programs, youth retreats, singles nights, and bake sales. It would be better if they cancel the drama programs, scrub the youth retreats, call off singles nights, turn over the bake sale tables, and devote all the time and money to theology classes. That would be a good start.
Church leaders must diligently "encourage others by sound doctrine and refute those who oppose it" (Titus 1:9). When they fail to do this, the believers under them will remain spiritual infants, susceptible to "the cunning and craftiness of men in their deceitful scheming." Some of them will take responsibility for their own faith, and study and pray for themselves. They will mature and stand firm despite the ministers' negligence. But others will drift away to false doctrines and religions.
A heresy is a heresy, and we must refute and destroy it. Nevertheless, we should invest most of our resources on building up Christians on sound doctrine, so that they will no longer be infants. Spiritual "infants" are those who have no resistance to false doctrines, and spiritual adults are those who have been established by sound doctrines, so that they are not easily swayed.
One measurement of spiritual maturity is doctrinal maturity. Is the person's doctrinal knowledge broad, deep, accurate, and established? Then, he is spiritually mature. One might object that a person can memorize a systematic theology and still remain a licentious person or an unbeliever. This is true, and that is why he must be "established" in sound doctrine. A person who sincerely and steadily believes and follows sound doctrine is by definition a true Christian, and spiritually mature.
Paul writes, "When I was a child, I talked like a child, I thought like a child, I reasoned like a child. When I became a man, I put childish ways behind me" (1 Corinthians 13:11). Spiritual maturity has to do with growing up in talking, in thinking, and in reasoning about spiritual things. A mature person possesses deep doctrinal discernment, and he is not easily deceived. As a believer, this is what you must strive to become; as a church leader, this is what you must help believers become. We must read about doctrine, think about doctrine, and talk about doctrine – all the time. As Herman Hoeksema said, "If you ask me what, in our time, our people need above all, in the first place, my answer is: Doctrine! If you ask me what they need in the second place, I say: Doctrine! If you ask me what they need in the third place, I say: Doctrine!"22
By doctrine or theology, we refer to a systematic understanding of the word of God. Thus when I say, "Study doctrine! Study theology!" it is just a formal way of saying, "Listen to God! Believe God! Obey God!" If you think that we stress doctrine too much, it is because you think too little of the Bible. If you think too little of the Bible, it is because you think too little of God, because the Bible is the word of God.
Rather than tossed here and there by every heretical trend, we promote the growth of the body of Christ by "speaking the truth in love." What does this mean? Many people assume that it means, "Assert the truth, but do it nicely." They define "love" according to secular social etiquette, a non-Christian standard of polite speech and conduct. However, if this is the right definition, and if this is the correct understanding of "speaking the truth in love," then Paul would be telling Titus to "speak the truth in hate" when he writes, "Therefore, rebuke them sharply, so that they will be sound in the faith and will pay no attention to Jewish myths or to the commands of those who reject the truth" (Titus 1:13-14). His concern there is similar to the one here, that is, doctrinal accuracy and maturity. But he says, "Rebuke them sharply, so that they will be sound in the faith." Is this love or not? Why do you think he says to rebuke them in the first place? It is because he loves them (Proverbs 27:5; 1 Timothy 5:20).
Harsh rebuke is often not the first step against false doctrine or spiritual immaturity, but it is usually reserved for the unrepentant, and those in close danger of spiritual shipwreck. The point is that "speaking the truth in love" does not mean that we always speak softly and nicely, but love sometimes requires us to let out a thunderous rebuke against the person in error. Paul writes, "These, then, are the things you should teach. Encourage and rebuke with all authority" – sometimes I encourage and sometimes I rebuke, but I always teach. Some people think that I should always encourage, sometimes teach, and never rebuke, but Paul assures me: "Do not let anyone despise you" (Titus 2:15). So I will keep on encouraging and rebuking people. Why? Because I love them.23
Then, "as each part does its work," the body of Christ is "joined and held together," and it "grows and builds itself up in love."
EPHESIANS 4:17-24
So I tell you this, and insist on it in the Lord, that you must no longer live as the Gentiles do, in the futility of their thinking. They are darkened in their understanding and separated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them due to the hardening of their hearts. Having lost all sensitivity, they have given themselves over to sensuality so as to indulge in every kind of impurity, with a continual lust for more.
You, however, did not come to know Christ that way. Surely you heard of him and were taught in him in accordance with the truth that is in Jesus. You were taught, with regard to your former way of life, to put off your old self, which is being corrupted by its deceitful desires; to be made new in the attitude of your minds; and to put on the new self, created to be like God in true righteousness and holiness.
God has chosen them for salvation, regenerated them, and made them into "Israel" in Christ. And now, because they belong to one body with all the heirs of God, and must contribute to its growth, Paul commands these believers to stop living like the Gentiles; instead, they must "live a life worthy of the calling" (4:1). In other words, they must stop living like non-Christians, and live like Christians.
What are the "Gentiles" or non-Christians like? What is wrong with them that Christians must not be like them? Read verses 17-19. Paul mentions "the futility of their thinking," and that they are "darkened in their understanding." He is still not done with the intellect; he is still not done with doctrine. He finally arrives at a more practical and ethical emphasis, and he immediately addresses the mind again. He says that the unbelievers are separated from God, that they are ignorant, and hardened. Then, he continues to say, they are callous, indulgent, and continually driven by lust. As the Bible consistently and repeatedly teaches, non-Christians are stupid and evil.
When Scripture declares that non-Christians are morons, people often distort it and claim that it refers to "moral" intelligence. This is a blatant rejection of the word of God. Of course unbelievers are stupid concerning moral things, but this is because they are stupid concerning all things. Christians often say that many non-Christians are very smart and very moral, but that they are not good enough, or that they do not have the right kind of wisdom and morality. Scripture denies this, but it outright condemns non-Christians as stupid and evil.
Paul says that their mindset ends in futility, and that their understanding is darkened. Hendriksen writes, "The 'understanding' or power of discursive reasoning has been affected by sin."24 Romans 1:22 says, "Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools." In the same sense that non-Christians claim to be wise, they are fools. However, they do not claim to be only morally wise, but also intellectually wise; therefore, when Paul says that they are "fools" in the same sense that they claim to be wise, he means that they are intellectual fools, and not just moral fools.
Therefore, he is referring to their ability to think and reason, not only about morality, but about anything and everything. You must either confess with Scripture that all non- Christians are morons, or you must reject this assessment and abandon the inerrancy of Scripture, and thus renounce the Christian faith.
Even the people who usually support my teachings sometimes disagree that I should call non-Christians morons. However, I have repeatedly given biblical support for it, so that unless they can offer a biblical refutation, they are in defiance of Scripture when they complain that I call the non-Christians what the Scripture itself calls them. It is a sin to disagree with me on this, because I merely declare and apply God's own judgment on the matter.
They admit that Scripture calls the non-Christians "fools," and they do not object when I point out that the Greek is moros, from which we derived the English word that means the same thing, "moron." But they still insist that I should not call them this. They have an unbiblical and irrational aversion to it, probably because they have been influenced by a non-Christian standard.
One person responds, in effect, "You are right, but just do not say it, at least not in front of them." Are we allowed to preach on Psalm 14:1 and Romans 1:22, and other verses that say non-Christians are stupid? If so, is this person saying that we must preach on these verses behind their backs, only when they are not present? Or should we not even preach on these verses, and just read them silently at home? This person is ashamed of the word of God.
The Bible says that non-Christians are "sinners" and that they are "wicked." Are we also forbidden to tell them this? Or is it acceptable to call them "sinners" and not "morons," and say that they are "wicked," and not "stupid"? Should we even say that they "sin"? Yes, right in front of them? If so, how is "moron" and "stupid" any worse? If not – if we must not mention sin – then how can we preach the gospel at all?
Another person writes, "I wholeheartedly agree that I was stupid, foolish, and moronic in my beliefs before I became a Christian…but I do not see justification for engaging in the manner of name-calling which I have read from Mr. Cheung's writings."
So I have no justification in telling the truth and repeating the Bible? In any case, this is an incomplete account of my position. This person admits only to being "moronic in my beliefs," but Scripture does not say that non-Christians are moronic only in what they believe – it says that they, the people, are morons. As for justification, I have repeatedly justified the practice, but it seems he refuses to admit it.
Moreover, this is not a matter of name-calling,25 but a matter of doctrine. The only justification for not calling non-Christians "morons" is if they are not morons. He disagrees with my approach because he uses a non-biblical standard of judgment or etiquette. For so long people have been trained by unbelievers on how to talk that they are shocked when someone comes along and repeats the Bible! Anyone who objects to calling non-Christians "morons" must first refute Scripture, because this is not a tactic of debate, but the theology of Scripture.
In one place, a person proposes the syllogism: "Scripture says that non-Christian are fools; X is a non-Christian; therefore, X is a fool." He questions how Vincent Cheung could be in error if Scripture is inerrant and if this syllogism is valid. One person answers that he does not dare disagree with what God says, and so he has to agree with the first premise and the necessary conclusion of the syllogism – but somehow Vincent Cheung is still wrong!
He claims that he does not want to "judge" people. But consider this syllogism: "Scripture says that non-Christians are sinners; X is a non-Christian; therefore, X is a sinner." By this person's reasoning, it would also be wrong to call the non-Christian a sinner. If this is the case, how can I preach the gospel? Am I even allowed to tell Christians that the non- Christians are sinners? If not, how can I teach the Bible? And if we are not supposed to "judge," then who are we to assume that someone might even need the gospel? Can we preach to anyone about anything? This person's reasoning amounts to saying that although we must agree with the Bible, we are not allowed to draw necessary implications from it, and we are not allowed to apply its negative teachings to anyone – that would be to "judge" people.
There are some who think that we may call people sinners, but not morons. But why is "sinner" less offensive than "moron"? Or why is "wicked" more pleasant than "stupid"? The non-Christian denies both, but Scripture calls them both.
Then, some people applaud me for agreeing with Scripture and calling the non-Christian a fool, but they want me to be so poetic and polite – so unclear – about it that they are shocked and embarrassed when I repeat what Scripture says in plain speech, in a way that both Christians and non-Christians can understand. These people pretend to believe the Scripture, but they are also ashamed of it. They call themselves Christians, but they wish that God would shut up and behave.
My critics assume a secular morality that has been designed to silence Christians, so that they are bound by unbiblical concepts of etiquette and tolerance. As for me, I will "no longer live as the Gentiles do." This includes believing what Scripture says about them, and calling them whatever Scripture calls them, and do it right in front of them. If Scripture is our spiritual and intellectual foundation, then we must believe and declare its assessment of the non-Christians.
Then, some Christians find it acceptable when I say that non-Christians are "irrational" or "unwise," but they are horrified when I use the word "stupid." Some of them even call the non-Christians "fools" in agreement with Psalm 14 and Romans 1. But when I use the words "idiots" and "morons," I am guilty of some horrible crime.
It is Scripture's own doctrine that non-Christians are stupid, that they are morons. I am willing to affirm this doctrine in clear and unmistakable terms before both Christians and non-Christians – whether in a soft or harsh tone, with restrained or flamboyant gestures, or with subdued or forceful mannerisms, as the situation demands. I merely apply and repeat the words of the prophets and the apostles. If you disagree with this, is it really because I am wrong, or is it because you are a loser, a wimp, and a slave of non-Christian indoctrination?
Paul writes that they are "darkened in their understanding." If we agree with Scripture that the non-Christians are "darkened in their understanding," then we cannot at the same time think that they are pretty smart. In Romans 1:21, he writes that "their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened," very much like what he says here in this letter. Thayer's lexicon says that the word (asunetos) means "unintelligent, without understanding," and that in Romans 1:21, it means "stupid."26
Then, Paul adds that the non-Christians "indulge in every kind of impurity, with a continual lust for more." Do my critics agree with Scripture that the non-Christians are "callous" (NASB), and that they continually "lust for more" vile and impure things, but that at the same time they are pretty good people? Are they insane? Or are they stupid like the unbelievers?
Paul says that non-Christians are vain, stupid, hardened, callous, and full of lust. My critics must either accept biblical inerrancy or reject it. If they accept it, then they must agree with Paul and me that non-Christians are stupid and evil. If they reject it, then they must tell us on what basis they can call themselves Christians at all. If they are not Christians, then they must refute the Christian faith before they can criticize me for repeating what my worldview says about the non-Christians.
Some believers know that I am right, that Scripture indeed calls non-Christians stupid and evil, but they resent me for being biblical and unambiguous about this. Nevertheless, I would follow Scripture all the way – I do not stop at calling non-Christians stupid and evil, but I proceed to proclaim the gospel, pressing the point that only Christ can save them from being morons and monsters.27
As mentioned, Paul is still not done with the intellect, and he is still not done with doctrine. After reminding his readers that non-Christians are stupid and evil, he also reminds them that they are not like the non-Christians, because they have been changed by Christian teaching. Notice the intellectual references:
You, however, did not come to know Christ that way. Surely you heard of him and were taught in him in accordance with the truth that is in Jesus. You were taught, with regard to your former way of life, to put off your old self, which is being corrupted by its deceitful desires; to be made new in the attitude of your minds; and to put on the new self, created to be like God in true righteousness and holiness.
The non-Christian's problem consists of his futile thinking, darkened mind, callous heart, and continual lust. Christians are different because they have been taught the truth of the Christian faith. God's power rescues us from futile thinking and continual lust, not by a mystical encounter or experience, but by the teaching of Christ, or Christian doctrine, applied to the mind by divine power.
The act of putting off the old self and putting on the new self is also an intellectual exercise. As the parallel verses in Colossians 3:9-10 say, "Do not lie to each other, since you have taken off your old self with its practices and have put on the new self, which is being renewed in knowledge in the image of its Creator."
Thus Paul is saying to his readers, "You do not have to be like the non-Christians, because you have been taught something else. You have been taught the doctrines of Jesus Christ. You can live consistently with this Christian worldview because God has regenerated you and his power is at work in you. By renewing your mind with biblical teaching, you can put on the new self, form new thinking patterns and moral habits, and conform to true righteousness and holiness."
EPHESIANS 4:25-5:2
Therefore each of you must put off falsehood and speak truthfully to his neighbor, for we are all members of one body. "In your anger do not sin": Do not let the sun go down while you are still angry, and do not give the devil a foothold. He who has been stealing must steal no longer, but must work, doing something useful with his own hands, that he may have something to share with those in need. Do not let any unwholesome talk come out of your mouths, but only what is helpful for building others up according to their needs, that it may benefit those who listen.
And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, with whom you were sealed for the day of redemption. Get rid of all bitterness, rage and anger, brawling and slander, along with every form of malice. Be kind and compassionate to one another, forgiving each other, just as in Christ God forgave you. Be imitators of God, therefore, as dearly loved children and live a life of love, just as Christ loved us and gave himself up for us as a fragrant offering and sacrifice to God.
In sanctification, the Christian renews his mind with the teaching of Scripture, and then following its instructions, he puts off the old self and puts on the new self. Having established this in the previous passage, Paul now lists several areas in which Christians must practice this principle, and explains what it means to put off the old self and put on the new self in the context of these examples.
Because we must no longer live like the Gentiles, and because we have received the teaching of Christ, "therefore" we must now "put off falsehood." The old self tends to lie whenever it seems advantageous to do so, but we must put on the new self and thus "speak truthfully to his neighbor, for we are all members of one body." Although we must follow biblical principles of ethics at all times and toward everyone, Paul focuses on our behavior within God's household, since the context has to do with maintaining the peace and unity that God has produced among his people through Christ.
"In your anger do not sin" comes from Psalm 4:4. There is continuity between Old Testament ethics and New Testament ethics.28 Christ did not redeem us so that we may disobey Old Testament moral principles, but rather to grant us a new spirit to obey them (Ezekiel 11:19-20). There is such a thing as righteous indignation. Anger is not always sinful, but it is righteous when it arises because we are jealous for God's honor, and zealous for the truth (Mark 3:5). Nevertheless, we must not justify selfish anger, or lack of patience and compassion, by calling it righteous indignation. Righteous anger is different from holding a grudge. If we can tell the difference, and control our emotions, then we will "not give the devil a foothold."
Some of the readers were thieves before they were converted. Now that they are Christians, stealing is unacceptable, because this is not what they learned from Christ (4:20); rather, they have been taught to put off the old self and to put on the new self. They must not only put off the old, but they must also put on the new; they must not only put away wickedness, but they must also pursue holiness. Therefore, it is not enough to stop stealing, but they must find some useful work to do, so that they may "have something to share with those in need."
The same principle applies to our speech. Now that we are Christians, we must put away any "unwholesome talk"; instead, we must speak "only what is helpful for building others up."
Some Christians misuse the statement, "Do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God." They apply this to the "moves" of the Spirit, and to warn those who oppose the unusual things that they claim the Spirit does in church services. However, whether or not this principle is correct, it is not what the passage intends to say.
They infer that the Holy Spirit is easily offended, that he is like a frightened little girl, or that he could be easily chased away like a pigeon. But if the Spirit is as "sensitive" as they say, we would never have the Spirit's presence and power. They overestimate their own holiness, and underestimate the Spirit's robust personality.
The "anointing" does not depart from you because you oversleep or overeat, because you have to clean the toilet, do your laundry, or feed your baby before you preach, or because the music leader plays the wrong song during the service. The power rests in the Spirit! It does not depend on you, or on your serene state of mind. The Spirit is with us because of the work of Christ, not because of our holiness, and not because we manage to tip-toe around him all the time.
Moreover, since God is impassible, the reference to "grieve" is an anthropopathism in the first place. God is without emotions.29
Paul's point is for us to "Get rid of…every form of malice." Again, sanctification involves more than putting off the old self, along with its sinful desires and habits. We must also put on or take up the corresponding virtues. So he urges us to "Be imitators of God…and live a life of love." Following God's example, we must "Be kind and compassionate to one another, forgiving each other, just as in Christ God forgave you."
He is introducing a new pattern of thinking and living to his readers. We may no longer live like the non-Christians, because we have been chosen, changed, and converted in Christ. Non-Christians lie and steal. They are bitter and malicious. At one time, we were like them, but instead of acting like the children of Satan, now we must be "imitators of God, as dearly beloved children."
EPHESIANS 5:3-20
But among you there must not be even a hint of sexual immorality, or of any kind of impurity, or of greed, because these are improper for God's holy people. Nor should there be obscenity, foolish talk or coarse joking, which are out of place, but rather thanksgiving. For of this you can be sure: No immoral, impure or greedy person – such a man is an idolater – has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God. Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of such things God's wrath comes on those who are disobedient. Therefore do not be partners with them.
For you were once darkness, but now you are light in the Lord. Live as children of light (for the fruit of the light consists in all goodness, righteousness and truth) and find out what pleases the Lord. Have nothing to do with the fruitless deeds of darkness, but rather expose them. For it is shameful even to mention what the disobedient do in secret. But everything exposed by the light becomes visible, for it is light that makes everything visible. This is why it is said: "Wake up, O sleeper, rise from the dead, and Christ will shine on you."
Be very careful, then, how you live – not as unwise but as wise, making the most of every opportunity, because the days are evil. Therefore do not be foolish, but understand what the Lord's will is. Do not get drunk on wine, which leads to debauchery. Instead, be filled with the Spirit. Speak to one another with psalms, hymns and spiritual songs. Sing and make music in your heart to the Lord, always giving thanks to God the Father for everything, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.
Paul is aware of the rampant sexual perversions that surround Christians, and so after giving them some examples on putting off the old self and putting on the new self, he provides an extended warning against "sexual immorality" and "what the disobedient do in secret" – things that are "shameful even to mention."
Among Christians, there must not be "even a hint of sexual immorality, or of any kind of impurity." How far we are from this standard! Yet Christians are still playing nice with sins and sinners, and attacking those who speak up. But Paul does not stop here. He adds that "coarse joking" should be replaced with "thanksgiving." Some Christians are eager to show the non-Christians that we are not prudes, but if we ever succeed in doing this to their satisfaction, then it would also mean that we have embraced a non-Christian moral standard. Rather than proving that we are not prudes, we should show that they are filthy beasts.
Paul then makes an important point. He says, "For of this you can be sure: No immoral, impure or greedy person – such a man is an idolater – has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God. Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of such things God's wrath comes on those who are disobedient." Many Christians accommodate their theology to the non-Christians' sinful lifestyle. They seem to think that if we would affirm that all these things lead to hell, then it would mean that many people are heading there. They refuse such a harsh theology. But take it or leave it, this is Christianity.
In another place, he writes, "Or do you not know that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor homosexuals, nor thieves, nor the covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor swindlers, shall inherit the kingdom of God" (1 Corinthians 6:9-10, NASB). Some of those who claim to be Christians even say that it is fine to commit adultery, that it is fine to have an abortion, that it is fine if you are a homosexual, that it is fine if you leave your husband or wife. After all, you must follow your heart, right? God understands.
But it is not fine. Paul explicitly states that adulterers, homosexuals, thieves, and drunkards will not inherit the kingdom of God. They are not Christians, and they will go to hell – all of them. He knows that people do not like to think this way, and that many people will assert a different view, and so in one passage he warns, "Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of such things God's wrath comes on those who are disobedient," and in the other he also writes, "Do not be deceived."
It is precisely because of these things – sexual immorality, coarse joking, adultery, theft, homosexuality, drunkenness, and all the other things that Scripture calls sin – that God's wrath is coming upon "the disobedient." It is because of these things that non-Christians will burn in hell. The sooner Christians wake up to this reality, the sooner they can take the proper approach toward these people. They must not tell homosexuals that they can remain homosexuals and still go to heaven as long as they believe in Christ. No, if they believe in Christ, then they must stop being homosexuals. Likewise, one cannot be a Christian and have an abortion, or leave the husband or wife for another person. All these are abominations. It is not loving or compassionate to deceive a sinner by letting him think that he is not a sinner.
"Therefore, do not be partners with them." Instead of joining them in their sins, or their approval of these sins, we must "Have nothing to do with the fruitless deeds of darkness, but rather expose them." Paul sets up a sharp contrast between Christians and non- Christians. Whereas we were "once darkness…now you are light in the Lord." The Christians are as light, and the non-Christians are as darkness. We must "live as children of the light." Throughout this letter, Paul labors to communicate the tremendous intellectual and moral differences between the Christians and the non-Christians, and here the imagery cannot be more clear – Christians and non-Christians are intellectual and moral opposites.
He is not finished with the contrast. He writes, "Be very careful, then, how you live – not as unwise but as wise." In other words, do not be stupid like the non-Christians, but be smart, and that means "making the most of every opportunity" to live as children of light and to expose the deeds of darkness. "Therefore do not be foolish, but understand what the Lord's will is." Here is the contrast again. Non-Christians are stupid – they indulge in their lusts and immorality and think that they are fine. We must not be like them, but we must be wise, and understand the Lord's will.
Paul continues, "Do not get drunk on wine, which leads to debauchery. Instead, be filled with the Spirit." Some Christians distort this verse. They take a mystical and experiential interpretation, rather than, as consistent with the context, an intellectual and moral interpretation. Some of them assume that this means the Spirit is a substitute for wine, and he will produce similar mental and physical effects in a person.
The contrast is still between folly and wisdom.30 In fact, O'Brien argues that the Holy Spirit is not the content of the filling, but the instrument of the filling. So the verse does not say, "Be filled with the Spirit," but "Be filled by the Spirit." As for the content of fullness, recall the relevant expressions in this letter. O'Brien concludes:
The content with which believers have been (or are being) filled is the fulness of (the triune) God or of Christ. No other text in Ephesians (or elsewhere in Paul) focuses specifically on the Holy Spirit as the content of this fulness. It is better, then, to understand 5:18 in terms of the Spirit's mediating the fulness of God and Christ to believers. In other words, Paul's readers are to be transformed by the Spirit into the likeness of God and Christ, ideas which are entirely consistent with the earlier exhortations of 4:32-5:2…To be admonished, "Be filled by the Spirit," then, means that Paul's readers are urged to let the Spirit change them more and more into the image of God and Christ, a notion which is consistent with Pauline theology elsewhere.31
This filling by the Holy Spirit produces in the believers "psalms, hymns and spiritual songs," which are associated with "giving thanks to God the Father for everything, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ." This seems to describe the very doxologies and thanksgivings that we have read in this letter, and like Paul's doxologies, they should contain deep theology and exhibit coherent thought.
This interpretation is credible because the parallel verse in Colossians says, "Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly as you teach and admonish one another with all wisdom, and as you sing psalms, hymns and spiritual songs with gratitude in your hearts to God" (3:16). Here it is "the word of Christ" that fills the believers, and the effect is that they would "teach and admonish one another with all wisdom, and as you sing psalms, hymns and spiritual songs with gratitude in your hearts to God."
Some people are more prone to write songs and doxologies, even if they are not as good as Paul's, but all who have been filled by the Spirit with the word of Christ must "teach and admonish…with all wisdom." This is another way of saying that the Holy Spirit fills us with biblical knowledge, and as he does so, we become capable of teaching and admonishing others with theological insight, perhaps even in the form of songs and doxologies, and always with gratitude in our hearts to God.
EPHESIANS 5:21-6:9
Submit to one another out of reverence for Christ.
Wives, submit to your husbands as to the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife as Christ is the head of the church, his body, of which he is the Savior. Now as the church submits to Christ, so also wives should submit to their husbands in everything.
Husbands, love your wives, just as Christ loved the church and gave himself up for her to make her holy, cleansing her by the washing with water through the word, and to present her to himself as a radiant church, without stain or wrinkle or any other blemish, but holy and blameless. In this same way, husbands ought to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves his wife loves himself.
After all, no one ever hated his own body, but he feeds and cares for it, just as Christ does the church – for we are members of his body. "For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and the two will become one flesh." This is a profound mystery – but I am talking about Christ and the church. However, each one of you also must love his wife as he loves himself, and the wife must respect her husband.
Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is right. "Honor your father and mother" – which is the first commandment with a promise – "that it may go well with you and that you may enjoy long life on the earth."
Fathers, do not exasperate your children; instead, bring them up in the training and instruction of the Lord.
Slaves, obey your earthly masters with respect and fear, and with sincerity of heart, just as you would obey Christ. Obey them not only to win their favor when their eye is on you, but like slaves of Christ, doing the will of God from your heart. Serve wholeheartedly, as if you were serving the Lord, not men, because you know that the Lord will reward everyone for whatever good he does, whether he is slave or free.
And masters, treat your slaves in the same way. Do not threaten them, since you know that he who is both their Master and yours is in heaven, and there is no favoritism with him.
There is difficulty in determining the relationship of verse 21 with its surrounding verses. Grammatically, it seems to belong to the previous passage, and refers to one of the results of being filled by the Spirit. In terms of content, however, the verse appears to introduce the next section on domestic relationships. In fact, it is verse 21 that supplies the verb for verse 22. Thus we must recognize the relationship of verse 21 with both the verses that precede and follow it.
Corresponding to Paul's earlier admonition, "Make every effort to keep the unity of the Spirit through the bond of peace" (4:3), people who are filled by the Spirit do not always insist on having things their own way, but they willingly yield to one another as long as this does not compromise doctrine. After instructing the believers on how to behave in the household of God in general, he proceeds to discuss the relationships in the individual households of Christians.
The verse says, "Submit to one another out of reverence for Christ." Some have derived from this the teaching of "mutual submission," that every believer must submit to every other believer, and they apply this to the domestic relationships that Paul is about to discuss. However, this is not what the verse teaches, and when one tries to impose "mutual submission" on the subsequent verses, it just does not fit. We will consider several arguments showing that the verse contradicts "mutual submission."
To begin, the word translated "submit" (hypotassō) regularly functions to describe a one- directional subordination to another's authority, rather than a symmetrical relationship. O'Brien writes that "it always has to do with an ordered relationship in which one person is 'over' and another 'under.'"32 Therefore, to say that the word can refer to a relationship of mutual and reciprocal submission would be "to misunderstand the semantic range of the term."33 The word disallows the "mutual submission" interpretation of the verse; rather, it denotes a one-directional submission to the proper authority in any given situation.34 Mary Kassian concludes:
Hypotasso always requires one party in a relationship to submit to the other, and not vice versa. The context of Ephesians 5:21 supports this position. In this verse, Paul makes a general call to all Christians to submit to one another in whatever hierarchical relationships they are involved in. He then gives three specific examples of relationships in which submission of one party is required. Verse 21 is thus properly understood as an introductory verse to those which follow.35
Then, "one another" does not necessarily imply an equal and reciprocal relationship. For example, Paul writes in Galatians 6:2, "Bear one another's burdens, and thus fulfill the law of Christ" (NASB), but then he writes in verse 5, "For each one shall bear his own load." His point is that whereas each person should "bear his own load," the stronger should help the weaker, or those who are capable should help those who are in need. He certainly does not mean that we should each exchange our "burdens," and to never bear our own load but to always bear the burdens of other people.36
Another example is Revelation 6:4. The verse says, "And another, a red horse, went out; and to him who sat on it, it was granted to take peace from the earth, and that men should slay one another" (NASB). This means that men would fight among themselves, and that many of them would be killed. It is certainly not asserting that there would be mutual destruction in every confrontation, that people would be killed in pairs, or that both parties in every confrontation would always kill each other, so that each would have to fatally wound the other person at almost the same time, since one cannot inflict harm to his opponent after he himself has been killed.
Therefore, "one another" in 5:21 does not necessarily imply "mutual submission" in the sense of a reciprocal submission; instead, we must determine the meaning by observing the context.
What interpretation does the context demand?
A completely reciprocal submission would mean that whereas wives must submit to husbands, husbands must also submit to wives (in exactly the same sense and to exactly the same extent), that whereas children must submit to parents, parents must also submit to children (in exactly the same sense and to exactly the same extent), and that whereas slaves must submit to masters, masters must also submit to slaves (in exactly the same sense and to exactly the same extent).
The passage does not teach this – Paul indeed says that wives must submit to husbands, that children must submit to parents, and that slaves must submit to masters, but he never says that husbands must submit to wives, that parents must submit to children, or that masters must submit to slaves. He teaches that husbands must treat their wives well, that parents must treat their children well, and that masters must treat their slaves well, but this is very different from teaching submission. Paul never says, "Wives, submit to you husbands, and husbands, submit to your wives," or "Slaves, obey your masters, and masters, obey your slaves"!
In fact, one reason Paul commands those in authority to treat their subordinates well is precisely because the latter must submit and obey. It is as if he says to them, "Since they must obey you, they are in a vulnerable position to be abused by you. Therefore, just as I command them to submit to you, I command you not to mistreat them, but to be tender toward them. Just as you have authority over those who are under you, we are all under the authority of Christ, and are accountable to him."
Paul uses the marriage relationship as a figure for the relationship between Christ and the church. If verse 21 requires that we understand 5:22-6:9 as teaching "mutual submission," then this necessarily implies that Christ himself must obey the church in the same sense and to the same extent that the church obeys Christ. Thus the mutual submission doctrine results in blasphemy.
On the other hand, he writes, "For the husband is the head of the wife as Christ is the head of the church, his body, of which he is the Savior. Now as the church submits to Christ, so also wives should submit to their husbands in everything."37 "The husband is…as Christ is," and "as the church…so also wives." Does this not give the husbands tremendous authority over the wives? Indeed it does, and that is one reason Paul writes, "Husbands, love your wives."
Therefore, we conclude with Lenski, "…in what follows (v. 22-6:9) we, indeed, have subjection but no reciprocal, no mutual subjection. Wives are to be subject to husbands, children to parents, slaves to masters, but not the reverse, and husbands and masters are not to be subject to other persons in the family."38
Now we come to verses 22-24. They are self-explanatory, especially in the light of our discussion on verse 21. However, there have been many attempts at distorting and subverting the obvious meaning of the passage. For example, the NIV Study Bible rejects Paul's teaching, and offers the following excuse:
To submit meant to yield one's own rights. If the relationship called for it, as in the military, the term could connote obedience, but that meaning is not called for here. In fact, the word "obey" does not appear in Scripture with respect to wives, though it does with respect to children (6:1) and slaves (6:5).39
Submission is defined as "to yield one's own rights." Another popular understanding of "submission" contrasts it with "obedience," and takes submission in this context to mean humility and respect in the wife's attitude, instead of conformity to the husband's will in behavior. Thus it is conceivable that a wife could exhibit total disobedience, and at the same time satisfies the command to exhibit total "submission," just because she has a respectful attitude. Both of these definitions are false given the context of the passage and how the word is used in other biblical verses.
As for the claim that "the word 'obey' does not appear in Scripture with respect to wives, though it does with respect to children (6:1) and slaves (6:5)," it is an outright lie.
First, although the word translated "submit" (hypotassō) in verse 22 is different from the one translated "obey" (hypakouō) in 6:1 and 6:5, it is unnecessary to use hypakouō ("obey") in verse 22, since hypotassō ("submit") can also denote obedience. For example, the same word hypotassō ("submit") is used in Luke 2:51, but this time the NIV reflects the meaning of obedience: "Then [Jesus] went down to Nazareth with them and was obedient [hypotassō] to them." But hypakouō ("obey") is used in Ephesians 6:1 where it says, "Children, obey [hypakouō] your parents in the Lord, for this is right."
Does the commentator40 dare to insinuate that Jesus was merely "submissive" to his parents in his attitude, but that he was not "obedient" to them? So he nodded and smiled, but did not do what they said? If so, did Jesus obey the commandment, "Honor your father and mother"? Paul cites this commandment in Ephesians 6:2 as the basis for children to obey their parents, but the Bible uses hypotassō ("submit") in reference to Christ in Luke 2:51.
The commentator continues, "In fact, the word 'obey' does not appear in Scripture with respect to wives."41 He must mean that Scripture never uses hypakouō ("obey") when it refers to wives, but that it uses only hypotassō ("submit"). However, it indeed uses hypakouō ("obey") when it speaks about Sarah in 1 Peter 3:5-6: "For this is the way the holy women of the past who put their hope in God used to make themselves beautiful. They were submissive [hypotassō] to their own husbands, like Sarah, who obeyed [hypakouō] Abraham and called him her master. You are her daughters if you do what is right and do not give way to fear."
Again, the claim is that "the word 'obey' does not appear in Scripture with respect to wives." But who was Sarah? She was the wife of Abraham, and Peter writes that she obeyed (hypakouō) her husband. Then, he says that women are to follow her example. This necessarily implies that we must equally apply hypakouō ("obey") to all wives. In addition, the verse itself either equates hypotassō ("submit") with hypakouō ("obey"), or assumes that hypotassō ("submit") implies hypakouō ("obey"), since it says, "They were submissive [hypotassō] to their own husbands, like Sarah, who obeyed [hypakouō] Abraham and called him her master." These women were submissive, like Sarah, who obeyed.
Therefore, whether Scripture uses hypakouō or hypotassō (and we see that it uses both words), it commands the wives to obey their husbands – nothing less will do. A wife must obey her husband, Paul says, "so that no one will malign the word of God" (Titus 2:5). A disobedient wife brings shame to the kingdom of God.
Husbands are commanded to love their wives: "Husbands, love your wives, just as Christ loved the church and gave himself up for her." The command is not for the husbands to show mere affection, but to love the wives to the death, and cherish them more than their own welfare. If the wives complain that it is too difficult to obey their husbands, it is even more difficult for the husbands to love these disobedient wives to this extent.
Just as many men are difficult to obey, many women are difficult to love. If God has not filled us with divine love, it would be impossible to love anyone as Christ loves, especially to love the rebellious women that refuse to obey their husbands. At any rate, it is best for both the husbands and the wives to follow God's precepts, since it is indeed easier to obey a loving husband, and to love an obedient wife.
Nevertheless, as Peter suggests (1 Peter 3:1-7), each of us is accountable to God regardless of what the other person does. It is not up to the husband to withhold his love from a disobedient wife, and it is not up to the wife to withhold her obedience from an unloving husband. The preacher can help both the husband and the wife by reminding them of their respective duties.
On marriage, Paul writes, "This is a profound mystery – but I am talking about Christ and the church" (v. 32). The "mystery" refers to how marriage serves as a figure for the relationship between Christ and the church. Although he considers marriage a reflection of the relationship between Christ and the church, he also applies his knowledge about the relationship between Christ and the church when he theologizes about marriage. What Scripture teaches about either union enhances our understanding of the other.42
Then, Paul proceeds to discuss the relationship between parents and children. Again, there is no mutual submission. As Dan Doriani writes, "Parents can still tell children when to go to bed, and children may not reply, 'Fine, but you should go to bed, too.'"43 Of course, children must obey both their fathers and mothers, but when Paul turns to address the ones in authority, he speaks only to the fathers, and says, "Do not exasperate your children, instead, bring them up in the training and instruction of the Lord."
Just as the man is the head of the woman, he is also the head of his family; therefore, the responsibility finally rests upon him to bring up his children. Moreover, he is not to be concerned only with the children's vocations and prospects, but he must bring them up in "the training and instruction of the Lord." He must make sure that they learn and follow biblical doctrines. This has been the duty of parents, and especially the fathers, throughout the history of humanity (Deuteronomy 6:6-9). It follows that if you have not been teaching your children theology, then you are a bad parent. This is the measurement of parenthood, and until it is first satisfied, all other considerations are trivial.44
As for masters and slaves, Paul tells the slaves to obey their masters. Contrary to a misinterpretation of Galatians 3:28,45 which concerns justification by faith, conversion does not dissolve human relationships, obligations, and authorities. If you are a wife, you must still obey your husband; if you are a child, you must still obey your parents; and if you are a slave, you must still obey your master. However, there is one great difference: Christians have one common Master. "There is no favoritism with him," and "the Lord will reward everyone for whatever good he does, whether he is slave or free."
The passage forms the foundation for the matchless work ethic that Christians were famous for in the past. This work ethic calls for a sincere respect and fear toward superiors, but it also looks beyond them to the Lord: "Serve wholeheartedly, as if you were serving the Lord, not men." Today, those who claim to be Christians are often as slothful and unproductive as the non-Christians. But Paul writes, "I urge you to live a life worthy of the calling you have received" (4:1).46
EPHESIANS 6:10-20
Finally, be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power. Put on the full armor of God so that you can take your stand against the devil's schemes. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms. Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.
Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place, and with your feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace. In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.
And pray in the Spirit on all occasions with all kinds of prayers and requests. With this in mind, be alert and always keep on praying for all the saints. Pray also for me, that whenever I open my mouth, words may be given me so that I will fearlessly make known the mystery of the gospel, for which I am an ambassador in chains. Pray that I may declare it fearlessly, as I should.
Martyn Lloyd-Jones observes that there are three dangers when it comes to spiritual warfare: 1) Thinking that there is no warfare, 2) Avoiding the warfare, and 3) Fighting with the wrong weapons.47 This passage in Ephesians 6 is only one of the many in Scripture reminding us that there is spiritual warfare, exhorting us to actively engage in it, and explaining to us the weapons that God has given us.
Paul concludes his letter with a call to arms, because there are evil forces in this world that threaten the peace and unity that Christ has established for the church. His emphasis is on the defensive.48 This probably follows from what he has said about the foreordination of God and the work of Christ. Now he speaks of our spiritual war not so much as an undecided conflict between two kingdoms, but as our struggle to "stand firm" against the hostile powers that would disrupt what God has established in Christ.
He tells his readers to put on "the full armor of God." The full armor of God is complete, and includes all that the Christian needs to "stand against the devil's schemes." Contrary to what some people think, the weapons that God gives us are not mystical in their nature and power. Rather, each piece of armor refers to the doctrinal content of an aspect of the Christian faith and its outworking in our lives.
Paul first exhorts his readers to "be strong," or literally, "be strengthened." The passive verb suggests that we are not the ones who strengthen ourselves, but that we continually depend on God to strengthen us. Christians derive their strength from God – we are strong only by his "mighty power."
He indicated earlier that the same power God wielded in the resurrection of Christ is being exercised for the benefit of those who are in Christ (Ephesians 1:18-20). God is already applying this power to us, so we do not need to beg him to make it available; rather, his power will manifest in our lives when our minds are "enlightened," so that we may know "his incomparably great power for us who believe…which he exerted in Christ" in his resurrection and exaltation. We ought to study and pray for this theological understanding.
The power that God has made available to us is more than sufficient. It is through "his power that is at work within us" that he will "do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine" (Ephesians 3:20). We can have confidence to face pressure, adverse circumstances, hostile powers, and demonic forces, knowing that God has put into our lives a power so strong that it raised Jesus from the dead. This power is available to every person who is in Christ.
This information surprises some Christians, especially those whose lives are characterized by defeat and barrenness. Although God's power is available to all believers, it remains dormant in some of them because of a lack of knowledge and understanding. The apostle seeks to remedy this by praying that God would enlighten the minds of his readers, so that they may realize what has been made available to them in Christ.
So when Paul says to "be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power," he is not suggesting that we do this only by praying for God to strengthen us, but also by understanding what God has given to us in Christ. When a Christian realizes that God's power has been applied to him through Christ, he ceases to be afraid of other people, of adverse situations, and hostile powers. He remembers that the Scripture says, "If God is for us, who can be against us?" (Romans 8:31).
Paul says that God has chosen to "make known among the Gentiles the glorious riches of this mystery, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory" (Colossians 1:27). John explains, "If anyone acknowledges that Jesus is the Son of God, God lives in him and he in God" (1 John 4:15). The Bible tells us that we are "God's temple and that God's Spirit lives in [us]" (1 Corinthians 3:16). John says in 1 John 4:4, "You, dear children, are from God and have overcome them." By "them," he refers to the spirits that inspire "false prophets," even the "spirit of the antichrist" (v. 3). We have overcome them because "the one who is in you is greater than the one who is in the world" (v. 4).
We can overcome the world when we believe and depend on God's power. God's chosen ones are destined for victory (Romans 8:37). After all, "Who is it that overcomes the world? Only he who believes that Jesus is the Son of God" (1 John 5:5).
Then, verse 11 reads, "Put on the full armor of God so that you can take your stand against the devil's schemes." The word translated "schemes" (methodeia) refers to trickery or deceit – deception is the "method" by which Satan tries to defeat the Christian. It is by putting on "the full armor of God" that we will be able to "stand against" the devil.
Peter also warns that the devil wants to attack us: "Be self-controlled and alert. Your enemy the devil prowls around like a roaring lion looking for someone to devour. Resist him, standing firm in the faith, because you know that your brothers throughout the world are undergoing the same kind of sufferings" (1 Peter 5:8-9). He is telling us to stay awake – "be self-controlled and alert." Although the devil "prowls around like a roaring lion looking for someone to devour," we can "resist him" and remain immovable in our stance of faith. As John assures us, "We know that anyone born of God does not continue to sin; the one who was born of God keeps him safe, and the evil one cannot harm him" (1 John 5:18).
Deception is Satan's weapon. He will lie to us, and he will attempt to bombard us with unbiblical thoughts and arguments, and those who fail to "escape from the trap of the devil" are "taken…captive to do his will" (2 Timothy 2:26). On the other hand, Jesus says, "If you hold to my teaching, you are really my disciples. Then you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free" (John 8:31-32).
Only Christians are truly free. The rest of the world "is under the control of the evil one" (1 John 5:19). This is because only Christians possess and affirm the truth, and through the lens of Scripture, they are able to perceive reality. As for non-Christians, Paul says, "The god of this age has blinded the minds of unbelievers, so that they cannot see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God" (2 Corinthians 4:4). All non- Christians are blind in their minds, and so they deny reality. Spiritual battle is fought in the mind. Even after you have become a Christian, the devil will continue to attack your mind with lies to undermine your faith.
Jesus offers valuable insight into the devil's nature when he says to the Pharisees, "You belong to your father, the devil, and you want to carry out your father's desire. He was a murderer from the beginning, not holding to the truth, for there is no truth in him. When he lies, he speaks his native language, for he is a liar and the father of lies" (John 8:44). When the devil tells a lie, he is doing so out of his own nature. Lying is natural to the devil. He attacks God's people by spreading lies that lead them away from God.
This means that the nature of our spiritual conflict is intellectual. As Paul says, "The weapons we fight with are not the weapons of the world. On the contrary, they have divine power to demolish strongholds. We demolish arguments and every pretension that sets itself up against the knowledge of God, and we take captive every thought to make it obedient to Christ" (2 Corinthians 10:4-5). The weapons that God has given to us have "divine power to demolish strongholds," which are in fact "arguments" that are "against the knowledge of God." We fight to "take captive every thought to make it obedient to Christ." This is how spiritual warfare is done, and it is for this purpose that God has given to us the "full armor of God."
Continuing to verse 12, Paul writes, "For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms." Our fight is not natural, but spiritual, and that we are involved in spiritual warfare means that our conflict has to do with the intellect, with ideas, and with arguments.
The fact that it is a spiritual fight does not make it a mystical fight; therefore, we must avoid the error that by "spiritual" we refer to the mystical rather than to the intellectual, for it is the mind or intellect that deals with spiritual things. By saying that we have weapons with "divine power," Paul refers to the God-given ability to "demolish arguments and every pretension that sets itself up against the knowledge of God, and we take captive every thought to make it obedient to Christ."
By tapping into God's power through an intellectual understanding of theological truth, we can be confident of the outcome. We have noted that God is applying to us the same power that raised Jesus from the dead. It is this power that energizes our Christian work: "We proclaim him, admonishing and teaching everyone with all wisdom, so that we may present everyone perfect in Christ. To this end I labor, struggling with all his energy, which so powerfully works in me" (Colossians 1:28-29). Satan cannot withstand this power. This is why when we "put on the full armor of God," we can "stand against the devil's schemes." And James assures his readers, "Submit yourselves, then, to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you" (James 4:7).
Of course, because God is sovereign over all things, even the devil is under God's control, and he cannot do anything that has not been ordained by God's decree. Thus even the devil is one of the means by which God accomplishes his purposes. God can annihilate him at any moment; however, he has ordained that we should resist the devil by the knowledge of Scripture and the energy of the Spirit – for God's glory and for our sanctification.
Since verse 11 instructs us to "put on the full armor of God," we must take up every piece of weapon that God has given us, and not neglect any one, so that we will be prepared to "stand against the devil's schemes." Then, verse 12 says, "our struggle is not against flesh and blood," but "against the spiritual forces of evil." We must recognize the reality of demonic powers, that evil spirits are real. These entities wield their deceptive powers to blind people from the truth of God's word. God has sovereignly enlightened us concerning the truth and enabled us to affirm it. Paul explains, "No one can say, 'Jesus is Lord,' except by the Holy Spirit" (1 Corinthians 12:3). God removes our spiritual blindness and transmits his truths to our minds through the Scripture.
Jesus prays, "Sanctify them by the truth; your word is truth" (John 17:17). Our initial enlightenment concerning the things of God comes from Scripture, and our subsequent spiritual growth also comes from Scripture. It is the basis of our progressive sanctification.
As Paul writes, "Be transformed by the renewing of your mind" (Romans 12:2). We are "renewed in knowledge" (Colossians 3:10) – not by mystical experiences, and not even mainly through prayer. It is when we understand and retain biblical truths in our minds that we will live our lives in obedience to God and successfully resist the devil. Paul continues in verse 13, "Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand." The full armor of God protects us from the "devil's schemes," and it also enables us to stand firm "when the day of evil comes." When every piece of armor is intact, we can face the enemy in hand-to-hand combat with confidence.
Paul likens this armor from God to the armor of the Romans soldiers. Of course, our weapons are not physical, but spiritual. However, this does not mean that they are mystical, but each piece of weapon represents a set of biblical truths that protects an aspect of our Christian walk.
For example, it is possible that when Paul writes that salvation is as a helmet, he means that the biblical truths about salvation is meant to protect the mind. Or, when righteousness is likened to a breastplate, perhaps it means that our understanding of the righteousness of Christ and our justification by Christ serves to guard our conscience against accusations.
In any case, because Paul in fact names the doctrines, we can be confident that each piece of weapon corresponds to a biblical doctrine that we must learn in order to successfully wage war against the enemy. Since we comprehend doctrinal truth with the mind as it is illuminated by the Holy Spirit, it is undeniable that all these spiritual weapons are intellectual in nature.49
We do not "put on" the full armor of God by imagining ourselves dressed in a mystical armor, and we do not exercise the power in these weapons through physical motion. Rather, our weapons have "divine power" to "demolish arguments…and…take captive every thought to make it obedient to Christ" (2 Corinthians 10:4-5). In spiritual warfare, we deal with arguments and thoughts, with the mind or the intellect. This is the nature of the battle and the weapons.
Paul identifies each spiritual weapon with a piece of armor on the Roman soldier. This is meaningful in the sense that, for example, he identifies salvation with the helmet for a reason – namely, the doctrine protects the mind as a helmet protects the head.
He says that truth is as a belt. In the soldier's armor, it is the belt that holds the rest of the items in place; likewise, truth holds everything together in our Christian walk. Without the truth that God has revealed in Scripture, there would be no righteousness, peace, faith, and salvation for us to "put on." Without the truth that God has revealed in Scripture, we would not have the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.
What do we mean by truth? Jesus says, "If you hold to my teaching, you are really my disciples. Then you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free" (John 8:31-32). You will know the truth only if you "hold to" the teaching (logos = word, reasoning, doctrine) of Jesus. Contrary to many people's opinion, a Christian's strength does not rest on experience, prayer, or fellowship, but on truth – that is, the theological principles and biblical doctrines in Scripture. Without truth, we cannot even define – and so cannot "put on" – the other pieces of our armor, such as righteousness, faith, and salvation. Your priority must be to gain knowledge of the truth. Since God reveals truth to us through the words of Scripture, you must pursue theological and biblical studies to construct the foundation of your spiritual life.
Knowledge of the truth will set you free. As we increase in our knowledge of and commitment to truth, we become increasingly protected from deception. As Paul explains, "We have not received the spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God, that we may understand what God has freely given us" (1 Corinthians 2:12). While the devil lies to us and tries to deceive us, God has sent the Holy Spirit into our hearts so that "we may understand what God has freely given us."
As Peter writes, "His divine power has given us everything we need for life and godliness through our knowledge of him who called us by his own glory and goodness" (2 Peter 1:3). In Christ, God has given us "everything we need for life," but it is "through our knowledge of him" that his provisions are applied to us. The knowledge is found in Scripture, and it is the Holy Spirit who grants us understanding and agreement to this knowledge.
Many Christians believe the lie that the spiritual is irrational and that the intellectual is unspiritual – that spirituality and rationality are mutually exclusive. However, since the divine weapons were given to you to "demolish arguments" and to "take captive every thought," you will not become more spiritual by ignoring the intellectual nature of biblical faith and life. Rather, to ignore the intellect is to stop resisting the devil and his deception, and by thus discarding all your divine weapons, you will become thoroughly unspiritual by biblical standards.
Paul then mentions the breastplate of righteousness: "Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place" (6:14). We were all sinners before conversion, and although God has changed our basic dispositions in regeneration, we have not attained perfection and we continue to commit sins. These transgressions threaten our confidence when we approach God.
John writes, "Dear friends, if our hearts do not condemn us, we have confidence before God and receive from him anything we ask, because we obey his commands and do what pleases him" (1 John 3:21-22). It is essential to have a way to truly deal with sin, a way that leads to freedom from condemnation and to confidence in God's presence. This comes from an understanding of the righteousness that God has provided for us through Jesus Christ. This righteousness then functions as a "breastplate" in our spiritual battle, guarding our heart and conscience.
We can never attain true righteousness by our own works, but it must be imputed to us by God. Righteousness is a gift (Romans 5:17) that God gives his chosen ones through faith: "God made him who had no sin to be sin for us, so that in him we might become the righteousness of God" (2 Corinthians 5:21). The Bible teaches that "a man is justified by faith apart from observing the law" (Romans 3:28). Jesus did not commit any sin, but "the LORD has laid on him the iniquity of us all" (Isaiah 53:6), so that "whoever believes on him shall not perish but have eternal life" (John 3:16). However, if God has not given you faith in Christ, then you are not righteous: "Whoever believes in him is not condemned, but whoever does not believe stands condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God's one and only Son" (John 3:18).
Scripture urges us to "draw near to God with a sincere heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled to cleanse us from a guilty conscience" (Hebrews 10:22). The Christian is a righteous person, not because of his good works, but because he has been justified by God through faith in the work of Jesus Christ. This knowledge gives us the basis on which we can resist anything that tries to undermine our confidence in approaching God.
Christians sometimes sin, but God has provided a solution for sins committed after conversion, so that our fellowship with him would remain intact. Although sin is inexcusable, God who "knows how we are formed" and who "remembers that we are dust" (Psalm 103:14), has mercy on us and has given us an Advocate, so that "if anybody does sin, we have one who speaks to the Father in our defense – Jesus Christ, the Righteous One" (1 John 2:1). Thus "If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness" (1 John 1:9).
Nevertheless, a true Christian will not abuse God's grace by sinning constantly, thinking that he only needs to confess his sins. A person who does this is not a Christian, because a Christian is one who has been truly changed by God: "No one who is born of God will continue to sin, because God's seed remains in him; he cannot go on sinning, because he has been born of God" (1 John 3:9). As Paul writes, "What shall we say, then? Shall we go on sinning so that grace may increase? By no means! We died to sin; how can we live in it any longer?" (Romans 6:1-2). Those who love God will also obey his word: "This is love for God: to obey his commands. And his commands are not burdensome" (1 John 5:3).
After the breastplate of righteousness, Paul says that we must have our "feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace" (6:15). The Bible sometimes uses the imagery of walking to represent our daily conduct, as when Paul says, "We walk by faith, not by sight" (2 Corinthians 5:7, KJV). Therefore, when he says that the "gospel of peace" (or "the readiness that comes from" it) is as foot gear for our Christian walk, he means that the intellectual content of the gospel must not only be a topic of discussion during certain times and activities, but that it must be an integral and pervasive part of our daily conduct.
In spiritual warfare, the gospel is the means by which we will stand our ground and advance the kingdom of God. Church programs, charity, music, and such things are not the means by which we will invade the enemy's territory. Rather, it is by publishing the intellectual content of the gospel that we will destroy the strongholds that has been built into the minds of non-Christians.
Our gospel is a gospel of peace, but this peace is not one that we have with the enemies of God, such as demons and unbelievers. After the fall of man, God established hostility between the children of God and the children of Satan. (Genesis 3:15). It is impossible to have true peace with anyone belonging to the kingdom of darkness. Rather, this is a peace that we have with God and with Christians. As John says, "We proclaim to you what we have seen and heard, so that you also may have fellowship with us. And our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ" (1 John 1:3). When we stand our ground and conquer enemy territory with this gospel, then others are able to join us in this fellowship. Paul says in Romans 16:20, "The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet."
Paul says that we are to have the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace, so that we are not just to know the content of the gospel for ourselves, but we must be prepared to articulate and defend it to others. Peter also instructs us to do this, and writes, "Always be prepared to give an answer to everyone who asks you to give the reason for the hope that you have" (1 Peter 3:15).
Always be ready to use the gospel to destroy the non-Christian intellectual strongholds that have been installed in the minds of others. Never be caught without an argument for the Christian worldview, or without a refutation against non-Christian thought. You must be prepared to answer anyone who asks you questions about the Christian faith. You must have an accurate and comprehensive knowledge of biblical doctrines, and be able to defend them against objections. This is every Christian's responsibility; therefore, every Christian must immerse themselves in the study of theology and apologetics.
The Christian's mandate is to "Go into all the world and preach the good news to all creation" (Mark 16:15). This is not optional. Jesus commands his disciples to preach the gospel to "all the world." This is how we will destroy the works of Satan.
Paul is "not ashamed of the gospel, because it is the power of God for the salvation of everyone who believes" (Romans 1:16). The gospel is the "power of God," and by the gospel God will accomplish his purposes on earth. God has made us his representatives, so that we may publish his commands to the nations: "In the past God overlooked such ignorance, but now he commands all people everywhere to repent" (Acts 17:30).
Once we have it settled in our minds that the gospel is "the power of God," we will not be "ashamed of the gospel," or be embarrassed by its claims and demands. When we realize and affirm that Christianity is superior to all other belief systems, that it is the only one that truly represents and reveals God, and that it is the only source of truth and knowledge, we will stop being timid about presenting it to the world. Once we are convinced of this and have learned how to articulate and defend it to others, we will have attained "the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace."
The gospel is indeed good news to God's chosen ones, and it brings the believer to a state of peace with God and his people. It is the "fragrance of life" to those who accept it, but as it is also a weapon against the enemy, it carries the "smell of death" to those who reject its claims and demands (2 Corinthians 2:16). The one who preaches the gospel brings the power of God to summon and to save those whom God has chosen to believe, and at the same time brings destruction and condemnation to those whom God has designated as reprobates. The one who preaches the gospel is God's messenger, releasing his power to save and to destroy, to justify and to condemn.
Nevertheless, contrary to popular opinion, what is commonly called "evangelism" is not the highest priority. Rather, the Bible indicates that the teaching ministry – the theological training of believers – takes precedence over evangelism. Evangelism is not an end in itself, but it is the means by which the chosen ones are brought into the church so that they may be taught.
This sounds strange to those who are accustomed to hearing that evangelism is the top priority. This unbiblical view has caused many people to neglect investing in the theological training of believers. As a result, most of those who claim to be Christians are feeble in intellect, ignorant of biblical doctrines, and incompetent in defending the faith. After all, without extensive training by the church and other institutions (such as the family), how many will attain the "readiness" described above? And how can a person properly preach the gospel without at least an elementary understanding of biblical doctrines? Since God has commanded us to proclaim and defend the faith, this means that without this training, it is impossible for a Christian to obey God.
No Christian will doubt Paul's evangelistic zeal, but he describes his own ministry as follows:
To them God has chosen to make known among the Gentiles the glorious riches of this mystery, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory. We proclaim him, admonishing and teaching everyone with all wisdom, so that we may present everyone perfect in Christ. To this end I labor, struggling with all his energy, which so powerfully works in me. (Colossians 1:27-29)
He is "admonishing and teaching everyone with all wisdom, so that we may present everyone perfect in Christ" (Colossians 1:28). He is doing the work of the ministry with God's energy, which powerfully works in him (v. 29), so that he may, not just to bring people to conversion, but beyond that to "present everyone perfect" in Christ. It is "to this end" (v. 29) that he labors.
Maturity, not conversion, is the aim of Christian ministry. Conversion is one of the first steps that the chosen ones take toward maturity and perfection in Christ. Both evangelism and teaching serve the ultimate end of producing mature Christians for Christ. This is our priority. Evangelism concludes once God grants a person repentance and faith, but a believer will continue to pursue biblical and theological teaching throughout his life. Evangelism is a short-term means to a long-term process (teaching) that in turn leads to an ultimate end (maturity and perfection). To regard evangelism as the greatest task of the church is to distort the nature of biblical ministry, and it often turns out that spiritual maturity, the real goal, is never reached or even considered.
Since the main task of the church is to teach believers, most of the church's time and money should be devoted to the education of Christians, whether in the form of sermons, lectures, books, recordings, broadcasts, or other means. Putting evangelism first results in the accumulation of feeble believers and false converts, and makes the church a poor witness to the world. This in turn undermines evangelism itself. Thus putting evangelism first is unbiblical as well as self-defeating.
In what is called the "Great Commission," a passage often used to encourage evangelism, Jesus says:
All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age. (Matthew 28:18-20)
If Jesus intends to command only evangelism, why does this mandate include "teaching" the people? And if he intends to command what people call "evangelism," then why does he tell us to teach the non-Christians to "obey everything" that the he has commanded? When people perform what they consider "evangelism," do they recite all the commands in the Bible to the unbelievers? But the passage makes perfect sense when we realize that Jesus has in mind the ministry of teaching. Our mandate is to "make disciples…teaching them to obey everything" in the word of God.
Even if we think that the words, "Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit," refer only to "evangelism," we must admit that the latter part, "teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you," refers to the teaching ministry, and that the former (evangelism) leads to the latter (teaching). Evangelism is the means to produce converts, so that we may teach them to obey all the commands of Christ. Therefore, those who exalt evangelism at the expense of the teaching ministry defies the very command of Christ that they claim to obey.
"The readiness that comes from the gospel of peace" must mean more than having just enough comprehension of the gospel to tell people how to become Christians, but it implies a comprehensive knowledge of biblical doctrines. Otherwise, all Christians would already be prepared, since all of them have learned enough to become Christians, and so no one would need to obtain this "readiness." However, the fact that Paul tells us to put on the "readiness" of the gospel suggests that it is not automatic, and this means that some Christians may not be ready with the gospel. Only the teaching ministry can remedy this, and a ministry of "evangelism" that does not offer teaching in Christian theology is incomplete and unbiblical.
Coming to verse 16, Paul introduces the shield of faith: "In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one." The word translated "shield" is thyreon, and Wood writes as follows:
Thyreon is derived from thyra (a door) and refers to the large oblong or oval scutum the Roman soldier held in front of him for protection. It consisted of two layers of wood glued together, covered with linen and hide, and bound with iron. Soldiers often fought side by side with a solid wall (testudo) of shields. But even a single-handed combatant found himself sufficiently protected. After the siege of Dyrachium, Sceva counted no less than 220 darts sticking into his shield. For the Christian this protective shield is faith (pistis).50
The question is whether this "faith" refers to the subjective belief of the Christian or the objective content of Christianity. Wood answers, "Believing cannot be divorced from what is believed, and no rigid line should be drawn between these two aspects."51 This does not squarely address the issue. Even if believing cannot be divorced from what is believed, what is believed can be distinguished from what ought to be believed. The subjective belief of one who claims to be a Christian does not always correspond to the objective content of Christianity. Of course, in such a case, what is "taken up" by the person is not "the shield of faith," and he is left without full protection.
Each piece of armor represents the biblical doctrine that corresponds to it, and this means that each piece of armor refers to an objective aspect of the Christian faith, and not the subjective belief of the individual about the subject. The belt of truth refers to truth itself, and not just our commitment to it. Likewise, the breastplate of righteousness represents the biblical doctrine on the subject, and not just the individual's subjective realization of it.
Paul is not telling his readers to "put on your subjective beliefs," since one's subjective beliefs are never "off" in the first place. Rather, the Christian must deliberately "put on" something that can be either "put on" or "put off" – something that has objective existence and validity independent of the subjective beliefs of the individual. For example, the sword of the Spirit is the word of God, not our beliefs about the word of God. By telling us to take up the sword, Paul is telling us to believe and apply it.
He is calling his readers to take possession of the biblical doctrines and identify with them. Truth is truth by itself, whether or not one commits to it; however, it will not benefit the one who has not put it on to structure his thoughts and actions. The content of the gospel remains the same even if a person has only a partial understanding of it, but when he puts it on through study and training, and allows the gospel to govern his daily conduct, he becomes a person who is prepared to advance the kingdom of God. Likewise, the shield of faith may very well represent the objective content of the Christian faith, but it will protect the one who picks it up and puts it before him.
On demonic attacks against the church, Wood writes, "But in the context of Ephesians they are more likely to have been deliberate attempts to destroy the unity of Christ's body (3:14- 22; 4:1-16, 27) through the invasion of false doctrine and the fomenting of dissension (4:2, 21, 31, 32; 5:6)."52 Paul instructs the Philippians to be "of the same mind" (Philippians 2:2, NASB), and says that they should "with one mind" be "striving together for the faith of the gospel" (1:27, NASB). A church cannot be "of the same mind" when its members disagree on the content of the gospel, and when false doctrines have taken over their minds. Heresies and divisions pervade the church because it has neglected the study of theology and apologetics.
False doctrines are as "flaming arrows," rapidly spreading destruction, but the shield of faith can "extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one." If the shield of faith refers to the content of the Christian faith, then picking it up would mean to learn and affirm the content of Scripture. Those who thoroughly understand and strongly affirm biblical doctrines are able to resist and overcome the false ideas that are sent their way.
Although it requires strength and discipline to take up this shield and to hold it before us, its use is sometimes remarkably simple, especially when it comes to private attacks against our minds:
Although Paul does not give individual examples of these flaming arrows, Hodge mentions horrible, blasphemous, skeptical thoughts and more subtle suggestions of cupidity, discontent, and vanity. These, or whatever else the figure of speech may represent, are to be extinguished by faith. Evil thoughts must be dislodged and expelled by good thoughts. If in trouble we doubt either the power or the wisdom of God, we should say to ourselves, "I believe in God the Father Almighty," or repeat some verse that speaks of his loving kindness. Thus the doctrines of faith will expel our false ideas.53
The fact that the shield of faith and the flaming arrows are intellectual and doctrinal in nature carries certain implications, namely, "We must have already studied and memorized some Scripture in order to have something to remember. This study is like picking up the shield in the first place."54 One who is weak in understanding has not picked up the shield of faith, and cannot do so until he has learned the basics. Before that, he has little protection against the false ideas that come against him. Once a member of the church has been injured or infected by false doctrine, the damage could quickly spread if left unchecked, because "a little yeast works through the whole batch of dough" (Galatians 5:9). Church leaders must teach their people, so that they would become skilled in using the shield of faith (Hebrews 5:13-14; Ephesians 4:11-16).
Picking up the shield of faith is not only a matter of will, but also one of understanding. It is not only a matter of volition, but also of comprehension. In fact, intellectual understanding of biblical doctrines precedes volitional assent to them, since the will cannot commit to something that is not even there. If the shield of faith represents the objective content of Scripture, then the intellectual comprehension of and volitional commitment to Scripture represent the act of picking it up. The large size of the shield is significant. Knowledge of the truth in one area may not offer sufficient protection from falsehood and confusion in another area. Picking up the shield of faith implies obtaining a comprehensive knowledge of Scripture.
The helmet was "the most ornamental part of ancient armor,"55 and Paul uses this attractive piece to represent salvation: "Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God" (Ephesians 6:17). Hodge writes:
That which adorns and protects the Christian, which enables him to hold up his head with confidence and joy, is the fact that he is saved. He is one of the redeemed, translated from the kingdom of darkness into the kingdom of God's dear Son. If still under condemnation, if still estranged from God, a foreigner, and alien, without God and without Christ, he could have no courage to enter into this conflict. It is because he is a fellow citizen of the saints, a child of God, a partaker of the salvation of the gospel, that he can face even the most potent enemies with confidence, knowing that he shall be brought off more than a conqueror through him that loved him.56
God shows a natural benevolence to everyone: "He causes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous" (Matthew 5:45). Even those who are hostile to God must depend on his sustenance for their very existence, "For in him we live and move and have our being" (Acts 17:28). Everyone should be moved by this, so as to repent to God and believe in Christ. However, without God's sovereign decision, they cannot repent and believe; therefore, God's natural benevolence results in the condemnation of the reprobates.
God's saving grace is revealed only to his chosen ones, and those created for damnation have no part in it. Thus salvation distinguishes Christians from the rest of humanity. Christians are God's chosen people: "But you are a chosen people, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a people belonging to God, that you may declare the praises of him who called you out of darkness into his wonderful light" (1 Peter 2:9). All other human beings are unsaved because God has not chosen them.
In addition to its attractiveness, the helmet probably represents Christian salvation in another significant way: "Take is really receive or accept (dexasthe). The previous items were laid out for the soldier to pick up. The helmet and sword would be handed him by an attendant or by his armorbearer. The verb is appropriate to the 'givenness' of salvation."57
The helmet appropriately represents Christian salvation not only because of its attractiveness, but also because of the manner in which the Christian puts it on. Although the believer adorns the other pieces of armor by taking them up or putting them on, salvation is received from God.58 The Christian must not flatter himself that he has "accepted Christ" because he was better and wiser than the unbelievers in himself, when in reality it was God who has chosen and accepted him. The only reason we are able to love him is "because he first loved us" (1 John 4:19). Thus in place of self-congratulation and boasting, we should offer thanksgiving to God, who has chosen us and shown us mercy, not because of any prior condition in us, but because of his sovereign grace.
As to whether there is any meaning in salvation being represented by a headgear, some suggest that the metaphor refers to clarity in thinking,59 but others consider this "too imaginative."60 We should not apply a metaphor in a way that exceeds the intention of the writer; however, even if Paul does not explicitly emphasize the intellect with the helmet as a metaphor, many elements in the passage imply such an emphasis.
For example, truth, righteousness, the gospel, faith (in both its subjective and objective aspects), salvation, and the word of God all represent intellectual content to be understood by the mind. Therefore, even if making salvation a helmet is not in itself an attempt to emphasize the intellectual comprehension of soteriology, the inclusion of this emphasis is inescapable. As Paul writes in another place, "[The Scriptures] are able to make you wise for salvation through faith in Christ Jesus" (2 Timothy 3:15). The wisdom for salvation comes from an intellectual grasp of the Bible, applied to our minds by the Holy Spirit to produce conversion and sanctification.
Thus we have derived several points from the metaphor that salvation is like a helmet for the Christian. First, salvation is "the most ornamental part" of Christianity, so much so that "even angels long to look into" it (1 Peter 1:12). Also, the faith with which we affirm the gospel is "not from ourselves, it is the gift of God," so that "no one can boast" (Ephesians 2:8-9). In addition, it is of utmost importance that we obtain an in-depth theological understanding of salvation, since only then will we be properly wearing the helmet of salvation, which is able to protect us from the numerous false doctrines that surround the subject.
The final piece of armor is the sword, which represents the word of God: "Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God" (Ephesians 6:17). There were several types of swords, varying in length and weight, but since Paul is drawing his metaphors from the weapons of the Roman soldiers, he is referring to their short straight sword.61 This is also indicated by his use of the word, machaira, as opposed to the word for a long sword, rhomphaia, used in Luke 2:35.
The sword is both a defensive and offensive weapon. It can slay the enemy, and block some of his attacks.62 The fact that it is a short sword implies that the fight involves close encounters with the enemy, and thus the need for a light and flexible weapon.
The sword is "of the Spirit" (tou pneumatos). This does not only mean that it is of a spiritual nature (as in "spiritual sword"), but also that the sword, as with the helmet, would be handed to the soldier by an attendant,63 and so Barth thinks that it means "the sword provided by the Spirit."64 The sword is "of the Spirit" in the sense that it is produced by and given to us by the Holy Spirit.
This sword is said to be "the word of God." Here we encounter some difficulties. There are several interpretations, and since one of them is more obviously false, we will dispense with it first.
This first view teaches that the words of Scripture, particularly those "given" to the person by the Spirit at the moment, when uttered through the lips of a Christian, form either a figurative or an actual sword in the spirit realm to inflict injury upon demonic forces.
This mystical interpretation suggests that the power of the sword does not rest in the intellectual content of the word of God – in what the word of God says – but in the brute force that it contains to overcome the enemy. However, this view is inconsistent with the context, and it fails to consider "the way [Paul] ordinarily uses this kind of language."65
The second view claims that since the Greek word rhema is used in "the word of God" as opposed to logos, the sword of the Spirit must then refer to a "word" given at the moment by the Holy Spirit.
Indeed, we may depend on the Holy Spirit to bring to our consciousness verses of Scripture that we need to confront a thought, temptation, or argument. However, it would be totally absurd to claim that even obviously relevant verses are ineffective against a thought or argument unless they are first "quickened" by the Spirit. But this mystical foolishness seems to be what this second view states or implies.
The Christian obtains his "sword" and becomes skilled with it through his usual study and training. If he has prepared himself, he should not require a special word for the moment when he comes under attack, since he will already have in mind a number of biblical verses and thoughts to counter it. The Christian should not need a special unction from the Spirit before he can apply an obviously relevant biblical teaching.
This second view exaggerates a distinction between rhema and logos, since the two words are often interchangeable in the New Testament.66 A number of false doctrines can be traced to those who have mistaken their ignorance as revelation. They give the impression that although logos is God's word, it is rather useless and ineffective until the Spirit "quickens" it and turns it into rhema. This teaching is heretical. Paul writes, "All Scripture is God-breathed and is useful for teaching, rebuking, correcting and training in righteousness, so that the man of God may be thoroughly equipped for every good work" (2 Timothy 3:16-17). Every verse of Scripture is "God-breathed" – "alive" and effective at all times, even without a special unction to speak it.
Nevertheless, Paul's use of the word rhema might have some significance. As Gordon Fee writes:
While these words are near synonyms and therefore can often be used interchangeably, rhema tends to put the emphasis on that which is spoken at a given point, whereas logos frequently emphasizes the content of the "message."
But this does not lead to the second view, the one that exaggerates the distinction. Fee continues:
If that distinction holds here, then Paul is almost certainly referring still to the gospel, just as he does in Romans 10:17, but the emphasis is now on the actual "speaking forth" of the message, inspired by the Spirit. To put that in more contemporary terms, in urging them to take the sword of the Spirit and then identifying that sword with the "word of God," Paul is not identifying the "sword" with the book, but with the proclamation of Christ, which in our case is indeed to be found in the book.67
This leads to the third view, which says that the sword of the Spirit is the publication and application of the words of Scripture. It refers to the intellectual and not the mystical. This is the only view that reflects the meaning and intention of Paul's metaphor when he says that the sword of the Spirit is the word of God.
The content of rhema is not different from logos, although in some instances rhema may denote actual communication of the content. Whenever Christian and non-Christian ideas clash, the believer should stand his ground, but he should also invade and capture the enemy's territories. Each time a believer verbally defends Christian ideas and attacks non-Christian ideas on the basis of the words of the Bible, he is wielding the sword of the Spirit. The verbal expression and intellectual expression of the word of God is the rhema of God. It is a sword that comes from the Spirit.
It is ridiculous and unspiritual to think that we must wait until the Holy Spirit "quickens" a verse of Scripture before we can effectively answer a thought or argument, even when we already know how to answer it. Instead, Scripture itself maintains that every biblical verse is true, effective, and "alive" at all times (2 Timothy 3:16; Hebrews 4:12). Use what you know about Scripture to engage the enemy. Do not think that what you know is useless until it is "quickened" for your situation. This also means that if you know too little, you will be ineffective in battle. The solution is not found in a mystical "quickening," but in a program of theological education (2 Timothy 2:15).
Jesus offers us a perfect example on how to wield the sword of the Spirit against the devil:
Then Jesus was led by the Spirit into the desert to be tempted by the devil.
After fasting forty days and forty nights, he was hungry. The tempter came to him and said, "If you are the Son of God, tell these stones to become bread." Jesus answered, "It is written: 'Man does not live on bread alone, but on every word that comes from the mouth of God.'"
Then the devil took him to the holy city and had him stand on the highest point of the temple. "If you are the Son of God," he said, "throw yourself down. For it is written: 'He will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone.'" Jesus answered him, "It is also written: 'Do not put the Lord your God to the test.'"
Again, the devil took him to a very high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world and their splendor. "All this I will give you," he said, "if you will bow down and worship me." Jesus said to him, "Away from me, Satan! For it is written: 'Worship the Lord your God, and serve him only.'"
Then the devil left him, and angels came and attended him. (Matthew 4:1-11)
He uses the sword of the Spirit to overcome temptations. In all three cases, he applies the words of Scripture to counteract the words of Satan.
In the first instance, he cites Deuteronomy 8:3 to resist the devil. Seeing how Jesus uses Scripture to defend himself, the devil makes a second attempt and cites from Psalm 91:11- 12, hoping to deceive and persuade him. But Jesus cites from Deuteronomy 6:16, and answers, "It is also written: 'Do not put the Lord your God to the test.'"
Spiritual battles involve the authority and application of Scripture, and theological arguments. In this second temptation, Satan cites a biblical passage that, when falsely understood and applied, seems to permit Jesus to jump from the temple. But Jesus notices that Satan has distorted the passage, so he says, "It is also written" in Scripture that one should not put God to the test, and thus exposes the misuse of Psalm 91:11-12.
This exchange carries several implications. For example, Jesus' answer assumes the unity of Scripture, that one part of the Bible agrees with all the other parts, and that one part of the Bible never contradicts any other part. This is consistent with a principle of interpretation that Christians have always affirmed. The way he handles this temptation is a strong endorsement for systematic theology.
To wield the sword of the Spirit is to present and defend biblical truths and to attack unbiblical beliefs through rigorous biblical and rational arguments. Therefore, this weapon can apply to preaching, writing, debates, and ordinary conversations in which the Christian presents and defends the biblical worldview, and attacks and refutes unbiblical beliefs.
Contrary to the mystical approach, the sword of the Spirit refers to intellectual presentations and arguments whose form and content are derived from Scripture. As Matthew Henry writes, "The word of God is very necessary, and of great use to the Christian, in order to his maintaining the spiritual warfare and succeeding in it…with this we assault the assailants. Scripture-arguments are the most powerful arguments."68
Jesus' response to the second temptation shows that the sword of the Spirit advances the kingdom of God by biblical argumentation. Then, in the third temptation, he seals Satan's defeat with another application of Scripture, and emerges victorious. By persistently wielding the sword of the Spirit in this manner, we will plunder the territories occupied by the devil. We will rescue the minds of the chosen ones and confound the minds of the reprobates (2 Corinthians 4:4-6, 10:3-5).
Examples of wielding the sword of the Spirit by biblical argumentation abound in Paul's ministry (Acts 17:2-4, 16-17; 18:4-5, 19). He is emphatic about the intellectual nature of our conflict with Satan (2 Corinthians 10:3-5). The devil "has blinded the minds of unbelievers, so that they cannot see the light of the gospel" (2 Corinthians 4:4), and it is our purpose to "demolish arguments" that have been set up against the biblical faith, and to "take captive every thought to make it obedient to Christ."
One who possesses considerable theological knowledge and superb reasoning powers is also one who can powerfully wield the sword of the Spirit. But a person who lacks these spiritual assets may never inflict much damage to the kingdom of darkness. Therefore, let us heed the words of Paul, who says, "Be diligent to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth" (2 Timothy 2:15, NASB).
Since Paul mentions prayer in verse 18, some people wonder if it represents another piece of armor. But since he does not say that it corresponds to any piece of armor, we should not assume that he still has the armor metaphor in mind, although the military imagery indeed continues. He urges his readers to "be alert," and rather than relaxing their spiritual vigilance, they must persist in prayer, that is, "on all occasions with all kinds of prayers and requests," and to "keep on praying for all the saints."
He then makes a personal request for prayer. This is important, because it tells us what he is most concerned about. He asks them to pray that he will "fearlessly make known the mystery of the gospel." This is the proper concern of every minister – to preach the gospel, and to do it fearlessly.
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 1 Wood, p. 54. 2 Patzia, p. 228. 3 Turner, p. 1228 (on 1:23). 4 Ibid., p. 1238. 5 F. Scott Spencer, The Portrait of Philip in Acts: A Study of Roles and Relations (Sheffield Academic Press, 1992); Roger Carswell, And Some Evangelists (Christian Focus Publications, 2003); Peter T. O'Brien, Gospel and Mission in the Writings of Paul: An Exegetical and Theological Analysis (Baker Academic, 1995). 6 O'Brien, p. 299. 7 Clark, Ephesians; p. 138. 8 Calvin, Ephesians; p. 178-179. 9 But see Turner, p. 1238, and Mark E. Dever, "The Priesthood of All Believers: Reconsidering Every- Member Ministry," in The Compromised Church: The Present Evangelical Crisis, edited by John H. Armstrong; Crossway Books, 1998. 10 Barclay thinks that this refers to "practical service" (p. 149). Christians who are relatively inept in intellectual matters, even if they have been trained for practical service, must not be allowed to usurp doctrinal authority in the church. Most people are not called to the office of teacher (James 3:1), but some are very gifted in handling the many practical matters in the church. 11 See the example from Lenski below. 12 See the example from Foulkes below. 13 Foulkes, p. 129. 14 Ibid. 15 Lenski, p. 534. 16 This also addresses anti-intellectual arguments based on James 2:19. Demons can affirm the oneness of God, but they can never sincerely affirm the proposition, "I will now joyfully worship Christ." To sincerely affirm this proposition would already be an act of worship. 17 Clark, Ephesians; p. 140. 18 Joseph H. Thayer, Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament; Hendrickson Publishers. 19 Lawrence O. Richards, New International Encyclopedia of Bible Words; Zondervan Publishing House, 1991; p. 383. 20 Ralph Earle, Word Meanings in the New Testament; Hendrickson Publishers; p. 294. 21 Clark, Ephesians; p. 139. 22 Herman Hoeksema, Believers and Their Seed; Reformed Free Publishing Association, 1997; p. vii. 23 To love does not mean "be nice." Biblical love is much greater than this. It refers to an obedience to the laws of God in our relationship with God and with people (John 14:21; Romans 13:10). It is volitional and sacrificial, often resulting in some practical action that benefits others at our own expense. Here we emphasize "speaking the truth in love" among believers. For a discussion on what love and hate mean in our relationship with unbelievers, see my Systematic Theology. 24 Hendriksen, p. 210. 25 If you are calling them what they really are, why is "name-calling" wrong? 26 Thayer, Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon. 27 There are several biblical verses that people use against my approach, which is based on what the Bible says about the non-Christians, but they have distorted these verses. For example, see The Sermon on the Mount for my response to a misapplication of Matthew 5:22. They pervert the Bible to justify their adoption of non-Christian standards. Why do you think the unbelievers teach "tolerance"? It is because their thinking and conduct cannot withstand scrutiny. However, we must not tolerate false beliefs, but we must expose and destroy them. See also Douglas Wilson, The Serrated Edge: A Brief Defense of Biblical Satire and Trinitarian Skylarking (Canon Press, 2003), and Robert A. Morey, "And God Mocked Them" (audio). 28 See Vincent Cheung, The Sermon on the Mount. 29 See Vincent Cheung, Systematic Theology. 30 Turner, p. 1242. 31 O'Brien, p. 392. 32 O'Brien, p. 402. 33 Ibid. 34 To paraphrase, the verse is saying, "Submit to one another – that is, wives to husbands, children to parents, and slaves to masters." See also Dan Doriani, Women and Ministry: What the Bible Teaches; Crossway Books, 2003; p. 66. 35 Mary A. Kassian, Women, Creation, and the Fall; Crossway Books, 1990; p. 36. 36 See also 1 Corinthians 11:33; Luke 2:15, 24:32. 37 Calvin writes, "Not that the authority is equal, but wives cannot obey Christ unless they yield obedience to their husbands" (Ephesians, p. 205). 38 Lenski, p. 623. 39 The NIV Study Bible, 10th Anniversary Edition; The Zondervan Corporation, 1995; see notes on Ephesians 5:22. 40 Walter L. Liefeld appears to be the one responsible for this portion of the NIV Study Bible. 41 This statement is no longer in the most recent revised edition of the NIV Study Bible; however, it retains the position that the term does not refer to obedience in this passage. In other words, the assertion remains, but the reason has disappeared. Is this a case of intellectual dishonesty, or does this reflect only an "innocent" editorial decision? I cannot tell. 42 See David J. Engelsma, Marriage: The Mystery of Christ and the Church: The Covenant-Bond in Scripture and History (revised edition); Reformed Free Publishing Association, 1998. 43 Doriani, p. 66. 44 See Lou Priolo, Teach Them Diligently: How to Use the Scriptures in Child Training (Timeless Texts, 2000), and Bruce A. Ray, Withhold Not Correction (Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Company, 1978). 45 "There is neither Jew nor Greek, slave nor free, male nor female, for you are all one in Christ Jesus." 46 For a biblical perspective on slavery, see John Murray, Principles of Conduct; William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1957. 47 D. Martyn Lloyd-Jones, Knowing the Times; The Banner of Truth Trust, 1989; p. 200-207. 48 When the context calls for it, Paul turns the warfare metaphor into an active and aggressive one (see 2 Corinthians 10:3-5). 49 Some people want to give these weapons a moral emphasis. For example, "righteousness" should denote our personal integrity and holiness rather than Scripture's teaching on righteousness. However, even the moral is based on the intellectual. Morality does not occur in a vacuum or in our bodies – it has to do with our thoughts, dispositions, and decisions. In this sense, morality is mental and intellectual. Moreover, a moral interpretation is unable to make sense of every piece of weapon listed in the passage. 50 Wood, p. 88. 51 Ibid., p. 88. 52 Ibid., p. 86. 53 Clark, Ephesians; p. 208. 54 Ibid., p. 208. 55 Hodge, p. 286. 56 Ibid., p. 286. 57 Wood, p. 88. 58 This is a matter of emphasis, since even the volition to put on the other pieces of armor still comes from God (Philippians 2:12-13). 59 Clark, Ephesians; p. 209. 60 Ibid., p. 209. 61 Barth, p. 776. 62 Marvin Vincent, Vincent's Word Studies in the New Testament, Vol. 3; Hendrickson Publishers, p. 410. 63 Wood, p. 88. 64 Barth, p. 776. 65 Gordon Fee, God's Empowering Presence; Hendrickson Publishers, 1994; p. 728-729. 66 Foulkes, p. 184. 67 Fee, p. 728-729. 68 Matthew Henry's Commentary on the Whole Bible; Hendrickson Publishers, 1991; p. 2319.
6. CONCLUSION
EPHESIANS 6:21-24
Tychicus, the dear brother and faithful servant in the Lord, will tell you everything, so that you also may know how I am and what I am doing. I am sending him to you for this very purpose, that you may know how we are, and that he may encourage you.
Peace to the brothers, and love with faith from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. Grace to all who love our Lord Jesus Christ with an undying love.
Every part of Paul's letter is objectionable and repulsive to unbelievers and heretics. Thus they will also find every part of this commentary objectionable and repulsive. We have studied the doctrines of the sovereignty of God, the total depravity of man, the particular atonement of Christ, the irresistible calling of the Spirit, and the preservation of the saints. All unbelievers and heretics, including many of those who claim to be Christians, detest these biblical doctrines.
Following Paul's letter, we have proceeded from predestination to regeneration, from regeneration to reconciliation, and from reconciliation to sanctification. Among other things, we have discussed the foolishness and wickedness of non-Christians, the intellectual emphasis of the Christian faith, and the authority structure in the home. We have shown that Christianity is thoroughly deterministic and intellectualistic. In contrast, the essence of popular "Christianity" consists of anti-determinism and anti-intellectualism. The fact is that popular "Christianity" is anti-Christianity.
What does this mean? If unbelievers and heretics find Christianity objectionable and repulsive, and if popular Christianity is really anti-Christianity, it means that the world hates Christianity, and therefore they hate Christians. They hate Christianity and Christians because they have first hated Jesus Christ (John 15:18). Every non-Christian is an enemy of Christ (Matthew 12:30). For this reason – because the world hates Christ, Christianity, and Christians – we must take up the spiritual weapons that God has given us, so that we may stand our ground and maintain what he has accomplished for us in Christ, and to advance his kingdom by demolishing every thought that rises up against him.
━━━━━━━━━━ × ━━━━━━━━━━
Vincent Cheung. Commentary on Ephesians (2014).
Copyright © 2014 by Vincent Cheung http://www.vincentcheung.com
Previous editions published in 2004 and 2013.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored, or transmitted without the prior permission of the author or publisher.
Unless otherwise indicated, Scripture quotations are taken from the HOLY BIBLE, NEW INTERNATIONAL VERSION. Copyright 1973, 1978, 1984 by International Bible Society. Used by permission of Zondervan Publishing House. All rights reserved.
0 notes
Text
Destiny 2: Out with the New..In with the Old?
So I’ve been a hardcore Destiny fan since its release and I will be the first to tell you it works best in bursts.
Throughout the entire franchise Bungie had always done a poor job at the simpler aspects of communication. They promised things, that depending on your interpretation of their words, were very feasible or too ambitious. At best their words came across as nebulous to much of the diehard and casual community.
In D1, The Taken King brought new life into the game when it needed it most. Now in D2 it looks like we’ve hit the same point.
A lot of players, myself included, have been running on empty trying to care about the expansions D2 delivered in the first year. Curse of Osiris had much to be desired and I’ll finish Warmind when I have the time. But after spending so much time maxing 3 characters on 2 systems I really needed a reason to do so.
So let’s talk about FORSAKEN.
THE BOYS ARE BACK IN TOWN.
Quite literally we are going backwards and that’s a great thing. When D2 came out and the most devoted players had run out of content to actively do, the critiques and complaints started pouring in. If you lurked on the DestinytheGame subreddit you could see that most of the comments made comparisons to between D1 and D2 in regards to features, activities, and general quality of life changes to the franchise. Many players felt that D2 offered a more simplistic and streamlined experience in relation to D1, which left the hardcore players with little to do week after week. With Forsaken, Bungie is trying to take that criticism and run with it.
So what’s coming back? Over the course of the summer Bungie will be updating the game to reintroduce older modes and pother changes that all players (not just those who purchase Forsaken) will be able to take advantage of.
In general we can see that they will be tweaking some of the D2 systems to make them work better for players, while the roadmap doesn’t give us all the exact details. As of now the first two columns are already live, modifying players options in the Crucible, adding space to the Vault, and expanding the Masterwork system are probably the most notable changes there.
Between now and then with update 1.2.3, we will be getting 6v6 Quickplay and Permanent Rumble, two Crucible options that players have been asking for since the first couple months of the game. In addition to that we’ll be rounding out Year 1 with Prestige Raids and Triumphs, both returning systems from D1 and an event called Solstice of Heroes, which will probably be further detailed during Bungie’s E3 event.
In the final column we have a list of the smaller additions Forsaken will be bringing. Some of these changes we examined a little more deeply than others during Bungie’s ViDoc, so for now we are gonna stay focused on those.
The first guy on the list is Gear Collections. Separate from the Vault and the Tower Kiosks, the game will now allow you to track what Weapons, Armor, and Items you have obtained during your D2 tenure.
The categories tell you how many of the items you have collected, how many there are in total, and what you need to do in order to get the ones you’re missing.
Then with Exotics (maybe more but we’ll have to wait and see) you can purchase exotic items you have unlocked, but may have dismantled during your gameplay. With the exotics and you haven’t discovered the Collection will let you know if you have top complete a particular quest or objective in order to discover it.
Other additions that weren’t individually pictured, but are interesting nonetheless are Weapon Slot Changes, Weapon Randomization, and an update to the Mod System.
With the weapon slots, Bungie is looking to bridge the gap between new and old players.
D1′s weapon setup had 3 slots, Primary (Assault Rifles, Hand Cannons, Scout Rifles, Pulse Rifles), Secondary (Shotguns, Sniper Rifles, Fusion Rifles, Sidearms), and Heavy (Machine Guns, Rocket Launchers, Swords).
D2′s set was a tad different with their slots being Kinetic and Energy which shared all weapon types, with the exception of Grenade Launchers, Rocket Launchers, Swords, Trace Rifles, Shotguns, Sniper Rifles, Fusion Rifles, and Linear Fusion Rifles. whew
Players felt that D2′s changes made players weaker all around, by sticking the game’s more powerful and situational weapon types into the weapon slot that would have the least amount of ammo drops and overall use.
With Forsaken, you can move weapons to any of the 3 slots you want, which means things are gonna get a whole lot crazier, but its gonna be a great ride for both PvE and PvP environments.
To add to that insanity, we’re getting back Radmon Rolls (Weapon Randomization), meaning that not every gun of the same make and model is identical. Bringing more of the Borderlands style of gun drops to the game. Some gun/perk combinations will work really well, some will be useless and do nothing, and others will (this is may personal favorite), will cause players to janky, different things with their loadouts
NEW STUFF INCOMING
So what do we have on the way?
New WEAPONS
New ENEMIES
New PLACES
New MODES
New RAID
NEW SUPERRRRRS
So considering this is our first look at all this content, there may not be too much to say at this point, but the visuals give us enough to be excited about.
So it’s no surprise that we’re getting new weapons, I mean that happens all the time right? But new weapon types? Not so much. But Bungie’s taking us back to 2013, when Bows were dominating the video game ecosystem.
So Bungie didn’t go into the specs of the Bow weapon type, but this is what we know or can infer right now:
Different Bows are designed for different types of engagements, most likely close range, midrange, and long distance.
Some bows have energy related abilities.
Time-to-Kill is balanced to make up for the act of drawing the bow.
Now Enemies. Because Bungie will be exploring more of the story during their E3 slot, we only know a bit about who were are gonna be fighting in Forsaken.
But if you guessed Fallen
YOU’D BE RIGHT
I bet you’re all wondering why I’ve gathered you here today.
So what they have said so far is that there has been a jail break at the Prison of Elders in The Reef, so it stands to reason that all the enemies we’ll be fighting are some topnotch Fallen.
We will be getting new Fallen enemy types and a sizeable number of Baron boss fights.
The major Barons are said to each operate in their own way, providing different types of engagements, instead of just a simply Kill List.
So where is all this going down? So obviously we’re going back to The Reef, the section of the Solar System that has appropriated the asteroid belt in Jovians (the Jupiter/Saturn area).
More specifically we have a new area to explore!
The Tangled Shore is a network of terrestrial platforms floating in the Reef, that are linked together through cables and wires. The idea itself is reminiscent of Fallen architecture, but I think it’s safe to assume the Awoken are responsible for its creation.
I would appear to be very open from the shots delivered in the ViDoc, but these could be imagine captured from cutscenes or early builds of the game that haven’t been populated. So there’s definitely more questions than answers here.
There is definitely an overwhelming Western theme in play here so maybe it just empty???
With the new Raid Bungie confirmed that there will be a new location that will house the Raid itself, which is slightly different than the previous raids, which were typically connected to the general overworld. How exactly they plan to section all that out has not been discussed, but I’m sure we’ll get more information on that moving forward.
The new raid is takes place in the Dreaming City. This is the birthplace of the Awoken, who are descendants of humans that escaped Earth’s orbit during the Collapse. As it stands we don’t have a real sense of the general timeline of those events, but it seem reasonable that the Dreaming City may provide some answers.
Bungie has said that the new raid with offer new puzzles to solve and mysteries to uncover. But that’s nothing new. What’s new: The raid will CHANGE. Bungie says that as people continue to play the raid, the environments will change so that over the course of weeks and months the raid will not be the same as it was when it premieres.
Definitely gets points for being pretty.
Time will tell what the scope of these alterations and changes will be. Players at least remember that the Infinite Garden from the Curse of Osiris expansion didn’t live up to the hype. Hopefully, the Dreaming City can.
So we’ve hit some PvE content, some PvP content, so now let’s talk about some content for PvEvP???
So at first glance this takes me back to Archon’s Forge from D1′s Rise of Iron expansion. Not surprisingly considering some of Bungie staff have looked to RoI for some inspiration, but we’ll get to that in a second.
For starters, Gambit is a mode for some PvE arena goodness. You kill enemies for motes of light which your team collects to deposit in your bank.
When you do that you end up sending a stronger enemy over to the opposing team’s arena. While that enemy is alive the other team will be unable to deposit motes, so you can gain a lead. After that you can fill up your bank, which summons an enemy for you and your team to take down, called a Primeval. Once you defeat it, you win the the round. Simple right?
BUT WAIT THERE’S MORE!
You can also use motes to jump over to the other teams arena to kill their guardians or just generally prevent them from advancing. Bungie didn’t say what limitations there are in doing this, but I’d bet there’s a once per round limit.
Hmmmm? Is that everything? I felt like there was something I was really excited about, but after getting this far Ican’t seem to remember what...it...was...
OHYEAH
NEW SUPERS
But now I’m sad because I just remembered. Bungie didn’t show us too much on this front. But what they did say give us enough to work with I think.
So, first thing, these are not really new classes. Big difference there. And I really think what they’re doing here is more reasonable. They are creating new perk paths.
In D1, each class at a suite where you could choose what perks you wanted to pair together, but you were limited to one perk from each column (i.e. you couldn’t use two grenade type perks at the same time). The downside to that system was that you typically wouldn’t alter your perks much. At best you found the right combination for your playstyle and kinda left it at that. You couldn’t go full RPG and style your perks for different engagements as much as you might’ve wanted.
But in D2, the classes were steamlined as well. You choose from a jump type, grenade type, and melee type. Then you chose your path, which contained perks that would affect your playstyle. With a new super getting added to check class, it would be unreasonable for them to not introduce new perks, or a new path to augment it.
From what we’ve seen older supers look like they could have new abilities and new supers may be lifting parts from the super we lost going into D2. Gunslinger seems to be pairing its Throwing Knife mechanic with the old melee Super Bladedancer.
Warlocks seem to have a flashier teleport during Stormtrance and beam super not unlike what Moira from Overwatch has. And Titans get a Warhammer, which seems to blend together abilities from the new and old Sunbreaker.
GEEZ, that was more stuff than I thought to have before E3. But we got through it and I’m definitely excited to get back into one of my favorite game addictions!
#destiny#destiny 2#warlock#hunter#titan#ps4#gaming news ps4#xbox one#pc gaming#gaming#bungie#activision
2 notes
·
View notes
Text
Thoughts: New Orleans (Part III)

We first made our way across Rampart to Louis Armstrong Park. I was already excited as it was here where I laid eyes on the famed Congo Square. You see, under French and Spanish colonial policy, African slaves were allowed a day off. On this day, this was the place where they would gather to sing, dance, play music, make and sell wares and just keep in touch with their original cultural identity. A strange….happy feeling came over me as I walked around it. I would say hopeful even, and it’s not hard to see why. The Louisiana slaves were quite lucky to have a brief escape from their predicament such as this; you can’t quite say the same for slaves elsewhere in the south.

Anyway, after briefly stopping in Congo Square, we then walked over to the edge of Louis Armstrong Park……only to learn that said park was built over dead bodies. Apparently, the southern portion of it was originally the location of St. Peter Cemetery. In contrast to the above-ground tombs, crypts and vaults ubiquitous in the locale today, this was your run-of-the-mill, six feet underground-style cemetery. Given the region’s high water table, it was quite the morbid sight to behold when it was still in existence. Any time there was even just a little bit of flooding, the bodies would resurface, sometimes even floating down the street. Fed up, the residents of New Orleans insisted that they get a Catholic-style cemetery akin to the ones in France and Spain (being well-acquainted with the area’s disposition to flooding and hurricanes, you’d think they would have done this in the first place but I digress). So, in 1789, they got one, and it’s still in operation today. St. Louis Cemetery No. 1; the oldest continually-used cemetery in the entire United States.

A literal city of the dead, with 700 tombs, and over 100,000 burials. Okay, I’m sure you’ve gotten confused again, so here goes: The reason why there can be so many burials despite the limited amount of tombs is because the tombs double as cremation ovens. They never embalm anyone before burying them here; that way, the natural cremation process won’t be interrupted. Each vault is checked after an arbitrary period of a year and one day to see if the body has disintegrated into ash yet. If it has, then the ash is to be swept down a chute that has been installed into the back of each vault. Thanks to this process, each tomb can be reused an infinite amount of times. And let us be real here; this just makes SO much more sense than having large, sprawling fields of graves. After death, the human body will eventually decompose into dust anyway, and as the generations pass on, said person’s grave will likely have fewer and fewer visitors. At some point you’re just going to have empty coffins using up space. It’s a wonder why this technique isn’t utilized by more people; but there were some stubborn people who simply weren’t having it. More on that later.

Thanks to years of vandalism, grave robbery, gangbangers and drug dealers using the alleys to conduct business, and muggers attacking visitors (the now-demolished housing projects of Iberville used to be right next door if that says anything), you can now only enter this cemetery if you’re with a licensed tour guide or have been granted permission by NOLA’s Catholic diocese. It felt so odd having to show wristbands and identification to enter a cemetery of all places, but given all of the aforementioned issues, I can understand why. Then again, this was a strange and odd place. There was just something so simultaneously beautiful and eerie about weaving in and out of these pathways and alleys between tombs. There is absolutely no doubt in my mind the place is haunted AF.

One place where things get even creepier (or utterly hilarious, depending on your interpretation) is in this little corner deemed the “American Section.” Remember what I said about some people not being down with above-ground burials? Yeah, this is what I was talking about. The backstory goes a little something like this: After the Louisiana Purchase, Protestant Americans started flocking to New Orleans in droves, despite the fact that most of them detested Catholicism (again: what is this logic?). Naturally, they perceived the Catholic way of laying the dead to rest as an abomination and insisted on being buried underground. Even after receiving explanation of why that was a bad idea, they still didn’t care, so when the time came, they were buried in the Protestant fashion of six feet under, with heavy concrete slabs atop their graves to prevent the bodies from resurfacing.
The concrete slabs worked, but only to an extent. Whenever heavy rains and the associated flooding occurred, the underground water would still penetrate the grave. While the heavy concrete on top did prevent the coffins from resurfacing, said coffins would still rise up and loudly bump against the concrete (………could you even imagine hearing something like that in a CEMETERY?). Catholic parents used this to tell their frightened children to be good Catholics, lest they wish to be restless in death like the noisy Protestants in the corner. Eventually, Protestant burials were moved to Girod Street Cemetery, that cemetery now being underneath the Superdome (no wonder the New Orleans Saints are cursed). Interestingly, despite being designated as a Protestant/American cemetery, the former Girod cemetery also had above-ground tombs and vaults. I’m guessing the Americans learned their lesson after the fiasco at St. Louis. Anyways, moving on.
Something of note is how, eschewing Protestants/early American migrants, the cemetery was never really segregated. French, Black, Mixed-race, Italian and what have you were dispersed throughout the entire plot of land equally. It did have “sections” but they were never strictly enforced. Example: Marie Laveau (a free person of color in her life) was interned in the Glapion crypt (a prominent white Creole family). Oh yeah, that’s right, Marie Laveau!

Arguably the most famous tomb in all of St. Louis No. 1, for years upon years, people would leave offerings and write “XXX” before putting their hands on the vault and praying to it. It’s even long been alleged that her spirit inhabits a crow that can be seen perched atop said crypt at night. Because of that, this particular tomb used to look a mess with old candles, rotting flowers, Mardi Gras beads and other sorts of junk all over the place in addition to being covered in scribbles of XXX. That’s all been cleaned up in recent years, and the only thing anyone’s allowed to do these days is bring flowers. A necessary move, because not only was all of that disrespectful vandalism, but none of it actually worked anyway. This little ritual was not Voodoo of the Louisiana variety, but of the Hollywood variety……something Marie Laveau indirectly created herself.

In regards to Marie Laveau’s life, not much is known with certainty (though it must be said that American Horror Story: Coven wasn’t even close to accurate). It’s said she had fifteen children, but the only ones much of anything is known about are three daughters, also named Marie, who looked identical to her. General consensus is that her day job was hairdressing, but there’s also evidence that she worked as a liquor importer, in addition to claims that she was a matchmaker and/or the madam of a brothel. She was known as being a devout Catholic with a strong sense of justice and charity for her community, regularly nursing patients of the infamous yellow fever back to health and posting bail for jailed Blacks. Ironically (and disappointing if it was true), it’s alleged that she may have had a slave or two herself despite how much she championed for fair and equal treatment (sadly, it wasn’t uncommon at all for free people of color to own slaves back in those days, especially in Louisiana).
One has to wonder just how much of the mystery was intentionally created by Laveau herself. After all, when she divorced her first husband, a man by the name of Jacques Paris, she called herself his “widow” even though he was still very much alive. Apparently, she took the divorce quite hard and her reasoning was that he was dead to her. Coincidentally, several months later Paris DID turn up dead, and the circumstances surrounding his death were very mysterious (seeing a pattern here yet?). Everyone in town insisted that she must have predicted his death, even though she was shocked by the news herself. Her reaction? She just went along with it. And thus the legend was born.

During the early/mid-19th century, Laveau was probably the most popular woman in town. People came from far and wide to her home on the corner of St. Ann and Burgundy in the Quarter, in hopes of her using her powers for good fortune, be it in wealth, relationships, lawsuits, business or a number of other matters. Now, she was quite competent in Voodoo of course, or else she wouldn’t be officially sanctified as a Voodoo Queen, but as far as her practice with the Creole elite of New Orleans is concerned? She was basically a fortune teller. Being a hairdresser to upper-class women put her in a prime position to hear a LOT of gossip and rumors. If Miss Robichaux told her all about Mr. Delacroix having an illegitimate child with his Quadroon mistress over in Marigny, then she would know exactly what to tell Miss Delacroix when she stopped by to ask for marriage counseling.
Laveau had no qualms about passing the torch either. There was one daughter in particular who would regularly make a spectacle of her rituals on the shores of Lake Pontchartrain, inviting all to stop by and watch. Interestingly enough, she wouldn’t address herself as Marie Laveau’s daughter, but as Marie Laveau herself. And in spite of her significantly younger appearance, it worked, leading some to allege that the OG Laveau was immortal. Whether this was part of her mother’s instructions or not is unclear, but the myth was only further amplified after her death. Mere days after her burial, either Marie II and/or another one of the alleged lookalike daughters would begin to regularly emerge from her home and go about town, dressed head-to-toe in the same manner as their mother, and claimed to be her. This explains the rumors that swirled around for years after her death that she was still alive.

Regardless of what’s fact and what’s fiction, one thing that’s for sure is that Laveau-Mania never died. Our tour guide, Dartanya for those who missed it in the first post, told us that the cemetery tours have long been plagued with people who were only there for Marie Laveau. In frustration, many tour guides would pick some random tomb and claim it was hers, and people would perform the phony ritual on it and everything. This has led to a number of tombs called “Faux-Laveaus,” with “XXX” scribbled on them. I spotted about five myself.
Aside from Marie Laveau, there’s a number of notable people also buried in this cemetery, including, but not limited to: Homer Plessy (of Plessy vs. Ferguson fame), Ernest N. Morial (the first black mayor of New Orleans), Barthelemy Lafon (noted architect in 18th/early 19th century New Orleans who was in cahoots with the pirate Jean Lafitte) and possibly Delphine LaLaurie (more on THAT woman later *shiver*).

Another thing of note is that the cemetery is slated to be the future resting home of Nicolas Cage (the cemetery is still in operation today, remember?). He has a large pyramid vault smack dab in the middle of the cemetery that’s impossible to miss. Strangely enough, before the recent crackdowns, just like Marie Laveau’s tomb, his future tomb had a little ritual of its own. Apparently, girls were kissing it for good luck which is weird because…….he’s still alive? And his religious background is Catholic? And he’s still alive? And he’s a has-been actor that’s been plagued with financial problems? And he’s still alive? And who on Earth told you to do that? And did I mention that he’s still alive?
One hour and enough sweat to fill a bucket later (for some reason the cemetery is ten degrees hotter than the rest of the city), it was time to go and I must give my compliments to our tour guide, Miss Dartanya. It was truly a pleasure listening to her talk, even making the heat slightly more bearable. She was very thorough and informative without ever being boring, backing up her facts with examples and adding lots of humor as well. If you do any tour through French Quarter Phantoms, I highly recommend requesting Dartanya as your guide. When I visit New Orleans again, I plan to do the same myself.

Of course, I had to ask about the second most famous burial site, St. Louis No. 2. A number of early Jazz and R&B musicians as well as slightly more recent notable figures in New Orleans history were entombed there. However, very few tours go through there because, in comparison to No. 1, it’s a longer walking distance from the French Quarter, hasn’t been kept up very well, with an even worse vandalism problem and has a rather unsafe location to boot. You see, as already stated above, both cemeteries were located on the fringes of a notorious public housing complex known as Iberville. Not even tourists visiting the cemeteries were safe from the rampant crime in the area; with No. 2 having it even worse due to having a somewhat more isolated and hidden location in comparison to No. 1.
In 2013, most of it was demolished in favor of a mixed-income development called Bienville Basin, and the neighborhood is much safer now as a result, although caution should still be exercised. Interestingly enough, I did see one building of the former complex which still stands, being protected by the National Register. Even more interesting is how, before Iberville came into being, this plot of land used to be Storyville.

The city’s official red-light district from the 1890’s to the 1910’s; in a locale already known for sin and debauchery, this was an interior island where the morals got even looser. Judicial loopholes were exposed that allowed prostitution and recreational drug use to be legal within the 38 blocks that made up the district. There were numerous brothels side by side, from fifty cent joints or “cribs” housed in Creole cottages to the lavish, high-rent mansions on Basin, all of which had white, black and quadroon/octoroon girls offering their services. The saloons and restaurants in the area were also early hotbeds for the then-burgeoning sound of Jazz.
Thanks to being a close neighbor with Basin St. Station (it’s been said that prostitutes would stand on their balconies to wave and blow kisses at train passengers……….while naked), many New Orleans residents began to protest the presence of Storyville. The then-heavy Navy presence in the area brought even more tension. The scandal that emerged when several servicemen from the local base turned up dead within the district definitely didn’t help matters in the slightest. Eventually, under intense federal pressure, Storyville was formally shut down as a red-light district in 1917. It still continued on in a more sanitized capacity well into the 1930’s however, with a small number of speakeasies, casinos and brothels still operating undercover until it was all razed in favor of Iberville. Very little of the district remains today aside from a few buildings which once operated as saloons, but operate today on more benign terms (Lulu White’s old saloon in particular is now currently occupied by a grocery store). Well, unless you count Basin Street Station.

Although its days as a train station have long since passed, the structure has found new life as a time capsule of New Orleans history. On the website it’s termed as a “welcome center” for New Orleans, and it definitely fulfills its purpose in that regard. Oh, it’s also free. Within, you’ll find small exhibits about Jazz, French and Spanish colonial history, Afro-Creole/African-American history, Pirates, Mardi Gras, Hurricane Katrina and several other topics in addition to a gift shop. After leaving the cemetery, we came in here to cool down from the humidity before requesting a shuttle to Mardi Gras World. Stay tuned.
#new orleans#louisiana#Southern U.S.#U.S. Gulf Coast#st. louis cemetery#treme#congo square#louis armstrong park#iberville#storyville#basin st station#french quarter phantoms
1 note
·
View note
Text
**Research: Robert Gober / The Body in Pain by Elaine Scarry



Anti mentioned Robert Gober to me in relation to my wax cast ideas due to his explorations of the body and objects as fragment. Gober’s practice relates greatly to multiple areas of my research, particularly the abject, the uncanny and object/material theory. Gober’s practice explores objects as personified beings, his sculptures encouraging us to view them as subjects rather than objects. This notion relates to an area of research divulged within my dissertation, indeed a key underpinning to my area of practice. In the book ‘The Object’ by Antony Hudek (2014), the author explains that “objects define us because they come first, by commanding our attention, even our respect; they exist before us, possibly without us” (p.15).
Untitled (wax leg), 1989-90.
Untitled, 1984.
Similarly to Duchamp, Gober utilises domestic, everyday objects, however choosing to cast them rather than exhibiting the original objects. Hudek explains that “transforming the Duchampian readymade into something dubious and obsolete was a widespread preoccupation in the 1960s and 70s, as the post-war euphoria at the potentially infinite multiplication of consumable objects turned into doubt” (p.20). Although Gober mainly created work during the 1980s, it would suggest that his practice evolved as a result of the increasing popularity in utilising domestic objects similarly to that of Duchamp throughout the 20th century. ‘While thumbing his nose at the art world was great fun, the Bicycle Wheel was also a catalyst for new ideas and for re-thinking entrenched positions. In this one work he not only re-defined the activity of the artist and re-imagined the nature of a work of art in the 20th century, but he also re-interpreted the role of the spectator’ (Snell, 2018). Gober’s concepts span sexuality, religion, and politics; these concepts touched upon incredibly minimally through his use of fragmentation and disparate, simple object sculptures.
For me, Gober’s work spoke of something more deeply set in the experience of the body in pain. I particularly drew this conclusion from his wax casts of fragmented body parts, prompting me to reconsider my readings into ‘the body as fragment’ by Linda Nochlin. I thought about how viewing the body in a fragmented and abject sense created feelings of uneasiness and how this relates to the experience of pain and trauma; particularly when trying to gauge an understanding of another person’s experience of trauma. It is a process of attempting to share and embody trauma through the means of materialism and externalising what exists within that often instils a sense of uncomfortableness in others. I have often found this to be the case in my own practice due to the sheer vulnerability and embodiment of the internal that characterises it.
I had heard of the book ‘The Body in Pain’ by Elaine Scarry in a lecture by Doris Salcedo whilst researching last year and had been meaning to read it since then as the ideas and concepts resonated with me. Whilst on this train of thought, I decided that now would be a good time to make some headway with this book. It turned out to be a fascinating read and I am only part of the way through. Not only did it help to contextualise my own ideas about the body as fragment in relation to Gober’s work and beyond, but it also brought new ideas about breaking down the process of trauma to light. My key notes from the text are below:
The Body in Pain by Elaine Scarry
Chapter 3: Pain and Imagining
Page 161-162:
The object is an extension of, an expression of, the state. E.g. rain = longing, berries = hunger, night = fear. However nothing expresses the physical pain. Therefore, pain becomes something that must be materialised by the individual. In art terms therefore, subconscious processing of trauma through material output becomes the object associated with pain.
Page 163:
“As an embodied imaginer capable of picturing, making present an absent friend, that same imaginer is also capable of inventing both the idea and the materialised form. This demonstrates a mechanism for transforming the condition of absence into presence.”
Page 164:
Physical pain is an intentional state without an intentional object; imagining is an intentional object without an experienceable intentional state. Thus is may be that in some peculiar way it is appropriate to think of pain as the imagination’s intentional state, and to identity the imagination as pain’s intentional object. In isolation, pain ‘intends’ nothing’ it is wholly passive; it is ‘suffered’ rather than willed or directed. To be more precise, one can say that pain only becomes an intentional state once it is brought into relation with the objectifying power of the imagination: through that relation, pain will be transformed from a wholly passive and helpless occurrence into a self-modifying and self-eliminating one.
Physical pain and imagining could belong to one another as each other’s missing intentional counterpart.
Non-object transferred into object through a process of imagining, feeling and actioning.
Chapter 5: The Interior Structure of the Artefact
Page 282:
The womb is materialised as dwelling-places and shelters.
The printing press, the institutionalised convention of written history, photographs, libraries, films, tape recordings and Xerox machines are all materialisations of the embodied capacity for memory. They together make a relatively ahistorical creature into an individual one, one whose memory extends far back beyond the opening of its own individual lived experience, one who anticipates being remembered beyond the close of its own individual lived experience, and one who accomplishes all this without elevating each day its awakened brain to rehearsals and recitations of all information it needs to keep available to itself.
Page 284:
The human being has an outside surface and an inside surface, and creating may be expressed as a reversing of these two bodily linings. There exists both verbal artefacts (e.g. the scriptures) and material artefacts (e.g. the altar) that objectify the act of believing, imaging, or creating as a sometimes graphically represented turning of the body inside-out. But what is expressed in terms of body part it, as those cited contexts themselves make clear, more accurately formulated as the endowing of interior sensory events with a metaphysical referent. The interchange of inside and outside surfaces requires not the literal reversal of bodily linings but the making of what is originally interior and private into something exterior and shareable, and conversely, the reabsorption of what is now exterior and shareable into the intimate recesses of individual consciousness.
Page 285:
The reversal of inside and outside surfaces ultimately suggests that by transporting the external object world into the sentient interior, that interior gains some small share of the blissful immunity of intert inanimate object hood; and conversely, by transporting pain out onto the external world, that external environment is deprived of its immunity to, unmindfulness of, and indifference toward the problems of sentience.
Page 286:
The habit of poets and ancient dreamers to project their own aliveness onto non alive things itself suffuses that it is the basic work of creation to bring about this very projection of aliveness; in other words, while the poet pretends or wishes that the inert external external world had his or her own capacity for sentient awareness, civilisation works to make this so.
Page 288:
A chair, as though it were itself put in pain, as though it knew from the inside the problem of body weight, will only then accommodate and eliminate the problem. A woven blanket or solid wall internalise within their design the recognition of the instability of body temperature and the precariousness of nakedness, and only by absorbing the knowledge of these conditions into themselves (by, as it were, being themselves subject to these forms of distress), absorb them out of the human body.
Page 289-290 - A material or verbal artefact is not an alive, sentient, percipient creature, and thus can neither itself experience discomfort nor recognise discomfort in others. But though it cannot be sentiently aware of pain, it is in the essential fact of itself the objectification of that awareness; itself incapable of the act of perceiving, its design, its structure, is the structure of a perception. So, for example, the chair can - if projection is being formulated in terms of body part - be recognised as mimetic of the spine; it can instead be recognised as mimetic of body weight; and it can finally, and most accurately, be recognised as mimetic of sentient awareness. If one human acknowledges another human in pain and wishes it gone, this is an invisible, complex percipient event happening somewhere between the eyes and the brain and engaging the entire psyche. If this could process of imaging unreality and acknowledging the reality of pain could be made visible and lifted out of the body, endowed with an external shape - that shape would be the shape of a chair (or, depending on the circumstance, a lightbulb, a coat, an ingestible form of willow bark). The shape of a chair is a shape of perceived-pain-wished-gone. The chair is therefore the materialised structure of a perception; it is sentient awareness materialised into a freestanding design.
Page 290-291 - Two levels of projection are transformations: first from an invisible aspect of consciousness to a visible but disappearing action ; second, from a disappearing action to an enduring material form. Thus in work, a perception is danced; in the chair, a danced-perception is sculpted. Each stage of transformation sustains and amplifies the artifice that was present at the beginning. Even in the interior of consciousness, pain is ‘remade’ by being wished away; in the external action, the private wish is made sharable; finally in the artefact, the shared wish comes true. For it the chair is a ‘successful’ object, it will relieve her of the distress of her weight far better than did the dance.
References:
Hudek, A., (2014). Documents of Contemporary Art: The Object. London: Whitechapel Gallery, The MIT Press. pp. 14, 15, 20, 22, 23, 24, 30, 32, 40, 42, 43, 94, 97.
Matthew Marks, (no date). Robert Gober. [Online]. Available at https://matthewmarks.com/artists/robert-gober. [Accessed on 28/11/2020].
Scarry, E., (1985). The body in pain: The making and unmaking of the world. New York.
Snell, T., (2018). Here’s looking at: Marcel Duchamp’s Bicycle Wheel 1913. The Conversation. [Online]. Available at http://theconversation.com/heres-looking-at-marcel-duchamps-bicycle-wheel-1913-98846. [Accessed on 26/11/2020].
Vischer, T., and (Basel), S., (2007). Robert Gober: Sculptures and Installations 1979-2007. Steidl. Available at http://www.schaulager.org/en/file/195/cb6849b2/rg_CatalogueIntroduction_E.pdf.
0 notes
Note
I don’t entirely agree with your examples of Eren having similar responsibility for his actions in comparison to Reiner. I know Reiner and the warriors did horrible things to innocent people but they were naive children! None of them had any idea about the people in Paradis. Eren however had all that knowledge and still chose to destroy Marley. Don’t you think that makes him especially more cruel? Or is he really as naive? I like Eren but he seems off the rails now.
[TL;DR I got a little passionate and wordy here, but the simple answers, at least based on my analysis and what has been physically presented to us in the story as of Chapter 100, are Eren is not more or less cruel and what he did is not a product of being naive.]
I honestly don’t understand when people talk about Eren having some sort of apparent “advantage” over those who also shook their moral balance at a time, as if that excuses other people’s actions for being unaware of what was going on in the rest of the world. It seems to come down to Eren having access to memories of the past, particularly his dad’s, seeing what life was like on the other side of the ocean, actually living among them and experiencing their society, etc. etc.
No offense to those that think that but it is a very weak argument considering as far as we the readers know he only had clear access to his dad’s memories which are entirely full of hate for Marley. It was all about Grisha seeking a way to avenge his sister’s death and when he couldn’t do anything about it he depended on his son’s discontent for their confinement and eventual mother’s death to accomplish the goal. Even Kruger’s story painted nothing but a bad picture of Marley, even if he acknowledged a complicated Eldian history. There were no “two sides” shown to him prior to him entering Marley. He is not by any means all-knowing with infinite access to other memories and almost no sight of the royal side unless contacting with Historia and even that wasn’t a guarantee method of memory surfing. As far as we know, he remains a young man with god-level abilities beyond comprehension stuck inside a locked box without any way to constantly activate them without an outside influence. But I also mentioned that we lack context so this can easily be turned on its head and revealed otherwise due to any happenings during that timeskip.
On that note, ch100 showed us that Eren and Reiner are near exact parallels of one another and have been throughout the story; from their core intentions and placement in the world, the responsibilities they carry, the truths they both have access to, right down to the imagery. It’s not just something Eren brings up, but Reiner thinks about before he puts the gun barrel in his mouth. The only thing we are waiting for is whatever, if any, emotional aftermath Eren will experience after this whole ordeal is finished. If the parallels continue he would probably feel just as guilty, despite what he ends up doing (i.e. killing the masses).
So in knowing that, Reiner experienced essentially the same things Eren did. While he was a child, and I personally believe that manipulation played a role in his self-proclaimed selfishness, and he did suffer mentally from what he forced himself and his comrades to do. He did grow up on enemy territory for 5 years. He did experience the people that “pissed him off” but also encountered “good people.” He may have reinforced a false persona to deal with the guilt, but even his “warrior” self is aware of the devastation he is causing and how innocent these people are—but no matter how innocent or vulnerable the Walldians are, he never wavers from his goal. Even if he absolutely hates it. He is one of the FIRST people to experience “two lives” and still chose to betray a side even though he realizes there are some non-truths to what Marley was feeding them. The issue is that he is ultimately in too deep to pull himself out and thus enters his mental and emotional degradation and guilt that he lives with for 4+ years.
Nevertheless, the action is played almost to the illustration of what Eren eventually does, betrayal and destruction included. They both follow a similar behavioral path and that’s what Eren has been raised on from the moment of his birth. A large part of the reason both of them do what they do is because of an extremely dangerous version of “believing themselves.” I don’t think Eren is working independently on this mission, it’s already been confirmed that there are others working with him, and the Survey Corps are absolutely not above killing people, even if they are manipulated innocents, so long as it is the survival of humanity, the one that they are part of, that prevails. I don’t believe he is a bloodthirsty monster bent on destruction and I do believe there will be a lot of consequence coming his way, and he knows it. He does what he thinks he has to do to survive. To make sure his people are free in some way. That’s what he is fighting for. Whether this is the best way or not is up to future interpretation (you can take guesses now, but again we don’t have as much evidence as we’ve had throughout the series due to this timeskip).
Anyway on topic of who is most to blame for their cruelty, they both come off on par. And you can argue that the mind of the child and the adult are different and should be treated different, and on a biological and societal standpoint that is entirely correct, but we are comparing how much information they have on the other side and the grey morality that comes with it and factually Reiner has years of experience and Eren was left in the dark longer. By the time Reiner betrays the friends he’s known for 3 years, he is older and no longer that patriotic child that wants to bring honor to his family and himself, he has gone through enough that his naiveness gone; he was not much younger than Eren currently is. Eren has a childlike, naive moral compass at the start as well, but I don’t think what he does now comes down to ignorance and it is definitely not impulse as he had done things. This took a lot more thinking, a lot more dedicated planning. This is not like the time he killed those kidnappers when he was nine. Whether he is acting alone or not, there is thought and consideration on his part. His very expressions are ominous and solemn, much like those of the warrior trio, when faced with the decision to transform, kill people, devastate lives, etc. Even if there is anger and rage, they are not lone emotions within him. He is aware of what is happening and what he is doing.
There have been theories that all of this has to do with his inheritance of the Attack Titan and/or Grisha and Kruger. While I believe there is some influence, Eren has always been one to fight and motivate the underdog even as a child. This takes a much larger scale. He views his people as more vulnerable and he must stand up for them. Because even if Marley is also manipulated, they are knowingly reacting to Eldian existence with direct violence, whereas Paradis never stood a chance because they had no knowledge to begin with. Eren will always side with those people (unless something severely impacted that consistency then I don’t know what Isayama is going for haha). That has nothing to do with his titan, he has always been this way, as he puts it. I do have thoughts as to how the Attack Titan itself may influence him to act in certain ways, but the primary intent to protect the weak is just simply an Eren thing. Whether that is something Grisha nurtured since in his childhood is yet to be told, though it seems more of convenience for Eren to be passed down that power. He likely wasn’t raised quite like Zeke even if they eventually ended up getting swept up by their father’s involvement.
So I do not believe Eren is any less or more cruel with his actions than Reiner, for example. I don’t think he is more or less cruel than a majority of actions taken by other characters who may also be blamed for risking innocent lives. I also do not believe it to be a product of him being naive; and saying he is AS naive as Reiner discredits the things Reiner has learned along the way and the present inner turmoil he experiences now that he is less and less sure of the cause he was originally fighting for. It’d be interesting if Eren came up to that point. He did after all, despite all the memories of Marley being very negative and having zero experience with their society, have that vague reflection of his purpose during that ocean scene. I think whatever it is he does from then on out will refer to that in more detail.
But as it stands right now, yes what he did was morally screwy, what he does will likely follow suit, but it is poor thinking to say he is an aggressor when in reality he’s been a defender the entire time, to criticize him if he has a step ahead of his enemies even though they have always been leaps ahead of him, to assume he is acting in raw anger when recent visuals show otherwise– and there is absolutely no reason for Isayama to waste his time drawing those expressions just to say he was lying. Any of these can change to be truth, but for now the context clues in this arc and arcs prior point to another direction and it does not paint Eren to be this careless, ignorant berserk monster with little sympathy for his enemy’s circumstances. Be upset by it all you want and take sides, but I don’t believe he is any more wrong or right than any other character, Reiner or otherwise, who have done essentially similar things with the same amount of knowledge. At this point in the story, it’s all fair game.
Thanks for the question, even though I went on tangent, but I still hope I explained myself well enough! It got me to circulate some thoughts I’ve had about this chapter for weeks now!
59 notes
·
View notes
Text
A little something about morality. Enough of my life has been spent working with mathematical structures and other theoretical constructs that the patterns of thought trained for those modes have bled through to other parts of my life. Morality is a core facet of life and its been shaped by the math just as much as the rest.
Generating complete mathematical proofs taught me more about skepticism than any other experience in my life. So often on the road to proving a theorem you will encounter the thought "it would be really convenient for this logical structure if fact X held". You can see how all the pieces fall in to place given the solidity of X and X probably has a certain internal plausibility and if X just held in truth then you could move on from this proof to something more relaxing (you may or may not have an unhealthy amount of animosity toward the proof built up at this point). It's tempting to write your first line "it's trivial to show X holds", sketch out the rest, and hope you've kicked up enough dust to pass - I've encountered my fair share of "proofs" using that structure. The sticking point is, it is mathematical maturity not to take the easy route of hope and instead to demonstrate the rigour required to generate a complete sound answer. And there's a reason for this. Your intuition in this area is untrained and often you discover (forging ahead) that you cannot prove X. After a lot of sweat and a pinch of luck you discover the counterexample or contradiction inherent in X that renders it false - the true proof proceeds along other lines.
This general lesson is useful. Convenience or wishing will not make a thing true and intuition should remain tempered with humility. This was actually one of the nails in the coffin for my religious inclinations. So many doubts and questions are answered if religion X is correct in its foundational claims but that has no bearing on whether X is true (only that its comforting). If you're honest with yourself then you cannot use that reasoning from most convenient world.
The next lesson comes from complexity theory. Sure complexity theory is an offshoot of the study of algorithms and so carries the faint stigma of applied mathematician to the theoretician but, stigma aside, it is a deep field full of interesting structure. Far more than I can render here so let's focus on one part. Complexity theory separates problems into an infinite leveled hierarchy depending on how hard the problem is to solve. In general, a problem is on level n+1 of the hierarchy if you can solve it when given access to a magic box that instantly solves any problem on level n. This simple picture is somewhat complicated by the fact that we don't know yet whether there are truly infinite levels or whether the structure collapses to some finite number of sets. This uncertainty is a source of some unease within the community.
Personally, I hold that the hierarchy is infinite because I believe that any universe where this is not true is simply not perverse enough to resemble our own. If my faction is correct then it is a point of mathematical correctness that there problems where its strictly easier to recognize a solution than it is to generate one (that one might also generalize, good writing and good editing are parallel skills but the first seems strictly harder than the second). By way of canonical example, its easier to verify given variable assignments to any random boolean equation than it is to generate those boolean assignments from scratch (verily, humans must earn their truth assignments by the sweat of their brow). This is the lesson I want you to learn from this section: when you see someone present an argument or a position and you compare it to your world view in a away that makes the argument seem both completely revolutionary and completely obvious, you have to step back and give them credit for locating that idea in the first place. This is a non-trivial amount of work. Conversely, when you recognize a particular solution to a general problem, give yourself a pat on the back because you've done something real.
An aside here, I realize that the spirit of the second part clashes somewhat with the lesson of the first part. All I'll say is that it all rounds down to humility and a conviction that issues we don't already recognize as easy almost certainly reduce to something intractable.
Let's talk about solvable. Wait, first a second aside - this is the true power of quantum algorithms. There are methods to use the uncertain nature of quantum bits to to quickly search the entire space of possible solutions and with high probability locate the exact solution to a given problem. It feels like magic and will revolutionize our world when engineering catches up to theory.
Let's talk about solvable. In particular, what do you do when the problem you wish to solve lies in one of the higher levels of the hierarchy, the levels we can't reach? Unless you're prepared to spend ungodly amounts of time on it or you get insanely lucky then you don't get to know an exact answer to the particulars of the problem. You *must* reframe it in a way that allows for an approximate answer, in effect transforming the question into a cousin living lower on the hierarchy. You're being forced to compromise, the universe is built to make you use heuristics. This is important - it's not about heuristics being quicker, it's about exact methods not being able to give you answers at all. Integer programming looks a lot like linear programming but it is in fact significantly more difficult in the general case. The structure of the universe means you must think in probabilities and in error bars and ponder trade-offs, in short the judgment no one asks of an oracle.
An event occurs in front of two of us. I know what I witnessed. And I'm almost certain that you didn't blink. And it's highly probable that you know I witnessed it. And its pretty likely that you think I think you witnessed it. And so on, with a little bit more uncertainty creeping in at each moment of recursion. This sad state of affairs is fine for the most part because usually the stakes are so low. But ask yourself how much more you'd care about common knowledge if your life depending on my having witnessed precisely the same event as you. We hear about that failure mode in the context of criminal trials all the time. Building shared knowledge requires enough work that it's used in the bureaucratic filter for asylum seekers and green card applicants. When you see one person able to get a group to agree on one particular interpretation of facts, remember that you just witnessed something hard. True common knowledge is infinite levels of recursion in the stack and it is impossible. For every situation, there's a point where the probability on the next level is too low for confidence, it's just a question of whether you calculate that far. And the probabilities deteriorate faster the more people you add.
We started with some fairly basic math truisms and moved through some hand-wavy logic constructions, let's end with something obscure. Communication is not free. If I want to learn about something that's happening far away or coordinate some communal action, I have to rely on messages that take multiple hops to reach their destination. We still have not mastered error correcting codes for common speech, much less methods for achieving better clarity in communication (case in point, how nonsensical most of this post reads), so your messages are going to get altered en-route. Beyond that, you're still the victim of the network. The effort/uncertainty of message sending defines a finite limit in the number of hops that we can use and still feel confident in the response. There are certain pathological graphs in which the vast majority of nodes believe thing one but when polling only their k-distant neighbors will come to believe that thing two is actually the majority belief. This is beyond government censorship or Overton windows, this is about never being able to know whether your mental image of society is accurate or if you've just been deceived by the structure of your communication.
It's the end and you're feeling cheated because I didn't say much about morals despite promises in my very first sentence. Morality as we understand it today is a bunch of ad hoc, best effort responses to a set of questions that were poorly defined in their original contexts and which haven't altered to match the multiple ways our social world has changed. If you've read the above then you realize solutions are hard and solutions to problems with many parts are harder. Social solutions addressing problems involving many people are worse and pro-social solutions are monumental. Answers are always going to rely on guesswork, methods need to be able to be executed under uncertainty, and if you think a general code of behavior is easy then you're wrong. You must cultivate judgment because the universe is not built to let you offload your thinking to some perfect algorithm.
7 notes
·
View notes